[DIPAWANSA]

[PART II.]

[By]
[Venarable Pandit]
[AHUNGALLE WIMALAKITTI MAHATHERO]
[Incumbent]
[Ambukkharama Mahavihara]
[and]
[.Principal]
[of ,tgatasasanodaya Pirivena,]
[WELITOTA.]
[Pitbli.@hed]
[BY]
[K. ERINERIS DE SILVA ESQR:]
[Vidyavilasi Press,]

[B, E. 2482]
[C. E. 1939.,]

[ FOREWORD]

[I have great pleasure in c 1011]
[of the Dipavamsa to the seri( the]
[history of Geylon in particular ai oral.]

[The Dipavamsa is the oldest of the Pali Chronicles extant in Ceylon ; its author or authors are unknown as also the date of its composition. It seems safe to assume that its compilation extended over a fairly long period of time and that it was the result of collaboration from more than one quarter. It relied for its authoritativeness on the Sinhalese records, faithfully kept by the dwellers of the Mahavihara at Anuradhapura, and claimed to be no more than a translation into Pali of portions of those apparently very varied documents.]

[Pali had by this time superseded Sinhalese as the language of the new culture which arose with the spread of Buddhism, and scholars, not only of Ceylon but also of other Buddhist lands, ware evidently interested in the traditional lore of the Island. It was necessary, therefore, that information should be ,tvailable in a language familiar to a very wide circle of investigators. The Dipavamsa was the result of an attempt to meet such a demand.]

[The Sinhalese were yet novices in the handling of Pali idiom and metre. The language and style of the Dipavamsa bear evidence of a stage of experimentation. Within a very short time, however, the alumni of the Maliavihara had mastered Pali and were anxious that no room should be left for reflection to be cast on the excellence of Sinhalese scholarship. Thus was produced the Mahavamsa, meticulous care being taken to avoid the faults of diction, of prolixity as well as of undue conciseness, and any other deficiencies from which the Dipavamsa suffered. Some have advanced the theory that the two Chronicles but such a hypothesis]

[were the works of rival seats of learning, can scarcely be maintained. Yet it is true that both compilations dealt with the same period of Ceylon history and that both drew their materials from common sources.]

[The compilation of tl-ie idahavttinsa seems to have eclipsed the Dipavamsa almost completely. It would appear, however, that once or twice attempts were made to revive its glory, though ithout success. The Mahavamsa became the authoritative chronicle of royalty as well as of the Sangha and, when it was considered necessary to bring the account up I o date, it was to the Mahavanlsa that supplementary chapters were added from time to time. But the older Chronicle was riot allowed to fall into oblivio n ; it, too, was assiduously studied arid zealously guarded as a valued heritage; copies of it are to be found in the more representative monastic libraries to this day.]

[No effort seems to have been made in the past to continue the record contained in the Dipavains@t from where its original compiler(s) concluded-the reign of Mahasena. The gap thus left was very wide indeed. The Rev. Pandita AI-iungalle Wimalakitti Thera has now come forward to bridge it. The task he has undertaken is gigantic and would have unnerved another of less heroic mould than he. He has laboured with infinite patience and untiring energy and the present volume contains the results of his industry and ability. I would not here attempt to appraise its value either as history or as literature; that 1 would leave to others better qualified.]

[There are those who consider the resuscitation of ancient chronicles a worthless task. Other times, other works, they would say and add thah nowhere have methods of approach changed so completely as in the sphere of historical stud:es. 1 am not in entire agreement with them ; to me the works of a long-forgotten past have more than a sentimental value when they are -proposed to he made the bases for modern compilations. Thus would the dry bones of a remote age have new life given to them both for our instruction and our edification. I wholeheartedly welcome all such efforts as would quicken interest in our past and provide inspiration for the present.]

[I happen to know that, the Rev Wimalakitti has had to meet with disappointment from mlriy quarters where he had the right to expect encouragement and support. His enterprise is all the more commendable, therefore, that he has refused defeat and persevered with courage and determination. May he reap a rich reward.]

[G. P. ?VIALALASEKER-k.]

[INTRODUCTION]

[his Noble Island visited by the Lord Buddha and blessed with illiinitable wealth and glory was known as Lanka,]

[Sihala and Tambapanni. The naine Lanka is very old.]

[Before the arrival of Vijaya, the father of the Sinhalese royal dynasty, Lankapura was a very prosperous city. The day of Vijaya's landing in Ceylon coincided with the festive occasion of the marriage of a princess from Lankapura to the lord of the city of Sirisavastu. With the aid of Kuveiii, Vijaya proceeded to Sirisavastu with his followers, slew the whole host of its cit.izens and took possession , of the kingdom,.]

[From these and other facts we ean infer that the name Lanka was applied to this country before the arrival of Vijaya.]

[Sinhabahu the ruler of Sinhapura in Lata was known as Sitihala, because of the fact that he captured a lion. His children and their descendents as well as the land they lived in came to be known by the name Sinhala.]

[The term Tambapanni came into use after the advent of Vijaya. The prince and his followers landed from their ship and rested on the sea,-shore. As the pgims of their hands appeared to be of @ copper colour by the touch of the sand on the beach, the land @tme to be known as TLmbapanni. At this spot Vij@tya built a city. This locality is known as Tammanna even at the present day.]

[Both the terms Sibala and Tamb,,tpanni came into existence after the arrival of Vijaya. Nevertheless the name Lanka is generally known. After the conquest of Ceylon by Vijaya the culture common to the people of India spread rapidly among the Ceylonese and thereby the Sinhalese people advanced by gradual steps,]

[This island thrice visited and blessed by the Lord Buddha is enriched by his personal and associated relies to the same extent. as His -native land. During the reign of King Devanampiyfi Tissa in 237 B.E,, the Arahat Mahiiida, son of the Great Emperor Dharmasoka, at the request of Arahat Moggalipubta Tissa who was entreated by the king of Gods, established Buddhism in Ceylon.]

[Mahiiida the spiritual teacher of Lanka propagated the 1)hamma in the Island. He caused the Sinhalese Commentaries to be written. As t result of these activities the literature and scientifie knowledge. spread throughout the land.]

[In the Reign of Wattagamini Abhaya five hundred holy monks assembled at the Aloka Vihara in the Matale District, observing the decay of the Religion in the future, and reduced into writing the Texts and Commentaries that were handed down orally among the monks. The world benefited immensely by this great undertaking.]

[Later, during the reign of Vabanama, the famous commentator Buddhagosha, at the instance of his teacher Revata, arrived in Ceylon and residing at the Ma@ia Vihara in the sacred city of Anuradhapura, translated id.,0 Pali the Commentaries that were in Siiiho,Iese.]

[For the credit of a country or a people that progressed gradually there must exist a continual history. Ceylon and the Sinhilese Nation possess for themselves an unrivalled history in the world. It is said by the ancients that what .,(jmprises of the unbroken tradition of a people embodying the fourfold outlook in life-Darma, Artha, Kama and M(,,kshais called history. It is undisputedly acknowledged by the scholars both oriental and accidental that the earliest and foremost liistorical work of Ceylon is the Dipavamsa.]

[According to the scholastic definition, it is a Dipa (an island) which is bounded by water. A Wansa (a race) is that which propalgates itself by producing men. By the term Dipavamsa the racial continuity of the island as well as the Chronicle that records it, is indicated.]

[In the Dipavarnsa, the story of the visits of Lord Buddha, the establishment of Buddhism in the Island, the succession of Kings and Dynasties, and the temporal and spiritual activities of the rulers and their ministers, are systematically recorded. The Chronicle is written in elegant Pali verse. The first part contains the historical narrative from the story of the visits of Lord Buddha up to the reign of Mahasena.]

[The Book runs into twenty-two chaptersknown as Bhanavaras, each consisting of 25,0 granthas or stanzas. Although each chapter is]

[vii]

[designated a Bhanavara, the requi site number of stanza@s and syllables for a chapter is not uniform. Hence we have to conclude that the author has applied the general scriptural term of Bhanavara to the chapters,]

[As it is considered that the poem which presents a historical narrative is necessarily a "great poem." we cannot but regard the Dipavamsa as a '@great poem." We have no clue whatsoever as to the date and authorship of this monumental work. Yet by a critical examination of the poem we can come to tl,ie conclusion that it has been written by a scholar who was contemporary to the king Mahasena. The great commentary of the Vinaya known as Samantapasadika written by the Thera Buddhaghosha bears ,unmistakable evidence as to the age of this historical work. Therein we come across certain illustrations quoted from the Dipavamsa. This work written in perfect Pali verse narrating the historical tradition of Buddhism and the Sinhalese kingdom during a period of 845 years stood as an example to later compositions of a similar character.]

[THE. MONASTIC ORDER:]

[The Monastic Order established by the Great Arahat Mahinda in the reign of king Devanampiya Tissa, 236 B. E., and which prospered steadily through the support of kings and nobles continned to exist for a space of 1,300 years dividing itself into various schisms. During the later times, owing to the incessant wars between the Tamils and the Sinhalese, Buddhism deteriorated to such an extent that the requisite number of Bhikkhus qualified to perform the ecclesiastical rites were found scarce.]

[Vijaya Bahu I, who united Lanka under one flag and became King in 1609 B. E., was disappointed at the scarcity of qualified Bhikkhus to perform the ecclesiastical duties. He dispatched, envoys to the King of Arimaddana in Ramanna country to bring qualified monks from there and resuscitated the monastic order by conferring the ordination on young men of noble birth,,]

[After the time of king VI'Jaya Bahu until the early years of the reign of Parakrama Bahu I, the country was continually subjected to numerous wars and evil strifes. During this period the monks degraded to a very low ebb and spoiled the religion by acting contrary to the noble toadhing, The great monarch observing the]

[viii]

[irreparable harm done by them disrobed and expelled the unclisciplined monks. He conducted the ordination ceremony annually and reformed the,Holy Order. This reformation continued to exist for a space of 250 years till the reign of Parakrama Bahii VI.]

[As a result of ' the rapid progress of Portuguese power in the maritime provinces since the accession of Don John Dharmapala and of the mgsslere of Buddhist monks by the apostate Rajasinha I, who embraced Shaivaism, King Wimaladharmasuriya, on coming to the throne, met with the difficulty of procuring a single Bhikkliu who had received the Ordination. He sent an embassy to the King of Rakkhanga alias Araman,,i, brought down some monks including the Thera Nandicakka and re-established the Monastic Order in Ceyl on by conducting an Ordinabion in the year 2140 B. E,]

[Subsequently the performance of the Ordination Ceremony and other ecclesiastical duties fall into abeyance owing to the frequent wars during the long reign of Rajusinha II, and it was found impossible to come across a qualified monk in Ceylon. The devout King Witnaladharmasuriya II, who was endowed with a noble character entirely different from that of his father, dispatched a party of Sinhalese envoys equipped with valuable gifts to the Ramannadesa on board a Dutch ship, in 1697 A. C., and brought down 33 monks headed by the Elder Santana Thera.]

[He conducted an Ordination Ceremony inside an aquatic tower built on the river Mahaveliganga at the ford of (,Tetambe, administered the Ordination to 33 monks, admitted 120 laymen to the Holy Order, and revived the Monastic Order in Lanka.]

[Subsequently King Sri Vijaya Raiasinha sent a band of Sinhalese envoys to Pegu in the year 1741 A. 0., with orders to bring fully ordained Bhikklius. As the vessel in which they travelled met with ship-wreck during the course of their journey, another party was dispatched to Siam on board a Dutch sailing vessel in the year 1747. As the king had deceased before the return of the c ' nvoys with the Bhikkhus from Siam, the disappointed Siamese monks returned home without paying a visit to the capital Srivardhanapura.]

[Later when Kirti Sri Rajasinha ascended the throne, he sent an embassy to the King of Siam, got down a party of Siamese monkoundertheElderUpaliThera,ordainedtheVen. Saranankara]

[ix]

[Samanera and others and established the Siamese sect in Coylon.]

[During the reign of King Rajasinli,,t the Ven. Welitota Nanavimala Tissa, embarked for Amarapui.a in Burma, obtained the Ordination from there and on his return to Ceylori in 2340 B. E., established the Amarapura sect in this country.]

[Not long afterwards the Ven. Saranankara of Arnbagahawatta sailed to the city of Ratanapunna in Burma in 2405 B. E., obtained his Ordination there and established the Bamatina Sect in Ceylon.]

[It would be one of the greatest services to Buddhism if the devout Buddhists make a determined endeavour to unite these three sects as were done by the Buddhist monarchs from time to time in the days of yore.]

[This ORDER OF NUNS:]

[During the reign of King Devanampiya Tissa, 236 B. E., the Order of Nuns was' established in Ceylon by the Holy Nun Sanghamitta, daughter of the Great Emperor Dharmasoka. Princess Anula the consort of Maha Naga brother of King Devanampiya Tissa became such a devoted follower of Buddhism that she expressed her desire to be a Nun giving up the householder's life. The imonarch communicated the appeal to the Arahat Mahinda. As the monks were unauthorized to admit ladies to the monastic life he decided to get down his sister Sangamitta and informed the king about it. The monarch, pleased with tl-ie idea of establishing the Order of Nuns, dispatched envoys to the court of Dharmasoka. Emperor Asoka immediately sent a party of eleven Nuns headed by Sanghamitta. The great Nun admitted to the Holy Orders 500 youn. ladies including the Princess Anula as well as 500 women of the Royal household and thereby established the Order of Nuns in Coylon.]

[The Chronicles bear undoubted evidence as to the continual existence of the Order of Nuns for a long space of 1282 years until the reign of Mahinda iii., who ascended the throne in 1519 B. E. We have no evidence as to the existence of the Order of Nuns after this date. Mahinda III, was on the throne for 16 years. It is mentioned that he built an abode for the Nuns named Mahamalla and dedicated it to the Senior Nuns who had received consecration from the Therawansa. This is the last available reference to the]

[X]

[Order of Nuns in -Ceylon. Therefore we can be sure that the monastic order for worrien was still in existence in the reign of Mabinda III. This king was succeeded by big son Sena IV. His reign was distinguished by numerous wars. In spite of it we find no possible cause for the total extinction of the Order of Nuns. Sena TV died at the end of a reign of 10 years and his brother Mahinda TV succeeded to the throne at Anuradhapura. He could not effectually control the kin dom which was over-run by the 9]
[people of various nationalities brought down from different countries by his fatt,.er's General, Sena. As he was found to be a ruler of a gentle disposition, the people refused to pay him taxes. Unable to pay the mercenaries owing to the loss of revenue, he fled from the capital to Ruhuna and lived at the villa-je of Citta Pabbata which he converted into a place of defence. Subsequently he built the city of Kapuga,,1 Nuwara and made his residence there, At this time the Kerala, Karnata and Sinhala rebels held their sway over the remaining territory. The. land was entirely impoverished. A horse-merchant who visited the Island at this period reported the troubled state of the country to tl-ie ruler @f the Chola Kingdom and the Cholian hordes invaded the country, Soon after their landing they were able to capture the crown and insignia with the queen and the royal treasures which they sent hurne to their King. They demolished the sacred shrines and Buddhist Viharas and plundered all their essential wealth. The ruthless destruction of Buddhism during the Cholian invasion is amply recorded in history. It is possible that the Order of Nuns diseared at this disastrous period Any vestiges of the Order of app]
[Nuns that remained during the reign of Mahinda, we presume, were finally lost by the abdication of monastic life by the Nuns in fear of the Cholian menace.]

[THE TOOTH RELIC:]

[The Great Tathagata, after an active life of 45 years, ent@ered the Parinirvana at the age of 80, at the Sala grove of the Mallas in the city of Kusinara. Prior to the distribution of relies, a certain Arahat known as Khema by name, removed one of the Sacred Tooth Relies from the left-hand side of His, jaw, during the course of the cremation. He took it to the country of Kalinga and after converting Danta, the King of Dantapura, to Buddhism handed it over to the monarch who scrupulously guarded it as his]

[xi]

[own life. His son Sunanda succeeded him. In course of time when King Guhasiva became the custodian of the Tooth Relic through linear succession, the King of Pandya heard of it from the Tirthakas and took possession of it by force. He entrusted to the Tirthakas to destroy the Holy Relic which he had captured. They tried their best to put an end to this object of great reverence, but met with failure. Subsequently the King Gubasiva became so delighted on witnessing the miracles performed by the Tooth Relic, that he returned the Relic to its original owner Guhasiva.]

[In order to protect the Tooth Relic from the hands of hostile kings he requested his daughter Hemamala and her husband Sudotta, the Prince of Dantapura, to take it. away to King Mahasena of Ceylon. Accompanied by theToothRelic they embarked from the port of Tamra,lipti and landed in Ceylon. On their arrival they found that Alahasona had already died and his son Kit, Siri Mevan was reigning. The couple journeyed with the Relic toanuradhapura and arriving at the Maha Vihara approached the king through the mediation of the monks. They related the full story of their mission,and entrusted the Tooth Relic to the ruler. The monarch highly gratified by this good fortune received the Relic in a valuable cryst@l casket and deposited it in the hall of Dhammacakka built bydevanampiya Tissa. From that moment this hall received the name of 'Dathadhatughara. In order to facilitate all the citizens to pay respects to the Tooth Relic, the king took it in great procession to the Abhayagiri Vihara, held festivities and offerings there, and returned with it to the Hall of the Tooth. The Eialada festivities were conducted by the monarch Kit Siri Mevan defraying an expenditure of nine lacs of gold coins. It was the first occasion that the Dalada Perahera was ever held in Ceylon. He ordered that the festival of the Tooth Relic should be conducted annually, Since that time the devout kings of Ceylon continued to observe the festival of the Tooth Relic with the accompaniment of a Perahera.]

[When the capital of the kings changed from time to time owing to political and other reasons, the abode of the Tooth Relic also had to be shifted simultaneously. The Sacred Tooth remained at Anuradhapura for a space of more than 700 years until King -'jijaya Bahu I, in 1609 B. E, built the city of Polonnaruwa and removed it thither. When his. son Wickrama]

[Bahu I began to appropriate the wealth of the temples, the Bhikkhus removed the Tooth Relic to Ruhuna. Manabharana, the ruler of Ruhun,,i and contemporary of Gaja Bahu, brought back the Tooth Relic to Polonnaruwa when he captured the city. As soon as Parakrama Bahu I, conquered the capital of Rajarata,, 'LVIanabharana carried away the Tooth Relic with him. At the death of Manabharana, his mother Sugala took possession of the sacred Relic. By the order of Parakrania Bahu I, his Generals waged war against Sugala and brought the Tooth Relic back to Polonnaruwa. The great monarch built a magnificent palace for the I-loly Tooth in the heart of his capital and held great festivities in its honour.]

[When Magha the invader from South India ravaged the city of Polonnaruwa, Vacissara and other Theras concealed the Tooth Relic on the mountain-side of Kotmale. Vanni Vijaya Bahu, who built the new city of Dambadeniya and transferred the Tooth Relic to his capital, constructed a grand palace for the Tooth on the rock fortress of Beligala and securely placed it there in -reat ceremony. His son Parakrama Bahu II, who succeeded him as ruler at Dambadeniya, built the Temple of the Tooth called Vijayasundararama, by the side of his royal palace and deposited tl-ie Tooth Relic there. His son Vijaya Bahu IV, after freeing the country from the thorns of hostile armies, reoccupied the city of Polonnaruwa and brought the Tooth Relic back to its original home. He was succeeded by his brother Bhuvaneka Bahu V, who made Yapawu or Subha Pabbata his capital. He removed the Sacred Tooth to Yapahuwa and conducted daily festivals in its honour.]

[After his reign a Draviclian, General, Aryaeakravarti, descended on the city of Subha Pabbata accompanied by his Tamil hordes. I-Ie captured the Tooth Relic, and presented it to his lord Kalasekhara, King of Pandya. Parakraina Bahu III, who came to the throne immediately after this period, proceeded to the court of Kulasekhara and recovered the Sacred Relic by peaceful persuasion. Returning with the Great Relic he deposited it in the Temple of the Tooth at Polonnaruwa where he conducted festivities. He was succeeded by Parakrama Bahu IV of Kurunegala. This monarch brought the Tooth Relic to his Capital, built a magnificent palace as its repository and conducted grand festivities and daily oiterings.]

[xiii]

[He composed in Sinhaleqe a treatise called Dh.,itha Dhatu Caritta (Dalada Sirita) which deals with the history of the Tooth Relic.]

[During later years Bhuvaneka Bahu V who made Gampola or Gan,casiripura his capital removed the Tooth Relic thither and conducted fe@tivals in its honour. As the latter part of his reign was connected with Jayavardhanipura (Kotte) the Tooth Relic was transferred from Gampola to the new capital. Parakrama Bahu VI of Kothe built a magnificent building for the Tooth Relic in the vicinity of the royal palace and repc)sited the Tooth Relic there in great ceremony.]

[In the reign of Dharmapala, when the Christian religion introduced by the Portuguese was gaining influence, the monks surreptitiously removed the Tooth Relic to Delgamu Vibara in thi) province of Sabaragamuva. Wimal,@i Dharma Surya who gave up Christianity and became king of Sirivardhanapura removed the sacred Relic to his Capital.' He built a two-storied mansion for the Tooth Relic near the royal palace and conducted offerings to the great relic. From the day that Ceylon was ceded to king George III in 2358 B. B., the Tooth Relic remained under the custody of the British Government. In the year 2396 B. E. the Government transferred the custodianship of the Tooth Relic into the hands of the High Priests of Asgiriya and Malwatta and to the Diyawadana Nilame.]

[THE HERETIC-KL DOCTRINES:]

[These doctrines are teachings absolutely contrary to the Buddha Dhamma. A heresy which originated in India wfis introduced into Ceylon in the days of king Vohara Tissa who ascended the throne in the year 757 B. E. (' ertain sinful monks in this country became its adherents. The monks of the Abhayagiri Vihara endeavoured to propa ,gate this doctrine 1 in Ceylon in the guise of a Buddhist teaching. The king employed a learned minister named Kapila well versed in the Tripitaka to examine the heretical teachings, Having discovered that their teaching was a false doctrine the monarch collected all the books dealing with it and consigned them to a fire, punishing all the monks who had accepted it. Similar heretical teachings that arose in Ceylon during later periods passed under the same name. The heresies were revived by the monks of the Abhayagiri Vihara during the reign of Gothabbaya]

[xiv]

[otherwise known as Megavarna Abhaya. The ruler gathered sixty monks who followed the heretical teaching, branded on them and banished them out of the country. These deported m,.)nks came across a Cholian heretic in India named Sangamitra who became tne inveterate enemy@ of the orthodox monks of the Maha Vihara. He came to Geylon, was successful in winning the favour of the king and became the tutor to the two sons of the monarch. He easily converted the younger prince Mahasena to his new doctrine. But the elder Jettha Tissa was dissatisfied with his teacher. After the death of the king the prince Jettha Tissa ascended the throne. S.,inghamitra realising that it was unsafe for him to remain in Ceylon durin@ his reign, conferred with prince Maha Sena and fled to India with the intention of returning when the latter succeeded to the throne.]

[Jettha Tissa was followed by his brother as king. Sangbamitra returned from India and persuaded the new king to enact a law against the orthodox school prohibiting all citizens to provide alms to the monks of the Maha Vlhara. He fixed a penalty of one thousand gold coins as a fine for infringing this law. The monks of the Maha Vihara direly oppressed by the absence of food fled to Ruhuna and the hill country. The Maha Vihara remained a deserted place for nine years. Sanghamitra removed the enormous wealth of the Maba. Vihara to the Abhayagiri fraternity. The wicked monk caused the Lowa Maha Paya and many other beautiful palaces and religious edifices to be demolished. He made the ground of the Maha -Vihara to be ploughed and converted into a field of corn. Owing to these vicious deeds the people in grave resentment rose acrainst the king. The Minister Meghavarna Abhaya burning with indignation at the ruthless distruction of the Maha Vibara, collected an army and rebelled against the king. The monarch promised to rebuild the Maha Vibara and made peace with the minister who begged the king to forgive him.]

[During this great revolt one of the consorts of the king had the haritical monk Sanghamitra assassinated. The minister Solia, one of his faithful adherents was murdered by the citizens. As a result of these events the king became a sober man, and the heretical doctrines incidentally disappeared.]

[xv]

[Later, during the reign of Silakala, a young merchant who visited the city of Kasi (Benares) in India brought back to Ceylon a religious work known as Dharma Dhatu which contained heretical doctrines and presented it to the king. The monarch who was not capable of distinguishing between heresy and orthodoxy was naturally ignorant of what, it contained. He received it as a sacred book and deposited it in a special shrine by the side of the royal palace. He paid it !devoted respects, and decreed his subjects to pay it homage. As a result of the introduction of the Dharma Dhatu from India the heretical doctrines saw a revival during the reign of Agra Bodhi I. At this period an erudite monk named Jotipala defeated the heretics at a great controversy and protected the Buddhist religion.]

[In the days of Kumaradasa, King of Ceylon, there lived in the city of Southern Madura a ruler Sri Harsha by name. At this time a clever but depraved monk visited the house of a prostitute during the night, clad himself in a blue garb and returned to the Vihara after day-break. His pupils observing this peculiar robe inquired of him whether his attire was not improper. As numerous people had observed his extraordinary dress he stoutly defended it and spoke highly in Its praise. His faithful subordinates who followed his theory discarded the yellow robe and adopted the blue-coloured garb. This heretical leader composed a philosopical work known as Nila-pata Darsaiia praising prostitutes, intoxicants and the God of Love as the' only three precious gems in the triple world while despising all other "gems" as nothing but mere clay.]

[This great heresy began to spread with much rapidity and the new philosophical treatise reached the bands of the King Sri Harsha who went through it critically. Pretending an approbation of the new doctrine he assembled the followers of the novel philosophy together with their whole literature into a special hall built for the purpose and set them all on fire. The lingering vestiges of this false doctrine had a recrudescence in Ceylon during the, reign of Sena II. In recent times, since the advent of the Portuguese, various kinds of religious teachings began to appear in this land, At the present day the island ofceylon is indelibly contaminated with the poisonous stains of those bygone times.]

[xvi]

[THE SINHALESE ROYAL LINE:]

[The Sinhalese Royal Line that originated with King Vi5aya e,,Lme into existence in the first year of the Buddhist Era. Vijaya was the eldest son of Sinha Babu king of the city built by him in the heart of the forest in L,,tta. Prince Vijaya landed in Ceylon and conquered this island on the very day on which Lord Buddha]
[was lying in bed iii preparation for his final passing away. Among]
[the noted and powerful monarchs of the Greater Dynasty,]
[Pandukabhaya Devanampiya Tissa, Dutthagamini Abhaya,]
[Wattagamini Abhaya and other great kings possessed unsullied fame and unsurpassed glory. Similarly, out of the later sovereigns Buddhadasa, Vijaya Bahu I, Parakrama Babu 1, Pandita Parakrama Babu II, Parakrama Bahu VI. Raja Sinha I, Wimala Dharma Suriya I and others were renovvned and mighty monarchs. Sri Vira Parakrama Narendra Sinba was the last king of the Sinhalese Royal Line. After a long space of about 2300 years of Sinhalese rule the Nayakkars of'South India came into possession of the Sinhalese kingdom with the consent of certain chieftains of the Sinhalese Royal Court. They held their sway for a period of about 74 years. Subsequently this island came under the British flag and is being now ruled by the kings of England for more than a century. As the British Government stood for Justice for all their policy has given satisfaction to everybody. His Majesty King George VI is our present sovereign. May he live long in happiness and glory for the common good and welfare of all the inhabitants of this land]

[ARRIVAL of THE PORTUGUESE:]

[The people of Portugal in the continent of Europe known as the Portuguese, after taking possession of many countries in Europe conquarred certain portions of India. Their main centre in India was the State of Goa. Francisco do Almcida, the Governor General of Goa began to spread the Portuguese power in the east. His son Lourenco do Almeida was the Portuguese Admiral. While chasing after the ships of the Moor men in an unexplored sea he unexpechedly arrived at Galle harbour in 2049 B. E , the 19th year of the reign of Vira Parakrama Babu. The @ Moors, who were traders at Galle at that time sent away the Portuguese by artful pretext. During the short time the Portuguese -spent in Ceylon]

[xvii]

[they gathered as much information as possible concerning this island. On their departure they left behind an engraving on a rock as a memorial of their visit to this country. By reason of this visit of Lourenco de Almeida the Portuguese people learnt about the natural features and the valuable resources of this countryThe Portuguese who brought many parts of India under their sway made up their mind to take possession of Ceyloi). In the year 2061 B. E. when Dharma Parakrama Babu was on the throne Governor Lopo Soarez de Albergaria arrived at Colombo with a squadron of seventeen ships carrying an army of 700 men, with the intention of building a fortress at Colombo. Dharma Parakrama Bahu, the king of Jayawardbanapura reluctantly gave them permission to erect a fortress as -his council of ministers also advised him to remain friendly with the Portuguese. The Moors fearing a danger to their. monopoly of 'trade owing to the presence of the Portuguese, lost no time in setting the Sinhalese king against the Portuguese' Dharma Parakrama Bahu sent an army to Colombo to oppose the Portuguese who easily repulsed the Sinhalese forces. After this incident the Sinhalese and the Portuguese lived in peace for some time. Governor Albergaria entrusted the fort of Colombo temporarily built by the Portuguese, to the charge of his nephew Juan de Silva and left the Island. Captain Lopo de Brito arrived in Ceylon with men and material to strengthen the fort of Colombo. The king despatched an army to resist him. The Portuguese drove them away and strongly fortified the garrison. This was followed by a treaty of peace between the two parties.]

[When the Portuguese arrived in Ceylon this island was disintegrated and the Sinhalese Government was weak and powerless. At this time there were different principalities at Gampola, Peradeniya, Devundara and other places. The Tamils were ruling in the North. The Moors were mending power in the maritime provinces. The King of Kotte reigned as overlord of Lanka. In spite of that there was no genuine concord among the petty rulers of the provinces. The Portuguese power that be-an in small degrees increased in extent during the reigns of Vijaya Babu VII, Bhuvaneka Bahu VII and Don Jolin Dharmapala. They took possession of the maritime provinces and established centres of trade. They persecuted and massacred the Sinhalese without number and plundered all their wealth. The Sitibalese who felt grave indignation at these atrocities, gathered an army of 20, 000 men during the reion of Vijaya Bahu VII, beseiged the Portuguese fort at Colombo and waged a severe war for five years. Ultimately a Portuguese reinforcement from Cochin arrived in Colombo and repulsed the Sinhalese army.]

[The Portuguese were Christians of the Roman Catholic Church. They endeavoured to propagate their religion as much as they endeavoured to establish their political power. The Roman Catholic Fathers who arrived in Ceylon along with the Sinhalese ambassador Sellappu Aratchi who was sent to Lisbon.' as representative on the occasion of the crowning of Prince Dharmapala, extensively converted the people of the maritime districts by preaching Christianity. The results of this wide campaign are still to be seen throughout these districts. Francis Xavier converted the inhabitants of the Maniiar District with tremendous effort. Sankili, the ruler of @alfna attempted to prevent his people embracing the new religion, but met with failure.]

[During the reign of Raja. Sinha of Sitawaka, who was renowned as a great warrior there were frequent conflicts with the Portuguese. The valiant monarch tried his best to drive the Portuguese out of Ceylon. As certain Sinhalese leaders favoured and assisted the Portuguese, the kii)g's efforts were of no avail. Yet Raja Sinha reduced the Portuguese power to a considerable extent. Out of the several encounters that took place between the Sinhatese and the Portuguese, the Battle of Muljeriyawa was one of the most notable. Vast numbers of Portuguese were killed during this fierce encounter.]

[Wimala Dharma Suriya I after he ascended the throne gave up his name D@n John along with the Christian faith. After he embraced Buddhism he attempted to expel the Portuguese from the island. General Don Lopes de Sousa landed with an army from Goa and started for Kandy to give battle to the king. No sooner they reached the pass at Balana the king's forces met them and annihilated the Portuguese areny including General Lopes de Sousa. After a lapse of two years the Governor General of Goa despatched a large force under the Captain General Don Jeronimo de Azevedo.]

[xix]

[He was able to conquer the Western Province, and after perpetrating numerous atrocities he embarked upon a war with the king of Kandy. The Sinlialese forces overwhelmed the Portuguese and drove them back to Colombo. The General Azevedo instigated a sinister plot to assassinate the Sinhalese monarch. Afterwards, the Portuguese gave up the idea of conquering the Kandyan kingdom and remained masters of the maritime provinces.

[THE ARRIVAL OF TIIE DUTCH:]

[While king Wimaladharmasurya was in hostility with the Portuguese, the Dutch Admiral Joris van Spilbergen arrived in Ceylon with a squadron of seven ships and landed at Batticaloa in the year 2146 B. E. Spain was at this tinie one of the most powerful states in Europe. Holland and Portugal were under Spanish suzerainty. The Hollanders revolted against the wicked rule of Spain and acquired their freedom. The Dutch were carrying on trade for some time in friendliness with the Portuguese. But after a short while friction arose. As goon as Admiral Spilbergen arrived in this island he learnt that the Sinhalese king was in hostility with the Portuguese. The Dutch Admiral paid a visit to the Court of Kandy where he had an audience with the king. He gave a solemn promise to the king that the Hollanders would assist him to drive the Por ' buguese out of Ceylon and obtained permission to build a fortress and to carry on trade freely with the natives. Spilbergen remained in this island for about three ' months during which time he captured three Portuguese ships and delivered tlieni over to the Sinlialese king.]

[In the following year Seebald de Weerb, a e,,tptian under Admiral Spilbergen, ,trrived at Batticalot and paid a visit to the Kandyan Court where he was received with cordiality. But the king, was dissatisfied witli him because he had set free four Portuguese vessels that he captured and also had not paid due respects to the officers of the Kandyan Court. This led to the murder of D,3 Weerb and his retinue of men]

[King Senai.atna ascended the. throne of Kandy in the year' 2147 B. E. During the first eight years of his reign there was peace prevailing in the island. In the eighth year of his rule Mareel do Bosehouwer arrived at Kandy as an ambassador,of the Dutch Government. Once more the Hollanders promised to assist the king]

[xx]

[against the Portuguese and they were granted permission to erect a fortress at Kottiyar and to carry on trade in the island without any hindrance. The king who was well pleased with Do Bosehouwer, appointed him ambassador of the Dutch and adviser to himself, and in this capacity he was stationed at Kandy.]

[The Portuguese who heard of these developments collected a large force and descended on Kottiyar where they destroyed the Dutch fort and the garrison. The king who was enraged by this attack sent an army to Kottiyar, killed a large number of the Portuguese and captured the fort. This led to ,i great conflict between the Portuguese and the Sinhalese. The king gathered an army of about 50,000 men. The Portuguese landed near' Jaffna with a large force and had to be defeated by the Sinhalese. After the death of the queen of Karidy the king's health was beginning to fail. The Portuguese who learned about the failing health of the ruler, entered into a conspiracy with Herab Dissava of Harispattu to kill the sons of the king as well as their guardian the subking of Uva. Discovering the treacherous plot of Herat Dissava the king had him immediately executed as an example to others. As a sequel to this execution there broke out a revolt in the Harispattu which the king easily put down.]

[THE, ARRIVAL OF THE DANES:]

[In persuance of the treaty entered into with the Dutch, King Senarati.ia sent De Bosehouwer to Holland asking for help from the Dutch Government to drive the Portuguese out of Ceylon. But the Government of the Netherlands did]

[not wish to enter into a promise with him. Now, De Boseliouwer approached Christian IV, King of Denmark, and asked him for help, which he agreed to give. The Danish king despatched a squadron of five ships under the Adi-niral Ove Giedde who arrived in Ceylon in the 16th year of the reign of King Senaratna.]

[De Bosehouwar met with his death in the course of his return journey. Although the king was highly pleased at the arrival of the Danish ships he was. unable to agree with the proposals of Admiral Ove Giedde. The disappointed Admiral seized the valuable]

[things in the two ships of De Boseliouwer and returned to his native country.]

[After this event the Portuguese erected a number of forts in various parts of the country. The Iiing observing their aggressive activities began to collect an army to pub down the enemy. Several inf lueritial Mudal iyars of the Low Country secret] y worked in favour of the king. Constantine de Sa, the Portuguese Captain General of Colombo, who heard of the warlike preparations of the Sinhalese king marched with a large army and devastated the Central Province. As the Icing was unprepared at this i-noment he fled to the hilly district of Uva. The Porffiguese General returned from Kandy and was reni@gining at Malwana when he received an express order from the Governor Genertl at Goa requesting him to subjugate the Island of Geylon as early as possible. This order also blamed him for delaying military measures. He started with an army of 21,500 men, both Portuguese and Sinhalese, and plundered the town of Badulla. The General advanced ,i little further and was resting on the top of a hill when thousands of Sinhalese soldiers of the king's forces broke in from various direebions. Several of the.Sinhalese Mudaliyars immediately went over to the king's side. As soon as the battle started Mudaliyar Don Cosma Wijayasekhara out off the head of a Portuguese soldier, fixed it on the point of a spear and hold it aloft for everyone to see. It was done as a mark of allegiance to the King of Kandy. All the Sinhalese soldiers except 150 joined the Sinhalese king. Throughout this historic battle the king's own son Prince Rajgsinha, stood in the middle of the field and commanded the Sinh,%]ese army. In this great battle which was fought in the field of Randeniwela in Wellawaya of 'the Uva District the entire Portugue.@e army including General Constantine de Sa was massacred by the Sibhalese.]

[Prince Rajasinba captured a number of Portuguese forts and laying seige to Colombo started to attack the city. The Governor General of Goa who learnt of the death of Constantine de Sa, immediately despatched reinforcements from Goa and Cochin. Being repelled by these forces the Sinhate@ were forced to retreat. Subsequently, the Sinbeilese and Portuguese entered into a treaty of peace. This state of peace achieved in the reign of king Senaratna continued to exist up to the early years of the reign of his son Rajasinba II. During this time an elephant gifted to a Portuguese merchant by the king of Kandy was forcibly Fidized by Diogo de Malho, the Captain General of Colombo. While the king was highly annoyed at this act of effrontery. Diogo de Mellio who thought that the king was very fond of horses, sent a pair of stallions to the city of Kandy for sale. The king ordered the two horses to be seized in return for the lost elephant. He sent a message to Colombo declaring that he would release the two horses as soon as the elephant was restored. Diogo de Melho on receiving this information marched with an army of 28,700 men and reag@,hed the outskirts of K,,xndy. Prince Vijayapala, the sub-ruler of the Matale District collected a force of 10,000 men and advanced towards Kandy to assist the king. When the Portuguese army reached the Balatie Pass, Rajasinba sent a message to Diogo de Melho, through a Christian clergyman, asking him to return forthwith as it was highly improper on his part to embark upon a war so disastrous to thousands of innocent people, na(3rely on accounr, of a private matter. The proud Governor did not hesitate to enter the city. He found the capital entirely deserted. Themoriarch issuedorderstokilltheenemy without allowing any one of them to escape. The Portuguese set fire to the city and went back. On their way they were surrounded and attacked on all sides by the Sinhalese. The Portuguese Governor sued for peace. The monarch determined to punish him severely for his insolence and refused to accede to his reques@.. The entire Portuguese army including Diogo de Melho was slaughtered with the exception of only 38 man who escaped.]

[The king realised that there would be no permanent peace as long as the presence of the Portuguese continued in this island. He communicated with the Dutch Governor at Batavia in order to drive the Portuguese out. Ambissidors from Batavia arrived at the Kandv-an Court and a Treaty was concluded. The conditions of this Treaty were that a Dutch force to be despatched to Ceylon the king to bear all the expenses for the military operations; the Dutch to be free to carry on their trade in this country ; other European powers to be not allowed to carry on trade in Ceylon and the Roman Catholic ministers to be expelled from the Island.]

[According to the stipulations of this Treaty, General Wester. weld arrived in Ceylon accompanied by an army in the fifth year of the king's reign and book possession of the forts of Batticaloa, Negombo, Galle and rdatara. Two years after this event there]

[xxiii]

[prevailed 9, temporary peace between the Portuguese and the Dutch In the twenty-second year of the king's reign the combined forces of the Sinhalese and the Dutch beseiged the Fort of Colot-nbo and started to attack the city by land and sea. After a continuous seige of seven months the Fort of Colombo was taken. The Hollanders did not transfer the captured forts to the king of Kandy as expressly stated in the clauses of the Treaty. Therefore the king not only withheld giving assistance to the%Hollanders, but also evinced undisguised favour towards the Portuguese. Two years after this incident, fell the Fort of Jaffna, the last of the Portuguese strongholds. Thus ended the Portuguese power that prevailed in this country for a space of 150 years.]

[In the 25th year of this king's reign the English vessel in which Robert Knox and his father sailed was disabled at sea and had to call at the harbour of Kottiar. On hearing of the arrival of an English ship the Sinhalese ruler deputed a Dissava to take thein prisoners. The English sailors sixteen in number, were captured and taken to Kandy. They were stationed separately in ditrerent parts of the Central Province. Captain Kiiox, father of Robert Knox, died through ,i virulent attack of malaria, The younger Knox remained in Ceylon as a state prisoner for 20 years and ultimately manacfed to return to his native country by secretly escaping from his captivity. The Hollanders tried their best to regain the lost friendship of the king, but their efforts were without success.]

[THE ARRIVAL OF THE FRENCH.]

[In the 38th year of the reign of Rajasinha, Monsieur Do la Haye, Governor of the French Colony of Madagasn, r arrived at the harbour of Trincomalee accompanied by seventeen ships. He sent his envoys to Ktndy with various presents to the Sinhalese king. The Kandyan monarch learning that the French wore in great hostility with the Hollanders thought that he would be able to expel the Dutch with the aid of the Frenchmen and gave them ,permission to erect a fortress. After the work was completed De 1 a Haye remained in Ceylon for a short time and left for India on ,some urgent matter, authorising De I& Narrole to proceed to Kandy as the accredited French Ambassador. Owing to a misdemeanour of De la Narolle he was ordered to be imprisoned by the king.]

[xxiv]

[The Hollanders came and captured the French fortress, The aim of the French Governor was thereby completely frustrated.]

[On the death of this king he was succeeded by his son Win-ialaclharmasury@t II, as king of Kandy. As he proved to be a gentle and peace-loving monarch his reign was marked by general tranquility. During his tiine the Hollanders improved their trade and political power. The reign of his son Narendrasinha, was likewise a peaceful one. Though there was general peace prevailing during the early part of the reign of Kirti Sri Rajasinba the Hollanders strengthened the forts and persecuted the subjects of the king. The ruler burning with grave indignation descended on the maritime districts and carried on a severe campaign against the Dutch. This led to the continual hostility between the two nations. In the 16th year of this inonarch's reign the Hollanders invaded the city of Kandy with an army of 18,000 men and sat fire to the valuable books and magnificent buildings in the city. They remained in Kandy for nine months, but being unable to resist the severe onslaughts of the Sinhalese, they were forced to retreat to the maritime capital. Van Eck, the Dutch Governor despatched a powerful force of his men to the Central Provine.3 which they subjected to severe devastation. Subsequently, Governor EaIck entered into a Treaty with the king and refrained from further wars with the Kandyans.]

[In the 16bb year of Kirti Sri Rajasinha's reign the British Governor of the.\ladras Presidency deputed Mr. Pybus to thekingof Kandy intimating that the East India Company was prepared to assist the king in his war against the Hollanders. The monarch was exceedingly pleased and he entered into a Treaty with Mr. Pybus. In spite of this agreement the Governor of Madras failed to carry out the obligations of the Treaty. Now, in the second year of his successor Sri Rajadhirajasinha, Lord Macartney, Governor of Madras, despatched a naval force under Admiral Hughes and a land force under General Heel.-or Monroe to capture the Dutch forts in the Island of Ceylon. They idimediately took possession of the Fort of Trincomalee. Not long afterwards, Mr. Boyd arrived in Kandy and solicited the king to give up his displeasure at their neglect to carry out the terms of the Treaty during the previous reign. He entreated the king to give them]

[xxv]
[assistance in the campaign against the Hollanders, or, if the king was not prepared to do so, he requested the Council of Ministers to remain friendly towards the English. As the Englishmen had not adhered to the previous promises. the Sinlialese ministers expressed their, unwillingness to accede to his request. The mission of Mr, Boyd thus ended in utter failure. General Hughes returned to India leaving his men in the Fort of Trincomalea. During this interval the French Admiral Suffren attacked the English garrison and captured the fortress. On his return from India, Admiral Hughes found to his great surprise that the French colours ware flying over the Fort of Triticomalee. The campaign of the English in Geylon thus ended without success.]

[Trincomalee was again captured by the Hollanders. The Englishmen resolved once more to conquer the districts that remained under the Dutch Government. In the 16th year of the reign of the king of Kandy, Lord Hobart, Governor of Madras despatched an army under Colonel Stuart, to Ceylon who beseiged the Fort of Trincomalee. After a sturdy resistance of three weeks, the Dutch had to surrender, and the Fort was capitulated to the English. Subsequent to the occupation of the Fort of Negombo, the English laid seige to the city of Colombo which was capitulated without any kind of resistance. John Angelbeek, the Dutch Governor of Colombo, eventually signed a Peace @aty ceding the Forts of Kalutara, Galle, Matara etc., to the English. The Dutch power in CQylon thus terminated in the 16th year of the king of Kandy.]

[Since the passing of the maritime provinces into the hands of the East India Company, they were again transferred to the British]

[Crown in the 18th year of the king of Kandy reign. The Honourable Frederic North arrived as Governor of the Maritime Provinces. After the death of the sovereign, Prince Kannasamy came to the throne under the title of Sri Wickrama Rajasinha, with the common consent of all the citizens and the approval of the Chief Adigar Pilitna Talawwa, in the year 2341 B. E. The Prime Minister Pilim@ Talawwa himself secretly aimed at usurping the throne. Not long afterwards, the Chief Adigar Pili@a Talawwa arrested and imprisoned all those who advanced any claims to the Sinhalese crown. Arawwawala, the Second Adigar was assassinated by hirelings. Muttusamy, the claimant to the throne fled to the English]

[xxvi]

[at Col,-)inbo. The Chief Adigar with the view of usurping the kingdom conferred secretly with Governor North, in order to enlist his assistance. There were frequent conferences with Mr. Boyd who was Acting Chief Secretary. Pilima Talawwa informed the Governor and Mr. Boyd that he disliked the Nayakkars, and that the Sinhalese too in general did not like the Ma)abars. He explaind that if the English assisted him to depose the king and put him to death, in order that he himself iniglib ascend the throne and establish a new royal line at Kandy, lie would be certainly prepared to enter into a Treaty favourable to Llie British and'also would continue as a ruler under the protection of the British Government. The English gave their approval to all the other proposals except the decision to kill the naonareb, and suggested] to Pitima Talawwa that the king should be deposed and kept in confinement paying him only an annual pension. To this view Pilima Talawwa agreed.]

[It was the intention of the English to take possession of the Kandyati kingdom with the assistance of Piliina Talawwa. The aim of Pilima Talawwawas to get rid of the king with the help of the British and then to drive the English out of Ceylon after himself coming to the throne. The two parties decided to send an envoy to the ruler inviting him to meet the English for the purpose of ne,,,otiatitig a Treaty. Iii the ninth year of the king's reign General Macdowall started for the Kandyan capital accompanied by a force of men. But the Sinhalese troops did not allow them to proceed beyond Ruwatiwella. Pilima Talawwa received General llacdowall and introduced him to the king. The monarch was unaware of the conspiracy that existed between Pilirna Talawwa and the English. But he was not in a position to agree with their proposals, The English were looking for a suitable opportunity, to approach the king once more. Pilima Talawwa thought that lie would be able to put up the English against the king and to enter into a Treaty with them by usurping regal power for himself after putting the king to death. In' the Ilth year of Sri Wikraraa Raiasinha, Pilima Talawwa instigated the king's men to plunder the arecanuts of the Moor traders from the Low-country, who were subjects of the British Government. Although the Governor of Colombo demanded the King of Kandy several times to pay adequate compensation for the Moors, it was without effect. It is evident that the king was not cognisant of what had taken place.]

[xxvii]

[WAR WITH THE ENGLISH.]

[As the above dispute was not amicably settled, the English declared war against the Sinhalese. In the twelfth year of SriWikrama ltaj,,tsinha's reign General Macdowall left Colombo with a force of 3,000 men, while Mr. Barbut started with another force from Trincomalec. When they entered the city there was no one in the Kandyan capital. On that occasion Governor North invited Prince @uttusamy to Kandy and crowned him King. The English Governor immediately entered into a Treaty with the new king which was more favourable to the English. Pilima Talawwa who was deeply annoyed at this development determined to destroy the British power. In the meanwhile the Sinhalesq began to attack the English at night. Later g conference took place between the Second Adigar Meegastenne and General Maudowall as mentioned in a despatch from Pilima Talawwa to the British Governor. They decided that the king should be captured and delivered to the English, that Pilima TalawwiL should be appointed king under the title of Utum Kumara, that Mutbusamy should be deported to Jadna with an annuity for his upkeep, and that the war should be immediately ceased after transferring the Fort Macdowal, the Road to Trincomalee and the District of Seven Korales to the British. Relying on this mutual agreement General Macdowall stationed Mr. Barbut and his men at Kandy and returned to Colombo. At this time Pilima Talawwa sent a communication to Governor North intimating his desire to see him. Pilima Talawwa was met in conference by the Governor at Dambadeniya. He confirmed the Treaty previously negotiated with General Macdowall. As Mr. Barbut arrived with his men at Dambadeniya on this occasion Pilima Talawwa missed the opportunity of taking Governor North prisoner, accordi g to the secret plan laid by him.]

[At the 'death of Mr. Barbut, the English force stationed at Kandy fell under the command of Major David. ' At this time the Sinhalese had occupied the forts of Girihagama and Galagedara that belonged to the English, and started to attack the British force at Kandy. As the British wore greatly weakened Major Davie signified his desire to surrender by the hoisting of a white flag. The war did immediately cease. Major Davie conferred with Pilima Talawwa and left for Colombo accompanied by his men and]

[xxviii]

[Prince Muttusamy. He had to shop near the ford of Watapuluwa being unable to cross the Mahaveligauga as the river. was in flood.]

[On the following day the king sent his men intimating Major Davie that he was not responsible for the agreement and that Muttusamy. should be delivered to him forthwith. As Major Davie was not in a position to refuse this demand he surrendered Muttusamy, who was executed immediately after he was produced before the king. All the members of the English force were thrown down the precipice of a rock and killed except the three officers including Major Davie. However, a single soldier in the person of Corporal Barlisley escaped his death and was able to reach the Fort Macdowal to relate the dreadful fate of his comrades.Captain Madge who was in charge of the fort abandoned the fortress and hastily, marched to Trincomalee with his men. Captaiii Grount who was in command at the fort of Dambadeniya left his position and reached Colombo. Thus the claims of the English to the Kandyan Provinces came to a complete end.]

[Encouraged by this great victory the Kandyans determined to expel the English out of Ceylon and marched towards the Western Province. TI2e king himself proceeded in person with the Sinhalese army. A furious battle took place near the Fo'rt of Hanwella, here the Sinhalese were severely attacked by the English force. The monarch and his men had to flee in disorder. The dieappointed ruler executed Leuke Dissava and the Chief Secretary Palipaiia on a charge of remaining indifferent without leading the soldiers during the battle. The young Molligoda who met the king on his solitary flight treated him wit@i great respect. After this incident the ruler became favourably disposed towards Afolligoda and appointed him to a higher.office.]

[Froderic North was succeeded by Sir Thowas Maitland as Governor of the Maritime Provinces in the year 2348 B. B. At this time there was no serious friction between the Sinhalese and the English. Adigar Meegastenne died in the 17th year of the king's reign. In his place was appointed Rhalapola, the nephew of Pilima Talawwa. The Fol-ir Korales were divided between him and Molligoda Nilame. The residents of the district rose in revolt against this new measure. Pilima Talawwa put down the rising after persuading the king to allow him and his nephew Ratwatte Dissava to have the Seven Korales. The ruler]

[xxix]

[came to the conclusion that the revolt was engineered by the Chief Adigar. On account of this fact the dissatisfaction that was working in his mind was greatly enhanced. After ',-he regime of Sir Thomas Maitland, Major General Wilson arrived as Governor. His relations with the king were not at all strained.]

[When the king's suspicions of Pilima Talawwa grew in extent, the ruler convened the Council of Ministers and disclosed the treacherous deeds of the Chief Adigar. The Ministers declared that Pilima Talawwa was guilty. The monarch divested him of his official position and bade him return to his native village,. Subsequently, Pilima Talawwa plottedi to slay his erstwhile king. The ruler having discovered his conspiracy arrested the ringleaders, tried them before a tribunal and had them all executed including Pilima Talawwa and Ratwatte Dissava. Though the king had his own suspicions of Ehelapola, yet in order-to win the allegiance of all his subjects, he appointed Eholapola to the office of Prime Minister. Consequently, Molligoda rose to the rank of Second Adigar.]

[In the 21st year of the reign of Sri Wickrama Rajasinha ' Sir Robert Brownrigg arrived in Ceylon as Governor of the Maritime Provinces. At this time, the ruler gave orders to his suspected ministers to resort to their respective provinces and to improve agriculture. Eholapola who departed to Sabaragamuwa began to carry on a surreptitious correspondence with Governor Brownrigg in contravention of the orders from the king. IEIE also raised an army at Sabaragamuwa against his own sovereign. The @onarch having learnt of these hostile activities deprived Eholapola of all his offices and appointed Molligoda to the office of Chief Adigar. The latter was deputed to Sabaragainuwa to suppress Ehelapola's men. On the arrival of Molligoda Adigar, Ehelapola fled to Colombo. The irated ruler in order to revenge the intriguing traitor, brutally executed the children, wife and relations of Ehelapola,. Now the Governor Brownrigg found that it was a very favourable opportunity for him to conquer the Kandyan Provinces and commenced to make warlike preparations. Eholapola gave him all the necessary information regarding the military strength and war strategy of the Kandyans. In the meanwhile Mr, John D'Oyly was endeavouring to win the good-will of Molligoda. At this time the residents of the Three Korales plundered the goods of the Moor merchants from the Low]

[xxx]

[Country, who were subjects of the British Government,on theo,?,teritatious pretext that they were spies sent by the English. The king ordered them to be mutilated and to set them free. Some of the Moors succumbed on the way while the rest were able to riach Colombo to acquaint the Governor with the severe tortures they were subjected to. This particular incident was instrumental in expediting the long-awaited war. In the 24th year of the kiiig's reign Governor Brownril,g dispatched the.English army into the Kandyan territory from eight different directions atid declared war against the king of Kandy. In his declaration of war it was proclaimed that the English were taking this extreme measure in order to save the Kandyan population from the yoke of a heartless tyrant, and that it was not at all a war directed against the Kandyan people as a whole, but only a friendly step deliberately taken, out of sympathy and consideration for the poor Kandyans. Owing to these reasons the majority of the Sinhalese did not offer any resistance to the English. infolligoda himself remained quiescent at their attitude The unfortunate monarch having discovered that the English bad reached his capital, and that many of the Kandyan officials had joined the English against him, fled ii-nmediately froi-n the city. The king was captured in the residence of Udupitiya Aratchi of Gallchewatt& under the personal instructions of Ehelapola. Consequently the glorious Sinhalese kingdoi-n that had been existing continually for a long space of over 2,300 years, was finally ceded on a Solemn Treaty, with the united consent of all citizens to king George 1II of Great Britain in the year of 1815. From that moment this island is continuously ruled by the renowned and powerful monarchs of his royal line.]

[MY ENDEAVOUR.]

[.r4en with some amount of experience may realise that the task of writing history is a very arduous undertaking which requires careful scrutiny and sober judgment. To write in, Pali verse is still more difficult. Some historians have represented various facts in an exaggerated form. Others have so confused the actual facts in their writings that it is difficult for any one to understand them clearly. Certain works that pass under the name of history stand as a living evidence to this charge. Authors with various religious ideas and political opinions have]

[xxxi]

[written works on history. Many of them do not realise that when competent students with moderate views examine their works critically the value of their writings might appear to be almost negligible. 13ut the author of the Dipavamsa has regarded this point as the most essential quality. Historical works were caused to be recited in public on festival occasions in the same manner as the Dhamma itself by great monarchs.whose names were mentioned with deep respect even by the great commentator Buddhaghoi;ha.]

[I strongly felt that the vast gap left by the non-completion of the narrative of the Dipavamsa, the oldest historical composition of the Sinhalese was a great reflection on the modern Oriental Scholars of Ceylon, and in response to the earnest appeal of several leading men both among the clergy tnd the laity, I embarked upon'the stupendous task of continuing the narrative up to the present day. 1 tried my best to avoid unnecessary detail as well as inordinate brevity in this composition and aimed at producing this work to suit the modern requirements. The result of my undertaking is the Second Part of the Dipavamsa embracing the historical narrative from the reign of Kirti Sri Meghavarna up to the present day.]

[This work runs to thirty six chapters and contains 2776 stanzas in all. Couched in %, variety of metres, I hope, it would tend to satisfy the literary tastes of the scholars who value rhythmic cadence and metrical melody. The concluding stanzas of each chapter are written in a different metre in conformity with the traditional characteristics expected of a great poem. Following the usage of the Dipavamsa the conclusion of each chapter is given its individual designation.]

[1 do not for a moment think that this work is perfect in every, respect. Yet 1 have endeavoured to represent the subject matter to the best of my ability. As this work is necessarily a Pali composition I have all throughout employed the Buddhist Era. As I met with several instances where the number of regnal years and the date of a,3cession of certain monarchs differed according to each author, I took pains to compare the available sources and give the version that 1 considered most approximately]

[correct. Where conflicting theories were recorded by different authorities it was difficult for me to distinguish the correct view, and in such instances I resorted to the aid of ancient inscriptions and thus gave my osvn conclusions based on established facts.]

[The imperfections in the records of early historians and the unscholarly nature of the works of incompetent writers have resulted in the disappearance of valuable historical data tothe greatest disappointment of the research student. The visit of Fa Hian is such an incident for example. The length of the reign of certain kings is not definitely stated. While obvious discrepancies as these are met with in the estimable works of far-sighted historians of old, we need not mention that there may inevitably be glaring shortcomings in the works of such humble beings as ourselves.]

[The antials of the line of kings treated in this Second Part of the Dipavamsa comprise of the life of glorious monarchs who invaded and conquered foreign lands; of powerful potentates who forced alien kings to submit and come to peaceful terms of humanitarian rulers like king Buddhadasa ; of scholars and poet-kings like Kumaradasa,; of mighty monarchs who built the vast and expansive tanks for the well-being of the people-, of righteous sovereigns who exerted incessantly for the glory of Buddhism ; of great warriors like Wijaya Bahu 1 who repelled the foreign invaders and directed his energy for the advancement of knowledge; of sacrilegious vandals like Dathopatissa who consigned valuable literary w ' orks to the devouring flames; of tyrants and apostates who dispossessed the temples of their valuable treasures and tracts of land and gifted them to their favourites and foreigners; as well as of noble kings who Oere instrumental in the revival of Buddhism by getting down qualified Bhikkhus from foreign lands to perform the ecclesiastical duties. This work also deals with the ruthless devastations' wrought by the Cholian hordes who descended on this country from time to time. We have also recorded herein the famous names of the great scholars who adorned this island during the various periods of vigorous literary activity. The authors of the leading sects in Geylon are also mentioned here with due consideration and attention. The leaders of the subordinate divisions of each sect are not specially referred to mainly for the sake of brevity-]

[xxxiii]

[The people of this island lost their age-long independence and freedom not only as a result of the advent of the European nations led by the Portuguese whose aim was to establish their power in this country through their religion ; but also as a result of the nonappearance of a powerful Sinhalese monarch after the sixteenth century when the throne of this kingdom passed into the hands of a ruler of foreign origin. Some of those monarchs continually waged a severe war against the foreigners. Some rulers observed a scrupulous peace and others eagerly sought the aid of the foreigners themselves. While the native rulers were acting in this fashion the consistent policy of the Portuguese was to conquer this land both by force and by treachery and to propagate their religion throughout the island, at the same time effecting nothing whatever that was conducive to the general welfare of the natives under their rule.]

[The Hollanders who followed them while doing whatever they. can for the well-being of the people as well as t,) their detriment devoted their energies entirely for the advancement of their trade. The Englishmen who finally arrived, engaged in various activities that tended to the general welfare of the Ceylonese than any of the two previous nations. Since they came into possession of the rule of the entire island the people of this country are enjoying the benefits of their liberal institutions and are well in the path of progress.]

[The Sinhalese royal line that continued to exist unbroken for a space of 23 centuries came to an unfortunate end through the personal @imbition ,ind mutual jealousy of scheming Sinbalese leaders.]

[I have to acknowledge here that in the compilation of this treatise various EDgliSli works on Ceylon history, several modern historical books,, the Nikaya Sangraba and the numerous stone inscriptions were of immense aid to me. For the benefit of those who are not familiar with the Pali language and for the use of the future students, 1 have appended hereto a complete Sirihalese paraphrase of the Pali text. By this composition that brings the historical narrative of CeylOD UP to the present day, 1 hope the contemporary historians are relieved of the grave censure that a competent Ceylonese scholar did not come forward to bring into consummation the oldest historical work existing in this Island.]

[xxxiv]

[I wish to record with greatest satisfaction that eminent Oriental scholars like the Principal of the Vidyodaya Pirivena and the Principal of the Vidyalaiikara Pirivena have gone through this work with pleasure and expressed their sincere appreciation. The Venerable T. Sri Amarawansa Maha Thera, incumbent of the Gotami Vihara, with his unrivalled scholarship, has been of immense help to me in the final revision of this composition. Dr. G. P. Malalasekara, M.A., Ph.D., D. Litl., Senior Lecturer in Oriental Languages in the University College, Colombo, most readily consented to write the Foreward to this historical compo6ition. Mr. John S. de Zoysa, Assistant Editor of the Sinhalese Dictionary, willingly undertook, in spite of his duties, to render into English the exhaustive introduction of mine, at my own request. Dr. A. P. de Zoysa, B.A., Ph.D., M.S.c., Barrister-at-law, kindly extended his ungrudgiiig help by carefully going through the English introduction. I have to mention with gratitude that Rev. M. Sugatananda Sthavira, Assistant Teacher of the Sugata Sasanodaya Pirivena, has always rendered his valuable assistance in the compilation 6f this work. I am deeply obliged to the several students of Ceylon history among the clergy as well as the laity, who kindly furnished me with various historical facts in response to my request. A small number of munificent and public-spirited gentlemen came to my aid for the early puLIication of this work, by expressing their willingness to defray the necessary expenses. I owe my obligation to Mr. Meelis de Silva, proprietor, and also the employees, of the Vidyavilasa. Press, Alutgama, for carrying out the printing of this work as expediously as possible. In conclusion I wish to offer my most sincere and heartfelt thanks to all those persons enumerated above who rendered directly or indirectly their valuable assistance and encouragement to me. May it be noted that all rights concerning this work are strictly reserved by the authors]

[Pandita Ahungalle Wimalakitti Thero.]

[2482]
[1938]

[Sugata Sasanodaya Pirivena,]
[Ambarukkharama Maha Vihara,]
[Welitota, Balapitiya.]

[Names of Those who Generously Helped]
[in the Publication of this Work.]

[Dr. L. A, RAJAPAKSE, B.A., L.L.D.,]
["Galiiiangoda Walawwa", Welitara.]

[11. LUCAS de S. KULATILE@ KA, Esq., A.M.I.C.E., Civil Engineer,]

["Wimalalaya," Ahungalla.]

[Dr, N. NVIJEYESEI@-riRA, L.R.C.P. & S. (EDIN.),]

[L.R.F.P. & S. (GLAS.), D.P.H., (UNIV. EDIN.), L.M., (DUB.),]
[Ahungalla,.]

[11. MARTF@ELIS de SILVA, Esq.,]
[Vidana Aratchy, Met,,t,,ama, Kotmale.]

[tl]

[DON GILBERT de ZOYSA GUNASEKARA, Esq,,]
[School Alaster, "Soma Giri," God,,igedara,]

[J. de S. RUPASINGHA, Esq.,]
[General Merchant, Beratuduwa.]

[D. S. ABEYASUNDARA, Esq., "Galwehera Walawwi,"]
[Galwehera.]
[H. A. (le SILVA, Esq., Apothecary, Wellaboda.]
[DANIEL de SILVA, WISAYAKULATILAKA]
[ED1RISINGHA, Esq., Wellaboda.]
[S. W. SILVA, Esq., Moratuwa.]

[Y. CAROLIS de SILVA, Esq., R,.itgama.]

[H. BASTIAN de SILVA, Esq, Maduwa.]
[H. ERINERIS de SILVA, Esq., Abungal.1a,]
[W. BARLIS ME@NL)IS, Esq., Pitegama.]

[H. A. Kulatile'ka,]
[H07ly. Secretaly.]

[Sugatasasanoda@a Pirivena,]
[Aiiibarukkliaramaya," Welitota, Balapitiya.]
[Welitota]

Dīpavaṃso.

Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.

63.
Tato mahā sena narindajo'ṭṭha
Sate cha tāḷīsatimamhi buddhe
Rājā'si kittisasirimeghavaṇṇo
Cintāmaṇī kāma dado'vadātā

64.
Vasaṅgato pāpavataṃ mahādi
Seno vināsesi'khilaṃhi yaṃtaṃ
Mahāmatī pākatika'ñca vippa
Kata'ṅkarī bhūpati tatra tatra

65.
Mahinda therassa pavatti maggaṃ
Sesaṃ sunitvā'ggaguṇepasīdī
So vaṇṇa bimbaṃ' sapamāṇato'va
Kāretva theramba thale sa'bhupo

66.
Taṃ sannivāsetva mahā mahena
Puraṃ pavesesa'nurādha saññaṃ
Vāsāvidūre panabhūpatissa
Kāretvāpāsādaṃ varaṃ tahiṃ taṃ

67.
Appesi'yiṭṭhī'yitarāna 'bimbe
Netvā'tra rakkha'ñca paribbaya'ñca
Ṭhapetvā pūjāya'nu vassa me'vaṃ
Kātuṃ niyojesi tathā akaṃsu

68.
Vasse'ssa rañño navamekaliṅga
Desā sudattopadisampatīca
Sā hemamālā muni dantadhātu
Midhā'nayiṃsu'ggatahāsacetā

[SL Page 002] [\x 2/]

69.
Laṅkissaro taṃ paṭigayhu'dagga
Cittosucī suddha silāmayamhi
Caṅgoṭake pakkhipimānanāso
Pamoda vācaṃ samudā haranto

70.
Devānamādī piyatissa raññā
Kārāpitaṃ bhūpati vatthukamhi
Sa'dhamma cakkākhya gharaṃ panesi
Taṃ danta dhātvā vasathaṃ punā'hu.

71.
Disampatī vattayi dantadhātu
Mahā mahaṃ khonaca lakkha mattaṃ
Vitta'mpi vissajjiya pīti ceto
Maho'bhavī'yaṃ paṭhamo visiṭṭho

72.
Netvā'nu cassaṃ 'va'bhayuttaraṃso
Vihāra ma'ggaṃ pana danta dhātuṃ
Pūjāvidhi'ṅkāsi para'mpikātu'
Masesa 'mevaṃ viniyojayittha.

73.
Sudatta danto iti hemamālā
Yetaṃ nayiṃsū'dha muninda dāṭhaṃ
Sa'kīravällādhivacaṃhi bhoggaṃ
Katvāna gāmaṃ dadi te vasiṃsu

74.
Katvā vihāra'ṭṭha dasa'gga puñña
Maṭṭhādhikabbīsatimamhivasse
Kammaṃ yathā'to'gamibhūpatindo
Sa'nibbuto dīpavaro'va bhāso.

75.
Tassā'nujobhūpati jeṭṭhatisso
Laṅkāya laṅghesi sitāna pattaṃ
Sodanta sippamhi pavīṇako'va
Vinesi sippejanataṃ taha'mpi

76.
Buddhaṅkurassi'ddhimayaṃ 'varūpaṃ'
Ṇattā tathāpīṭha ma'passaya'ñca
Chatta'ṅkaruṃte maṇimaṇḍapa'mpi
Rajja'ṅkarīso navacassa ma'ggaṃ

[SL Page 003] [\x 3/]

77.
Tato sutotassa bhavī'ha buddha-
Dāso disampatyu'dayoru kitti
Catūhi vatthūhica saṅgahehi
Rañjesi sopāṇi gaṇaṃ vadaññū

78.
Bhisakka satthe'ti pavīṇataṃkho
Gato gilāne supatikirayāya
Dayā paro bhesaja bhattadānā
Sa'bhū patike khalusaṅgahesi

79.
Gāme kire'ko thusavaṭṭināme
Bhikkhaṃ caraṃ bhikkhu susussita'ñca
Sappāṇakaṃ khīrama'bhuñjiladdhā
Nipiḷayiṃsu kimayo'ssakucchiṃ
80.
Nivedayī bhūpatino tama'tthaṃ
Sutvāpavattiṃ nikhilaṃ'mayassa
Nidāna'maññāsi sa'taṅkhaṇaṃ'va
Vidhāya vāhassa sirāya vedhaṃ

81.
Pāyetva ratta'mpi gahetvavīti
Nāmetva mattaṃ samaṇaṃbabhāsa
hayassataṃ soṇitaka'nti sutvā
Vamīkimī nikkhamu'lohitena

82.
Sukhī bhavī bhikkhu pamodama'ssa
Rañño nivedesi tato'pirājā
Satthappahārena kimībhayo ca
Tapassitemenirujākate'ti

83.
Evaṃ narindo pana sallakanta
Kirayā pavīṇo'bhavijīvako'ca
Gaṇḍāmayo'sī phaṇino'daramhi
Phāletva niggaṇḍa 'makāsi kucchiṃ

84.
Siriṃsaposo sukhito narinda
Bhisakkaseṭṭhamhi pamodaveto
Mānesi sammā maṇinā'riyena
Kalla'ṅkarīpāṇi gaṇaṃ bahuddhā

[SL Page 004] [\x 4/]
85.
Rāje'kadā bhūpati bhūsanena
Vibhūsito vāhiniyā sahā'yaṃ
Purindado gacchati seyyathāpi
Disvāna sobhaggagataṃ mahīpaṃ

86.
Pabaddha vero'pi bhavantare'ko
Kuṭṭhī pakuppitva'caniṃ'sahanto
Vipoṭhayaṃ kattarayaṭṭhiyāca
Akkocchi'nekabbidhabhāratīhi

87.
Disvāni'maṃ vippakati mpi kassa
Nā'haṃ sarāmī katamappiyaṃhi
Cerī'sa'yaṃ pecca kadāci kuṭṭhiṃ
Nibbāpayissāmi tadantikassa

88.
Āṇāpayī so pana tassa cittā
Cāraṃ vijāne'ti gatosa'macco
Ruṭṭhoki 'mattha'nti sakhe'va pucchi
Dāso'sya'yaṃme kusalena rājā

89.
Mamaṃ'ca mānāya purādvipena
Payāti nissesa 'mavocakuṭṭhi
Soporiso bhūpatino pavattiṃ
Nivedayī'yaṃ mama pubbaverī

90.
Vinicchanitvā punaverinotaṃ
Veraṃ vinodetu'mupakkamena
Yutta'nti saṅgaṇhi'ti tiyojayītaṃ
Sinānasokhummapavādināso

91.
Santappayitvā sukhitaṃ karitvā
Ñāpesirañño kasiṇa'nti etaṃ
Kārāpitaṃ so puna bhūmipālo
Mato'ti sutvā hadayaṃ phali'ssa

92.
Evaṃhiso vāpavamānasānaṃ
Tikicchayī bhūpativyādhina'ñca
Dīpādhi vāsīna'hitāya gāme
Gāme'pikāretva'tha vejja sālā

[SL Page 005] [\x 5/]

93.
Vejjeniyojesi tahaṃ taha'mpi
Tesaṃ'vakhettānu'pajīvanāni
Adāsi hatthassabalāna'vejje
Ṭhapesi pakkhandha janāna'sālā

94.
Kāresi bhogena samaṃ'vadhamma
Pabhāsakānaṃ sa'ṭhapesi vaṭṭaṃ
Sāratthamā'dāya'pivejja satthe
Sāratthasaṅgāha'makāsi dhīro

95.
Kāretva kekī pariveṇa ma'ggaṃ
Mahāvihāre panagoḷa pānu
Gāvadvayaṃ'dā samaṇo'titassa
Vihāradānālaya vāpiyoca

96.
Kāresi ye'vaṃpaṭimāvatassa
Rajje mahā dhammakathī yatīso
Niruttiyā sīhalikāya sutte
Hitāyi'mesaṃparivattayittha

97.
Tadatrajā'sīti sirīghanassa
Samaññikā'suṃ panasāvakānaṃ
Ekūnatiṃsa ssaradamhi bhupo'
Pajātitulyogami dibba lokaṃ

98.
Suvidita vanipālā'nekasampatti puṇṇaṃ
Samanubhaviya laṅkā rajja'maggaṃ manuññaṃ
Gamu'muda sakakāye cā'pi hitvā parattha
Iti sumariya viññūnocarepāra magge

Bhāṇavāraṃ bāvīsatimaṃ.
-------------

Iti sajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse vasabhādi rājadīpanonāma bāvīsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 006] [\x 6/]

Tevīsatimo paricchedo.
----------------
1.
Tato'ssa jeṭṭho tanayo'patisso
Rājā'bhavī bhūpati dhamma yutto
Rañjesi vatthūhi pajācatūhi
Pakkhandharogī pasavantina'ñca

2.
So bhogasālā api dāna sālo'
Dīcyaṃ subhā maṅgala cetiyamhā
Thūpa'ñca bimbāya ma'gga bimbaṃ
Kāresi puñña kirayāyā'bhijāto

3.
Rājuppalaṃ pokkharapāsaya'ñca
Vālādi hassaṃ punagijjhakūṭaṃ
Ambuṭṭhika'ṅkārayi goṇḍigāme
Vāpiṃ vihāraṃ api khaṇḍa rājiṃ

4.
Bhūpāla gehā'paradakkhiṇāya'
Muposathāgāra varaṃ munissa
Bimboka ma'cchīvaraṇena cā'tra
Uyyāna'mārakkhiya sāpadāno

5 Tasse'varaññe samaye dubhikkha
Rogo'bhavī tassamasambhava'ñca
Bhikkhūhi sutvā munidhātu bimbaṃ
Sovaṇṇika'ṅkāriya ca'smapattaṃ

6.
Ṭhapetva sāpaṃ kārasampuvamhā'
Ropetva ce'sandana ma'ggabimbaṃ
Sīlaṃ samādāya samādapetvā
Vattetva dāna'ñca'bhayaṃjanānaṃ
7.
Alaṅkaritvā pura magga vīthiṃ
Samotarī'tho parivāritoso
Samāgato tattha sa'bhikkhu saṅgho
Bhaṇaṃ'va suttaṃ ratanaṃpaṇītaṃ

[SL Page 007] [\x 7/]

8.
Siñcaṃjalaṃ rājagaho pakaṭṭhe
Racchāpathasmiṃ varaṇividūre
Padakkhiṇa'ṅkāsya'vihiṃsakāmo
Nisāvasāne'tha'ruṇu'ggatamhi

9.
Vassaṃ pavassī mahiyā'turākho
Sukhussava'ṅkaṃsu yadā'tradīpe
Dubbhikkharogādi bhayaṃ bhaveyya
Niyojasī bhūpati kattu'mevaṃ

10.
Kalandakuyyānamuva'pāgamitvā
Caraṃtahaṃ bhattama'dānicāpaṃ
Coraṃ vadhāyānita mā'sukhedī
Disvā punā'netvachavaṃsusānā

11.
Khipitvā lohakkhaliyaṃ dhana'ñca
Datvā palāpetva nisāya coraṃ
So kujjhito bhānumatu'ggate'va
Chavaṃlahuṃ jhāpayi takkaraṃ'va

12.
Dīpe mahe thūpa varāna'masmiṃ
Thūpassa kāretva'tha thūparāme rājāharī cumbaṭa kañcuka'ñca
Rajjaṃ dvitāḷīsa samaṃ karittha

13.
Rañño'nujā tassa mahādināmā
Hetiṃnipātetva'padamhi devī
Taṃ vallabhaṃ mārayi pabbajitvā
Kaṇiṭṭhako bhātari jīvamāne

14.
Vattitva hīṇāyahate'sirañño
Rājāmahesi'ṅkari bhātu ghātiṃ
Gilānasālā garu pāḷivuddhiṃ
Kāresi lohappaṭihāra'maggaṃ

15.
Ralaggagāmaṃ atha koṭipassā
Vanaṃ vihāra'ñca sa'dārayitvā
Adāsi bhikkhūna'bha yuttaravhe
Vihāra ma'ddimhi ca dhūmarakkhe

[SL Page 008] [\x 8/]
16.
Mahesiyāṇāyā'pi kārayitvā
Sa'theravādīnama'dā nava'ñca
Kammaṃ vihāresucajiṇṇakesu
Kārāpayī dāna rato'ti mattaṃ

17.
Idhā'ga vasse dutiyamhirañño
Sopāhiyaṃ gāmiṇi cīna bhikkhū
Vasaṃvivassaṃ vinayamhi potthe
Likhitva'gā tepanagayha sīlo

18.
Laṅkāyahāri maṇihema bimbe
Vaṇṇesi thūpe vipulā taḷākā
Saṭṭhissahassaṃ yatayotadāni
Vasiṃsu byākāsi'ha sotapassi

19.
Bodhividūre vara jambudīpe
Visārado brāhmaṇa mānave'ko
Viññāta vijjo'si tivedavedī
Vādatthiko'hiṇḍa ma'gā vihāraṃ

20.
Sorevatatthera varena saddhiṃ
Katvā vivāda'mpi parājitosaṃ
Tasso'pakaṭṭhepanapabbajitvā
Uggaṇhisammāpiṭakattayaṃhi

21.
Ekāyano'ya 'nti sa'gaṇhi maggo
Buddhassaghoso viyaghosatāya
Ghosohi buddho viyamedinīyaṃva
Taṃ buddhaghoso'ti viyākariṃsu

22.
Tasmiṃ tadā theravaro sa'ñāṇo-
Dayākhya pādī karaṇaṃ gabhīraṃ
Yada'ttha sālini ma'kāsi dhamma
Saṅgaññamatthāyamahā viyatto

23.
Parittasuttaṭṭhakatha'ñca kātuṃ'
Rabhittha taṃ revata thera sīho
Disvāni'maṃ'voca giraṃ ni'ha'ṭṭha
Kathā'tthi āsī'nita pāli mattaṃ

[SL Page 009] [\x 9/]

24.
Mahinda therena katā susuddhā
Saṅgīti mā'rūḷha ma'vekkhi ya'ggaṃ
Tāsīhalīyaṭṭha kathā visiṭṭhā
Vattanti dīpe pana sīhalānaṃ

25.
Gantvā tahiṃ sutvaca māgadhāya
Niruttiyā tā parivattaye'ti
Vutte pasanno'va imaṃ tatohi
Dīpaṃ sa'rañño 'ddhani āgadhīmā

26.
Mahā vihāramhi mahā padhāna
Gharaṃ gamitvā puna therapādo
Sosīhalīyaṭṭha katha'ñca saṅgha
Pālassa ñattā suṇi theravādaṃ

27.
Vinicchiye'so munino'sayo'ti
Saṅghaṃ samānetva tahaṃ dadātu
Niruttiyā māgadhayā mama'ṭṭha
Kathaṃhi kattuṃ'khilapotthakete

28.
Saṅgho sa'vīmaṃsituma'ssa gāthā
Dvaya samatthatta ma'dāsi tasmiṃ
Tipeṭakaṃ sāṭṭhakathaṃ pavīṇo
Saṅgayha'kāsīsa'visuddhimaggaṃ

29.
Therassa nepuñña ma vekkhi ye'ttha
Sabbo'va saṅgho dadi potthake so
Ganthākaredūradisaṅkarākhye
Vihāramagge nivasaṃ yasassī

30.
So sīhalīyaṭṭha kathā'pi sabbā
Niruttiyā māgadhayā pajānaṃ
Hitāya dhīro parivattayittha
Pāliṃ'gahuṃtheriyi'vā'carīyā

31.
Thero visiṭṭhaṭṭha kathā carīyo
Gate sakicce pariniṭṭhitiṃ kho
So vandituṃ bodhi ma'gañchi jambu
Dīpaṃ pamokkho dutiyo 'si'missaṃ

[SL Page 010] [\x 10/]

32.
Bhutvāna dvāvīsa samaṃ sa'rajjaṃ
Sadādayo kāriya citra kammaṃ
Mato mahānāma mahīpatindo
Para'ṅgamīloka mi'maṃ pahāya

33.
Tassā'sirañño damiḷitthi kucchi
Bbhavo suto bhūpati sotthiseno
Mahāsidhītā pana saṅgha nāmā
Ghātāpayī taṃ tadahe'va kopā

34.
Sāchattagāhassa pavecchirajjaṃ
Akāsi vassaṃ api savhavāpiṃ
Tato samaṃ kārayi mittaseno
Sovīhi corohi mahānubhāvo

35.
Tadāni paṇḍu damiḷena saddhiṃ
Yoddhuṃ dvipaṃ'ruyha puraṃ'gamittha
Gantvā raṇe taṃ damiḷohi paṇḍu
Rajjaṃ karī pañca samaṃ tato'ssa

36.
Pārinda nāmo'si suto mahīpo'
Nusāsiye'vaṃ damiḷo tivassaṃ
Tassā'nujo khuddaparinda nāmo
Rājā'bhavī sorasavassa ma'ssa

37.
Hītābalatthassa subhassayete
Morīya vaṃsīyanarāpalātā
Tahaṃ tahaṃ vāsama'kaṃsu nandī
Vāpimhi tesaṃ'bhavī dhātuseno

38.
Tassa'trajova'mbilayāgu gāme
Vasittha dāṭṭho samajātikehi
So dhātuseno palatissabodhī
Sute labhi dvepuna dhātuseno

39.
Pabbajjakho mātula thera ñatte
Vasīsato'pekkhayamā'yati'mpi
Taṃ paṇḍuko jāniya gaṇhathe'naṃ
Pesesi sīghaṃ mahati'ñcasenaṃ
[SL Page 011] [\x 11/]

40.
Kharaṃ niyogaṃ pana paṇḍurañño
Mahādināmo supine viditvā
Thero surakkhī punabhāgi neyyaṃ
Laṅkāya vebhūpati hessatī'ti

41.
Balaṃ gahetvā atha dhātuseno
Khuddena pārindabhidhena raññā
Yujjhitvā māresi tirītarākhyo
Rājā bhavī taṃ dutiyamhi māse

42.
Vināsayī tena raṇa'ṅkarīya
Tasmiṃ hate dāṭhiya dāmiḷe'ko
Rajja'nnusāsī tisamaṃ'va dhātu
Senena naṭṭho thiravikkamena

43.
Tato'bhavī bhūpati piṭhiyavho
Sosatta māsaṃ'nu bhavitva rajjaṃ
Maccussavāsa'ṅgamimānaveso
Pacchijji'to dāmiḷa vaṃsa thāmo

44.
Bhūpā'gatāgama visasa sasattha nītī
Puññaccitā'pi maraṇaṃ kaṭhinaṃ samattā
Accetu ma'gga caritā nasahiṃsu itthaṃ
Vedīvibhāvikayirā matada'mpi puññaṃ

Bhāṇavāraṃ tevīsatimaṃ

Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse' kārasa rājadīpano nāma

Tevīsatimo paricchedo.
----------------

[SL Page 012] [\x 12/]

Catibbīsatimo paricchedo.
-----------------
1.
Atho sahassechadhike muninda
Saṃvaccharasmiṃ suta dhātuseno
Narādhipo'sī mita puññalakkhi
Sobhesi laṅkaṃ sahajena saddhiṃ

2.
Khandhāpayitvāna mahā savantiṃ
Kedārake'kāsi thirodike'kā
Rogīna'sālā athakāla vāpiṃ
Gaṇhitva bandhesi mahā nadi'ñca

3.
Vināsitaṃ bodhi gharañcarāma
Neyya'ṅkarī so viya dhammasoko
Susaṅgaha'ṅkā piṭakattayassa
Therīya bhikkhūna' mahā vihāre

4.
Sokāla vāpyādi vihārake'ṭṭha
Dasā'su kārāpayi tappamāṇā
Vāpīcakāretvu da khuddakehi
Vihāra ke'ṭṭhārasa vāpiyoca

5.
Dāpesi tesaṃ'va disampatindo
Soloha pāsāde vare sujiṇṇe
Kammaṃ nava'ṅkārayi jiṇṇakeca
Visāla thūpesu ca tīsu chatte

6.
Mahinda bimbaṃ udakārayitvā
Netvāna therassa susāna bhūmiṃ
Mahā maha'ṅkātuma'dā sahassaṃ
Dīpetu'māṇāpayi dīpavaṃsaṃ

7.
Sodantadhātussa mahaṃ vidhāya
Caṅgoṭakaṃ raṃsi ma'nagghika'ñca
Mahaggha muttā maṇikiṇṇa hema
Pupphāni pūjesi vasundharindo

[SL Page 013] [\x 13/]

8.
Bodhīmaha'ṅkāviya tissarājā
Visāla sālā paṭimāca cetye
Kāretva puññaṃ vividhaṃ karittha
Vasīdayo so matimā mahīpo

9.
Dveputtā'suṃ kassapo bhinnamāto
Moggallāno tulyāmāto'ssa rañño
Ekā rammā duhitā pāṇatulyā
Pādāsī sobhāgineyyassataṃhi

10.
Tāḷesi sodhītara'micca'vecca
Jhāpesi tassa'mbama'tho'ti kuddho
Pabaddhaverosa'hi bhāgineyyo
Rajje palobhetvi'ma'māsurañño

11.
Pitva'ntarebhediya jīvagāhaṃ
Gāhāpayī bhūpati dhātusenaṃ
Sa'kassapo'ssāpayi setachattaṃ
Bhātā'bhavesī' gami jambudīpaṃ

12.
Vadhaṃ vidhāyā'pi karīya naggaṃ
Pācīmukhaṃ saṅkhalikaṃ mahipaṃ
Taṃ bhittiyanto'va karitvaruṭṭho
Bandhitva limpesa'tha mattikāya

13.
Gāhāpayanto panakālavāpiṃ
Samāhitaṃ bhikkhuma'pu'ṭṭhapetuṃ
Paṃsuṃkhipāpesi sa'muddhani'ssa
Sandiṭṭhiko'yaṃ sa'vipākavāro

14.
Narādhiposūnuhato yaso'ṭṭhā
Rasassamāto vibudhāna me'vaṃ
Sahavyataṃ pāpuṇi dhātuseno
Dayāparo kosaliko'va niccaṃ

15.
Rañño'ssakāle pana dīghasanda-
Senāpatinda ppariveṇa sāmī
Thero mahānāma bhidho mahīpā
Cero samolokiya dīpikaṃhi

[SL Page 014] [\x 14/]

16.
Pavatti ma'ggaṭṭha kathāgata'mpi
Upāgataṃ kho sutito gahetvā
Yathā tathaṃ yāva mahādisena-
Rājaṃ mahāvaṃsa ma'kā'tihāsaṃ

17.
So kassapo pāpa sakho'vabhātu
Bhīto gato sīgagiriṃ narehi
Bhusaṃ durāroha ma'raṃ samantā
Taṃsodhayitvā varaṇena sammā

18.
Parikkhipitvāna tahiṃhi sīhā
Kārena nisseṇi gharāni citre
Kāresi tannāma'si tena selo
Ṭhapesi rakkha'ñca nidhāya cittaṃ

19.
Vasīgharaṃtatra'pi dassaneyyaṃ
Kāretvaso'vā'laka mandama'ggaṃ
Tato paraṃ taṃ puramu'ttama'ṅkā
Senāpatī tassa migāra nāmo

20.
Sanāmika'ṅkā pariveṇa ma'ggaṃ
Sakammanā vippaṭisāri hutvā
Katha'nnu muñcissa ma'nappaka'nti
Puñña'ṅkarī sīla ma'rakkhi niccaṃ
21.
Sovissarādīsamaṇaṃ vihāraṃ
Kārāpayitvā'dimavatthujātā
Subhogagāme atirittakeca
Kiṇitva'dāsī panatassabhūpo

22.
Dvedhītarā'suṃ mahipassa bodhu-
Ppalādivaṇṇā'ssa vihārakassa
Tāsa'ñca nāma'ṅkarisassatasmiṃ
Dente'ti kammaṃ pitughātakassa

23.
Lokassa gārayha bhayā'va thera
Vādīnaicchiṃsva'thatesa'meva
Dātu'mpi satthuppaṭimāya'dāsī'
Dhivāsayuṃte'ti muninda bhogo

[SL Page 015] [\x 15/]

24.
Nīyyātavuyyānavare'calassā'
Sanne vihāra'ṅkarisassanāmā
Ta'ndāsi so dhammarucīna'pāra
Lokāca bhīto sakabhātarāca

25.
Saṃvacchare'ṭṭhā rasame'ssa mogga-
Llānavhayobārasamukhyayodhe
Gahetva āgammi'ha jambudīpā
Ambaṭṭhakolabbisaye pasiddhe

26.
Bandhittha senānivahaṃ kuṭhārī
Vihārake sutavi'ti'mantya' dissaṃ
Niggañchi rājā punamokkha mogga-
Llāno'si sannaddha balo kumāro

27.
Ambaṭṭhakolo'ti kadamba nāma
Pura'nti maññanti'tihāsavedī
Gatosurānaṃ'va sa'yuddha'mindo'
Pāgammu'bho'jiṃ dhajinī'rabhiṃsu

28.
Tahiṃ raṇesassa parājayaṃ so
Ñatvāsiraṃ chetva kha'mukkhi pitvā
Disampatī kosiya ma'tra sattiṃ
Khipījayo'ññassa nirussaho'si

29.
Kammepasīditvā mahīpatissa
Āḷāhaṇaṃ kāriya tassagattaṃ
Samattamā'dāya'pisādhanaṃso'
Pāgañchikhatto nagaraṃ patitaṃ

30.
Sutvā pavattiṃ yatayo vihāraṃ
Samajjiyā'suṃ sunivatthakā'va
Supārutā'ṭṭhaṃsu yathākkamaṃso
Saṅghepasīditva panammabhatyā

31.
Chattena mānesi tama'ssa'dāsi
Ṭhānaṃ pane 'ta'ntica chattavaḍḍhi
Vohārayiṃsū pariveṇa ma'ggaṃ
Kata'mpi tannāma ma'hosi tattha

[SL Page 016] [\x 16/]

32.
Patvāna rajjaṃ satataṃ samena
Dhammena pālesi pajā'tha kuddho
Sa'nīharī dāya ma'macca jātā'
Nuvattayiṃsū pitughātaka'nti

33.
Tene'va so rakkhasanāmavā'sī
Vināsayī maccagaṇaṃ'nugaṃ taṃ
So sota nāsādi'pichedayittha
Pabbājayī bhūri jane tadā'to

34.
Sutvāna dhammaṃ punasanta citto
Dānaṃ pavattesi'va vārivāho
Phusse'nuvassaṃ panapūṇṇamāyaṃ
Pavattayī dāna varaṃ cirassaṃ

35.
Pitussalājā dadisārathiyo
Dvārādhi paccaṃ sa'hi'dāsi tassa
Sīhācalekāriya daḷhadāṭhā
Koṇḍañña nāma'mpidvayaṃ vihāraṃ

36.
Sa'dhammarocīna'ca sāgalīnaṃ
Dāpesi sīhā calakaṃ vihāraṃ
Katvā mahānāma varamhi dīgha
Sandavhaye'dā pariveṇadhīse

37.
Sorājinī nāma'mupassayaṃhi
Kāretva'tho sāgalikāna'maggaṃ
Pādāsibhūpo pana bhikkhuṇīnaṃ
Sadā rato sāsana vuddhikicce

38.
Dāṭhāpabhūtyavhayakotulamba
Kaṇṇanvayo kassapa bhūmipāle
Nibbinnaceto upagamma tattha
Mereliyaṃ vagga ma'kāsivāsaṃ

39.
Silādikāḷo' bhavi tassa putto
Bhīto ito kassapato'ca gantvā
Sojambudīpaṃ sajanena mogga-
Llānena saddhiṃ varabodhi maṇḍe

[SL Page 017] [\x 17/]

40.
Vihārake pabbaji so kadāci
Saṅghassa sādvamba 'madāsi tasmiṃ
Pasanna citto'vadi ambasāma-
Ṇero'ti tenā 'bhavi taṃ samañño

41.
Sokesa dhātu'mpi labhitva tassa
Rajje idhā'nesi 'matābhisitto
Katvā'ssa sakkāra 'managgha dhātuṃ
Mahaggha caṅgoṭa vare nidhāya

42.
Dīpaṅkaraṅgīrasa bimba vāse
Vaḍḍhetva pujaṃ parihārakena
Pavattayī so parihāra 'massā'
Siggāhaṭhānaṃ bhaginiṃca'dāsi

43.
So sindhu rakkhaṃ pana bandhiyā'suṃ
Nibbhītikaṃ dipa'makāsirājā
Samuddavelāhitanāvikājī
Senā ṭänanṭi mantya'dhi muttise'ti

44.
Senāpatī vuttarako sanāmaṃ
Padhāna gāra'ṅkari bhūmipālo
Katvāna puññaṃ vividhaṃ parattha
Gamittha aṭṭhārasamamhi vasse

45.
Laṅkā rajja'malaṅkarittha'ti saho saṃsuddhabuddhī yaso
Sambuddhāgama vuddhipaddhatirato sokassapamhājito
Moggallāna mahīpatī na visahī jetu'mpi maccuṃparaṃ
Yāte'vaṃsumatī'yavecca palayaṃ hantvā labhavho sivaṃ

Bhāṇavāraṃ catuvīsatimaṃ
--------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dipavaṃse tirājadīpanonāma catubbīsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 018] [\x 18/]

Pañca vīsatimo paricchedo.
------------------
1.
Tato tassa suto dhātu-seno āsi kumārako
Nara devo deva rūpo-sahasse saṭṭhime jine

2.
Kāritesu vihāresu-pitarā nava kammakaṃ
Akāsantappayī saṅghaṃ-paccayehi catūhi'pi

3.
Aṭṭhārasa vihāreca-kāresi vāpiyo tathā
Kāretvā dhammasaṅgītiṃ-sāsana'ñca visodhayī

4.
Jānakīharaṇaṃ nāma-sakkatāya niruttiyā
Mahākabba 'makā rājā-sīhala jana gāravaṃ

5.
Viloketvāna taṃ kabbaṃ-jambudīpā idhā gato
Tassa mitto āsi kāli-dāso kavikavissaro

6.
Rājāvaṇṇā dāsi ghare-kuḍḍe pajjaḍḍhakaṃlikhī
Yo ve puṇṇa'ṅkare tassa-tuṭṭhidāyaṃ dade'vaca

7.
Disvāna taṃ kālidāso-sampuṇṇa'makarī tathā
Māretvā taṃ gharetassā-sā'ttanālikhitaṃ'vadī

8.
Asaddahitvā taṃ rājā-kālidāsassa taṃ iti
Vinicchiya sakhaṃtassa-pariyesi ito ci'to

9.
Māritoso'ti ñatvāna-netvā mata kaḷebaraṃ
Kāretvā citakaṃ tattha-jhāpesi taṃ mahīpati

10.
Ḍayhamānaṃsa'taṃ mittaṃ-disvu'ggasocanopati
Citakaṃ uppatitvāna-mato tassa mahesikā
Pañca sokāturā tena-tā'pi tattha matācite

11.
Tahaṃ ṭhāne cetiyāni-kāretvā sattabodhayo
Ropayiṃsu tato satta-bodhivatthū'ti voharuṃ

12.
Taṃ kho ṭhānaṃ mahātitthe-cā'nurādha puruttame
Icce'va 'mevaṃ matiyo-tesaṃ tesaṃ visuṃ'bhavuṃ

[SL Page 019] [\x 19/]

13.
Rañño'pi tassa vāsattā-anurādhapure iti
Sakkā taṃ patigaṇhātuṃ-ne'tthakocā 'pisaṃsayo

14.
Katvā'nekavidhaṃ puññaṃ-dayāvāso disampati
Hāyane navamepūta-pañño para'magā ito

15.
Tassa'trajo kittiseno-rajja'ṅgā kata puññako tammātulasivo māse-navame taṃ vināsayi

16.
Rājā hutvā sivo pañca-vīsāhe jahi rajjakaṃ
Tatiyo upatisso kho-sivaṃ hantvā'si bhūmipo

17.
Silākāḷocamūnātho-moggallānassa rājino bhaginī sāmikassā'dā-saha bhogena dhītaraṃ

18.
Ṭhānantarādīhi janaṃ-saṅgahesi janādhipo tanaye'ko kassapo'ti-upatissassa rājino

19.
Silā kāḷo rajja lobhā-saṅgaṇhitvā mahā balaṃ
Yujjhituṃ pana pācīna-tissacala'magā balo

20.
Kassapo'pi dvipaṃ 'ruyha-silā kāḷaṃ palāpiya
Aropesi giriṃ hatthiṃ-tene'va girikassapo

21.
Mahā have vattamāne-pekkhayaṃ saparājayaṃ
Sīsaṃ chetvā chūrikāya-hatthikkhandhe avatthari

22.
Sutvā taṃ upatissokho-sokasalla'nnugo mato
Sāddhahāyanikorajjā-diva'ṅgamidisampati

23.
Rājā'bhavī silākāḷo-gahetvā pubba saññakaṃ
Ta'mamba sāmaṇerādi-silā kāḷo'ti ñāpayī

24.
Sokho'vanipatī santo-rajja'ṅkāresi dhammiyā
Māghāta'ṅkārayī bhoge-vejja sālāsuvaḍḍhayī

25.
Ānīta'mattanā kesa-dhātuṃ sampūjayī'nisaṃ
Bodhi pūja'mpa'nudina-'makābimbāni satthuno

26.
Tayo puttā'bhavuṃ jeṭṭha-moggallānassa sūnuno
Ādipāda padaṃ pācī-desa'ñca dadi bhūpati

[SL Page 020] [\x 20/]

27.
Majjhimo dāṭhappabhuti-rajjaṃ mālayikaṃ labhī
Vāsāpayittho'patissaṃ-santike ye'va rājino

28.
Vasse dvādasamerañño-kāsī pura 'mito gato
Vetullavādikaṃ dhammaṃ-dhātu ganthaṃhi vāṇijo

29.
Ānetvā rājino'dāsi-buddha dhammo'ti saññayā
Paggaṇhi taṃ achekattā-dhammā dhamma vijānane

30.
Rājāgārā vidūre taṃ-gehe katvāna pūjayī
Tathe'va kātuṃ sakkāraṃ-niyojesi narādhipo

31.
Katvāne'so silākāḷo-vividhaṃ puñña sañcayaṃ
Suto rajjaṃ gato rājā-ṭhitvā terasahāyane

32.
Tadaccaye majjhimako-dāṭhappabhūti nāmavā
Suto rajjaṃ gaṇhi kama-'matikkamma mahābalo

33.
Akkamo iti vārentaṃ-māresi saka bhātaraṃ
Moggallāno taṃ suṇitvā-yuddha sajjo pakuppiya

34.
Mahā cakkaṃ samādāya-rahera sikhariṃ agā
Rājā sannayha siviraṃ-khandhī karinda bhūdhare

35.
Moggallāno nisamme'taṃ sāparādhā na dīpikā
Tena'ññe māca yujjhantu-hatthiyuddhaṃ karomi'dha

36.
Sandesaṃ pahiṇī rañño-vatvā sādhū'ti tammukhaṃ
Gato gajaṃ samāruyha-moggallāno'si tādiso

37.
Danti ghaṭṭe'sanirāva-samosūyitthanissano
Dantaghāte samuṭṭhāsi-jālāviya'cirappabhā

38.
Rājā parājayaṃ disvāva-gaḷaṃ chindi nivārite
Rajja 'mevaṃ divasehi-māsehi ca chahi jahī

39.
Tassa'ccaye moggallānova-dutiyo āsi bhūbhujo
Paṭiccamātulaṃ culla-moggallāno'tivohari

40.
Paṭitoso'pi kāveyyo-saṅgahehi mahā janaṃ
Saṅgahesi mahā saṅghaṃ-saṅgaṇhi paccayehica

41.
Tipeṭaka'ñca vācesi-sāṭṭhakatha 'manuttaraṃ
Saddhamma bhāṇake pūjā-vidhinā pūjayī'nisaṃ
[SL Page 021] [\x 21/]

42.
Katvānaso dhammakabbaṃ-ṭhapetvā danti sekhare
Saddhamma desanosāne-vācesi nagare nisaṃ

43.
Sikharī majjhato bandhi-kadambāpaga'mādaraṃ
Dīghāyu pada kamma'nti-pattapāsāṇa vāpikaṃ

44.
Bandhāpayī dhana vāpiṃ-garītara'ñca vāpikaṃ
Saddhamma'ñca likhāpesi-sāsanabbhudayerato

45.
Pāletvā sāsanaṃ lokaṃ-soraccādi guṇālayo
Yathā kammaṃ gato rājā-vasse vīsatime ito

46.
Mahesī tassa sajane-visayogena ghātiya
Rajje puttaṃ'bhisiñcitvā-sā kho rajjaṃ vicārayī

47.
Kittissirī meghavaṇṇo-dutiyo bhūpatī pana
Tipupattehichādesi-bodhighara'managghikaṃ

48.
Silākāḷaddhanigāme-saṅgillavhaya vissute
Bhayasīvo mānave'ko-āsi moriya vaṃsajo

50.
Tassa'ggabodhi putteko-mahānāgo'tivissuto
Bhāgineyyocā'bhaviṃsu-mahānāgo vanecaro

51.
Savaṃsike tayo bhūpe-hantvā bhehisi patthivo
Vyākāsi mantiko taṃhi-sutvā siseva bhūpatiṃ

52.
Rājātuṭṭho'vata'ṅkāsi-rohaṇā'yuttakaṃ sakaṃ
Tasmiṃ punapasīditvā-andhasenāpati'ṅkari

53.
Pacceka bhogaṃ katvāso-rohaṇaṃ'va vasaṃ tahaṃ
Dāṭhappabhutināyoddhu-'ṅgāmoggallānabhītiyā

54.
Osakkitvā kittisiri-megharājaddhanī puraṃ
Gantvā ne'kūnavīsāhe-māresi taṃ mahīpatiṃ

55.
Rājāhutvā mahānāgo-desa'ṅkari yathā purā
Matattābhāgineyyassa-tato mātula puttakaṃ
Aggabodhi kumāraṃhi-uparāja 'makāguṇī

[SL Page 022] [\x 22/]

56. Katvā bodhi dumindassa-ālavālaṃ harīmayaṃ
Sadumaṃchādayī bhūpo-muni bimbāni sandahi

57.
Adā mahā vihārassa-gāme jambelakādayo
Uddhādi gāmake jeta-vanassa dadi bhūpati

58.
Khettattisata dānena-niccakālika yāguyā
Santappayī jeta vane-yatayo sātakāmato

59.
Mahā vihāre saṅghassa-duratissa sarā sato
Sahassakhettaṃ pādāsi-yāguyāsa'sarādhipo

60.
Mayūra pariveṇassa-navaṃkamma'ñcadāpayī
Sujiṇṇa'manurārāmaṃ-paṭisaṅkhārayī tadā

61.
Patthivo so mahānāgo-vividhaṃ puñña sampadaṃ
Sañcinitvā tivassena-bhottuṃ phala'magā divaṃ

62.
Santuṭṭhā'mita vibhavā samuttikittī
Bhūpālā janavisaraṃ vamiṃsu vittaṃ
Sante'vaṃ sumariya yutti magga yuttā
Bhāvethā,matasiridaṃ sade'va puññaṃ

Bhāṇavāra pañcavīsatimaṃ.
--------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse navarāja dīpanonāma
Pañcavīsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 023] [\x 23/]

Chabbīsatimo paricchedo.
----------------
1.
Āsī mahānāga narādhipassa
Sa'mātuleyyo puna aggabodhika
Disampatī bhūta samādhinā taṃ
Hirañña gabbho vidadhittha nūnaṃ

2.
Sa'mātula'ṅkā upa medinindaṃ
Bhātussa 'dāsī yuva rājakattaṃ
Sabhāgineyyaṃ malayā dhipacce
Ṭhapesi ṭhāntarakesu yogge

3.
Rājā sacakkaṃ yuva bhūpatissa
Dakkhiñña desaṃ pana 'dāsi tattha
Vasaṃ samāno sirivaḍḍhamāna
Vāpi'ñca gāhāpayi daḷha citto

4.
Girī vihāra'ñca karīya saṅgha
Bhogāya khetta dvisataṃ pavecchi
Dāṭha vhayaṃ dhītara'massa rājā
Adāsi so kho malayā dhipassa

5.
So saṅgha bodhī pariveṇa'maggaṃ
Karī mahāsīva samaññakassa
Sanāmaka'ṅkā pariveṇa'massa
Pādāsi ye'vaṃ parivārākā'pi

6.
Budhā'ssa rañño'ddhani sīhalīya
Niruttiyā 'kaṃsu vicitra kabbe
Padīpikā cā 'su' matappavāho
Kāle 'smi'me'ke pana maññare'ti

7.
Kurunda nāmaṃ atha sabba saṅghiṃ
Vihārakaṃ katva sanāma vāpiṃ
Sa'nāḷikeropavanaṃ mahantaṃ
Tiyojana 'ṅkārayi bhūmi pālo

[SL Page 024] [\x 24/]

8.
So loha yūpaṃ paṭisaṅkharitvā
Mahe 'ssa chattiṃsa sahassa bhikkhū
Ticīvarenā'ccayi dāṭhasīva bhikkhussa 'vāde 'kari ṭhitva rajjaṃ

9.
Sa'mūgasenā patikaṃ vihāraṃ
Kāretva'tho lajjika gāma vāmaṃ
Bhikkhussa bhogattha 'madā mahādī-
Nāgavhaya'ṅkā pariveṇa kantaṃ

10.
Vetulla vādo 'tra tadā'si joti
Pālo mahā thera varo vivādā
Vetulla vādī'pi parājayittha
Rājā pasīditva 'tha mānayī taṃ

11.
Dāṭhā pabhūtya vhayakā'di pādo
Theraṃ parajjhitva karamhi jātā
Gaṇḍā hato kho bhaginī sutagga-
Bodhiṃ 'dipāda gga'makā mahīpo

12.
So bhūpati'neka vihāra bimba
Thūpe ca vāpī atha kārayitvā
Gato catuttiṃsa samāya kamma
Sarikkhakaṃ dibba sukha'nnubhottuṃ

13.
Tato 'ggabodhī dutiyo'si bhūpo
Pubbassa rājassa mahallakattā
Ta'ṅkhudda nāmenu'da vohariṃsu
Pālesi dīpaṃ mahipo manuññaṃ

14.
Devī'ssa dhitā'si samātulassā'
Siggāhaka'ṅkā sa'tha saṅgha bhaddaṃ
Ṭhānantaraṃ 'dāsi yathā rahaṃ 'ñca
Veḷuvana'ṅkāriya sāgalīnaṃ

15.
Jambādimaṃrantaragallaka'ñcā'
Kā mātupiṭṭhiṃ puna khirikāya
Sa'dhātuyā geha'ma ku'ṇṇaloma
Ghara'ñca chattaṃ 'malacetiyamhi

[SL Page 025] [\x 25/]

16.
Asse'ca kālamhi kaliṅga bhūpo
Raṇe janānaṃ maraṇa'mpi disvā
Saṃvigga citto'va idhā 'gamitvā
Saddhāya so pabbajī jotipāle

17.
Padhāna ṭhāna 'ṅkari matta sele
Vihārake tassa adāsa 'macco
Mahesi vā 'gammi 'ha pabbajuṃ te
Sutvā mahesī ta'mu paṭṭhahittha

18.
Amacca therassa sa' vetta vāsa
Vihārakaṃ pācina khaṇḍa rājyaṃ
Adāsi so saṅgha varassa ta 'ñca
Atha 'ccaya 'ṅgā mahipo sa 'thero

19.
So jotipāla tthaviramhi thūpā
Rāmamhi thūpe abhivandamāne
Bhāgo pabhijjitva pure patittha
Dassesi rājaṃ puna dukkhito'va
20.
Disvāna saṃvigga mano ta 'matthaṃ
Tasmi 'ṅkhaṇe paṭṭhapi kamma'maggaṃ
Sa'dakkhiṇāya 'kkhaka dhātu seṭṭhaṃ
Ṭhapetva pūjesa'tha loha yūpe

21.
Cirāyamāne navakammi 'masmiṃ
Rājā papañcessati dhātu gabbhaṃ
Gacchāma dhātuṃ pana gayha yaṃ taṃ'
Vocuṃ 'sa devā supato'va 'rāmī

22.
Rājā pabuddho pana uttasanto
Kāresi sabbaṃ na cirena kammaṃ
Dhātu varaṃ 'netva manuñña loha-
Ppāsādato vaḍḍhayi sampuṭamhi

23.
Pādāsi laṅkaṃ saha sena dhātu-
Gabbhassa vattesu 'pahāra hāriṃ
Ta 'ṅgopakānaṃ 'dadi lābha gāmaṃ
Mahesiyā 'moda pavedayanto

[SL Page 026] [\x 26/]

24.
Mahesiyā katva ca sassa nāmaṃ
Dāṭhaggabodhī'ti akāsi vāsaṃ
Gaṅgā taṭaṃ sela taṭaṃ sara'ñca
Tathā valāhassa 'makāsi vāpiṃ

25.
Sā bhatta vaṃsaṃ 'disi bhikkhuṇīnaṃ
Katvāna so bhatta tariṃ mahantiṃ
Vaḍḍhesi pāḷiṃ mahipo para'ṅgā
Puññaṃ cinitvā dasama ssamāyaṃ

26.
Iti vidita muninda ssāsanā bhumi pālā
Upacita kusalā sampanna bhogā samattaṃ
Siri visara'managghaṃ hitva maccussa vāsa'
Mupagamu'miti ñatvā no care ko hi dhamme

Bhāṇavāraṃ chabbīsatimaṃ
--------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse rāja dvaya dīpano nāma
Chabbīsatimo paricchedo
-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:

[SL Page 027] [\x 27/]

Sattavīsatimo paricchedo. -----------------
1.
Dutiyo saṅghatisso'si-bhūpo'siggāhako tato
Sahassasmiṃ sate eka-paññāsatima hāyane

2.
Khuddaggabodhi rājassa-moggallāno camū pati
Vasaṃ raññā rohaṇasmiṃ-yuddhatthaṃ 'bhimukho'gami

3.
Kuñjaraṃ'ruyha puttena-rājā sannaddha vāhano
Moggallāna'mupāgañchi-pācīna tissa pabbate

4.
Duvinnaṃ bala kāyānaṃ-saṅgāme samupaṭṭhite
Tasmiṃ rañño mahānāge-madhuka cchāya'māvisi

5.
Sākha'māhacca chattaṃ 'sa-bhūmiyaṃ pati rājino
Ripusenā'haritvā taṃ-sāmino dadi taṅkhaṇe

6.
Chatta'mussāpayī sela-muddhani ṭṭhitako tadā
Patthive'so'ti cintetvā-parivāresi taṃ camū

7.
Hatthikkhandhā'varūhitvā-puttaṃ'maccaṃ va sukhkhacaṃ
Gahetvā pāvisī meru-majjaraṃ kānanaṃ dukho

8.
Atha gantvā vedvavanaṃ-codito pabbajī raho
Rohaṇaṃ gantu kāmo-so-maṇihīra'mupāgami

9.
Tatra ṭṭhā sevakā tassa-sañjānitvā tayo jane
Moggallānassa ñāpesuṃ-netvā sīha giriṃ puraṃ

10.
Tesaṃ chindāpayī sīse-dvīhi māsehi bhūmipo
Saṅghatisso asiggāho-mato evaṃ sudukkhito

11.
Nisamma rājino putto-icca 'tra sa 'pakuppiya
Hattha pādāni tassa'suṃ-chindituṃ viniyojayī

12.
Laddha jjayo moggallāno-pura'māgamma nibbhayo
Laṅkā rajjā dhipo āsi-dalla nāmena pākaṭo

13.
Senāpatiṃ mittaduhiṃ-malayā dhipati 'ṅkari
Tassa puttassa 'siggāha-ṭhānaṃ dadittha bhūbhujo

14.
Mahā thupa ttayaṃ sammā-nava vatthehi chādayī
Dāṭhā dhātuṃ kesa dhātuṃ-mahābodhi 'ñca pūjayī

[SL Page 028] [\x 28/]

15.
Akā vesākhapūja'ñca-sāsanaṃ parisodhayī tipeṭakassa sajjhāya-'ṅkāresi vattayaṃ 'canaṃ

16.
Saṅghassa loṇakhettāni-adāsi tisatādhike
Moggallāna vihāra'ñca-kārapiṭṭhimhi kārayī

17.
Saṅgāma piṭṭhigāma'ñca-vaṭṭa gāma vihārakaṃ
Kāresi cetiya gehaṃ-tathā rakkha vihārakaṃ

18.
Vihārāna 'madā bhūrī-bhoga gāme janādhipo
Sañcinī pacuraṃ puññaṃ-vividhaṃ sāta kāmato

19.
Kuddho malaya rājassa-ta'mupāyena mārayī
Tassa putto asiggāho-nilīnaṃ jeṭṭha tissakaṃ

20.
Upasaṅkamma tenā'pi-yoddhuṃ rāja'mupāgami
Bhūrī pajja ra rogena-rājasenā matā tadā

21.
Rājasenā pabhijjitvā-palāyitvā'tidubbalā
Ekākinaṃ palāyanta-'ma nubandhi mahīpatiṃ

22.
Sīhaselassa sāmante-mārayittha narissaraṃ
Rajja'ṅkāresi soye'vaṃ-chavassāni disampati

23.
Jeṭṭha tissa'mahi ohīnaṃ-hantuṃ bhava patthivo
Pesesi sāsanaṃ ehi-ñatvā so malayaṃ agā

24.
Asiggāho anurādha-puraṃ'gamma nisaṃsayo
Laṅkādhipo āsi silā-meghavaṇṇo'ti vissuto

25.
Bodhi'ñca saṅghaṃ vanditvā-cetiye tīni bhūpati
Sakkāsa'tha mahāpāḷiṃ-vaḍḍhayittha sukhedhito

26. Silāmaya munindassa-vihāre abhayuttare jiṇṇaṃ geha'makādatvā-kolavāpi'ñca rakkhayī

27.
Sirināgo jeṭṭhatissa-mātulo pāratīrakaṃ
Gantvāna damiḷe'dāya-gaṇhituṃ desa'muttaraṃ

28.
Upakkami tadā rāja-sutvā yujjhitva ta'mpi ca
Hantvāna sese pesse'kā-tatra tatra vihārake

29.
Sampatta vijaye raññe-vasante sati nibbhaye
Bodhi vhayo bhikkhu'bhaye-vihāre bahule tahiṃ

[SL Page 029] [\x 29/]

30.
Disvā dussīlake rāja-'mu pasaṅkamma dhammikaṃ
Kammaṃ yācittha tene'va-kāresi taṃ mahīpati

31.
Raho mantiya dussīlā-ta'mmāretvā kammakaṃ
Paṭibāhayuṃ bhūpālo-kuddho gaṇhiya te tato

32.
Sarasī pālake'kāsi-chinna hatthe sabandhane
Jambudīpe sataṃ bhikkhū-khipāpesi mahāmati

33.
Parisodhesī paggāhaṃ-saraṃ tassa ca sāsanaṃ
Therīyavādake rājā-tehi kātu 'muposathaṃ
34.
Nimantetvā paṭikkhitto-kujjhitvāna 'vabhāsiya akkhamāpiya te bhikkhū-dakkhiṇa'ṅgā disampati

35.
Māraṇantika rogena-phuṭṭho dehaṃ sarajjakaṃ
Jahitvā navame vasse-para'ṅgami'vanīpati

36. Tato tassa suto āsi-rājaggabodhi nāmavā pākaṭo 'si sirīsaṅgha-bodhi nāmena mānito

37.
Bhātaraṃ tassu'parajje-māṇa'mhisicca dakkhiṇaṃ
Adāsi sammā pālesi-raṭṭhaṃ saṅghaṃ ca mānayi

38.
Malaye jeṭṭhatissa vho-vasaṃ saṅgayha mānave
Pubba dakkhiṇake hattha-gate katvāna pacchimaṃ

39.
Dāṭhā sīvaṃ sajīva'ñca-gahetuṃ pesayī lahuṃ māyetti'māgataṃ bhūpo-dāṭhāsīvaṃ pana 'ggahī

40.
Jeṭṭhatisso raṇa sajjo-rājasenaṃ samottharī
Rājā aññātavesena-palāto turitaṃ tadā

41.
Nāva'māruyha māsamhi-chaṭṭhe rajjā anissaro
Jambudīpa'magā'pekkho-āyati'ñca yathā tathā

42.
Tato'bhavī jeṭṭhatisso-mahīpālo mahābalo
Sāsanaṃ paripālesi-mānanīye ca mānayī

43.
Mahādāragiri'ndāsi-vihāre abhayavhaye
Mahāvihārassa mahā-mettabodhi 'madā sato

44.
Jetavane goṇḍigāmaṃ-pādāsi pacure tato
Adā saṃvasathe rājā-tasmiṃ tasmiṃ vihārake

[SL Page 030] [\x 30/]

45.
Paṭisaṅkhārayī jiṇṇe-tilakkhena niyāmato
Puñña 'mevaṃ vidhaṃ bhūpo-sañcinittha sadāsayo

46.
Tatiyaggabodhi bhūpālo-tadā parataṭaṃ gato
Dāmiḷaṃ bala 'mādāya-kāḷavāpi 'mupāgami.

47.
Jeṭṭhatisso 'pi senaṅga-'mādāya samupāgami
Kāḷavāpi sakāsamhi-yujjhanto attano balaṃ

48.
Disvāno 'hīyamānaṃ 'vā-maccaṃ gira 'mimaṃ bruvi
Mahesiyā samāroca-devī pabbajja āgamaṃ

49.
Sajjhāyitvā cā'bhidhammaṃ-vatvā pattiṃ sarājino
Dehī'ti vatvā sattīyā-sīlaṃ chindi sayaṃ tato

50.
Mahādevī tathā katvā-phalitvā hadayaṃ matā rājā pañcahi māsehi-para'ṅgā bhuvanaṃ mato

51.
Balavā jitasaṅgāmo-aggabodhi narādhipo
Rajjaṃ pākatika 'ṅkāsi-puna rajje patiṭṭhiya

52.
Padhāna ghara sāmissa-haṅkāraṃ sāmugāmakaṃ
Kehellarājabhāga'ñca-adāsi parivārake

53.
Mahāmaṇiṃ jetavane-sālagāmaṃ disampati
Mayetti kassapā vāse-'dāsi puñña parāyano

54.
Cetiyaddīmhi ambila-padara'ndā puḷatthike
Pure 'kāsi mahāpāna-dīpakaṃ suvicittitaṃ

55.
Māṇaṃ 'macco'parājānaṃ-māresuṃ taṃ 'parādhitaṃ
Tato 'nujaṃ kassapavha-'mo parajje 'bhisecayī

56.
Dāṭhāsīvo 'ccayaṃ sutvā-māṇassa dāmiḷaṃ balaṃ
Gahetvā tintiṇiṃ gañjī-gāmaṃ yujjhitva bhūpatiṃ

57.
Parājetvāna dāṭhopa-tisso'tya'hu suvissuto
Tatva 'ggabodhi bhūpālo-jambudīpaṃ palātavā

58.
Laddhokāso idhā'gamma-rajjaṃ'gahi viyujjhiya
Loko upadduto raññaṃ-saṅgāmenā'si pīḷito

59.
Dāṭhopatisso nikhilaṃ-nāsayi pubbarājunaṃ
Dhātvāvāsesu sāra'ñca-hemaṃ bimbesu paggahī
[SL Page 031] [\x 31/]

60.
Thūpārāme cetiyamhi-gahi sovaṇṇathūpikaṃ
Bhindittha cetiye chatta-'managgharatanācitaṃ

61.
Puna vippaṭisārī'va-desetuṃ sassa kibbisaṃ
Sākavatthuvihāraṃ so-bhogena saha kārayi

62.
Bhāgineyyo'si ratana-dāṭho mahādipādako
Atha'ggabodhimhi patte-kassapo yuvabhūpati

63.
Senaṃ rakkhitu'mappañño-thūpārāmamhi cetiyaṃ
Bhetvā rājūhi mahitaṃ-dhanasāra'ñca paggahī

64.
Dakkhiṇasmiṃ vihārasmiṃ-bhindi cetyaṃ durāsayo
Eva'maññe'pi bhinditvā-aggahī dhanasañcayaṃ

65.
Karonta'mevaṃ vāretuṃ-nāsakkhī'ghapurakkhataṃ
Rājā thūpārāmacetyaṃ-bhinnaṃ pākatika'ṅkari

66.
Jito dāṭhopatissena-aggabodhi disampati
Raṇasenaṃ sajjayituṃ-puna rohaṇa'meva'gā

67.
Tahiṃ soḷasame vasse-vyādhinā pahaṭo mato
Tadā'nujo yuvarājā-kassapo balavāhano

68.
Dāṭhopatissa'mapara-patīraṃ'va palāpiya
Rajja'meka'ṅkāsi dīpaṃ-makuṭa'nne'va dhārayī

69.
Sataṃ saṅgamato sassa-desetuṃ kibbisaṃ bhusaṃ
Ārāmavāpiyo vā'pi-kārāpayi hite rato

70.
Mahāmahehi sakkāsi-mahācetittayaṃ puna
Thūpārāma'ñca pūjesi-bhogagāmavarena'pi

71.
Yūpaṃ varicavaṭṭimhi-kāretvā nāgasālakaṃ
Mahāniṭṭhilagāma'ñca-nāga sāla nivāsino

72.
Therassa'dāsa'bhidhammaṃ-sāṭṭhakatha'manuttaraṃ
Tena vācesu'paṭṭhāya-paccayehi yathārahaṃ

73.
Tato dāṭhopatisso 'tra-sena'mādāya āgato
Kassapenā'have naṭṭho-vasse dvādasame'bhavi

74.
Kassapo dutiyo patta-vijayo'si mahādhiti
Bhattaggaṃ bhikkhusaṅghassa-vaḍḍhesi puññakāmato

[SL Page 032.] [\x 32/]

75.
Dhammaṃ vācesi mānetvā-nāgasāla nivāsinā
Pāliṃ likhāpayu'ddissa-kaṭandhakāra vāsinaṃ

76.
Paṭisaṅkhārayī jiṇṇaṃ-kamma'ṅkā cetiye navaṃ
Tathe'va kusala'ṅkāsi-pahūtaṃ bhūpatī'nisaṃ

77.
Bahulā tassa puttā'suṃ-māṇavho pubbajo'bhavi
Chāpakattā puna tesaṃ-vasantaṃ rohaṇe tadā

78.
Bhāgineyyaṃ samāhūya-mānaṃ puttehi rajjakaṃ
Tassa nīyādayītvāna-tahaṃ saṅghaṃ khamāpayī

79.
Dhamma'mevā'nuvattitvā-sabbaṃ saṅgaṇhi sādaro
Yathākamma'magā rājā-navame hāyane paraṃ

80.
Mātulassa mahārañño-kattabbaṃ katva sabbaso
Damiḷe nīharāpesi-jane saṅgayha māṇakenā

81.
Nibbāsemā'ti'maṃ tasmiṃ-ṭhitasmiṃ bahi dāmiḷā
Puraṃ gahetvānā'gantuṃ-hatthadāṭhassa pārato

82.
Pesesuṃ sāsanaṃ sajju-māṇo'pi sāsanaṃ pitu
Pesesi rohaṇe sassa-nacirenā'gato pitā

83.
Tato māṇo'bhisiñcittha-tātaṃ rajje sa 'dappulaṃ
Nikāyānaṃ tisahassa-'madā saṅgaṇhi dīpake

84.
Hatthadāṭho damiḷānaṃ-sutvā sāsana'māgato
Māṇo'pi pitaraṃ rājaṃ-rohaṇaṃ'va savatthukaṃ

85. Pesetvā so pubbadesaṃ-gantvā vasi jane suto
Sattāha 'manurādhamhi-dappulo'kāsi rajjakaṃ

86.
Rohaṇe vasamāno so-pālesi sāsanaṃ janaṃ
Tīni vassāni rajja'ṅkā-yathākammaṃ gato paraṃ

87.
Pācīnāyaṃ vasaṃ māṇo-raṇaṃ kātu'mupakkami
Hatthadāṭho'pi taṃ ñatvā-samāgañchi mahābalo

88.
Tambalamhi mahāyuddhe-yodhā māṇaṃ vināsayuṃ
Hatthadāṭho dāṭhopa-tisso sāvesi savhayaṃ

89.
Pitucchā sūnuno agga-bodhissa yuvarājataṃ
Desa'ñca dakkhiṇa'ndāsi-nissite'pi susaṅgahī

[SL Page 033] [\x 33/]

90.
Vihāre abhayavho'kā-kappūra pariveṇakaṃ
Tipu thulla vihāraṃ hi-kārente theriyā yatī

91.
Sīmāya'nto'ti vāresuṃ-kārayī sa'balā tahiṃ
Pattanikkujjana'ṅkaṃsu-assaddho'ti vijāniya

92.
Katvāna vividhaṃ puññaṃ-vyādhinā pahaṭo bhusaṃ
Navame hāyane rajjā-mato 'si mahipo dayo

93.
Khaṇena sampatya 'pasavya yātraṃ
Payāti sabbā acirappabhā'va
Tato paraṃ tāsu ratiṃ vihāya
Careyya dhammābhirato hitatthi

Bhāṇavāraṃ sattavīsatimaṃ.
---------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse aṭṭha rāja dīpano nāma
Sattavīsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 034] [\x 34/]

Aṭṭhavīsatimo paricchedo.
-----------------
1.
Tato catuttho'ssa'nujo'ggabodhi
Nāmena rājā sirisaṅghabodhi
Āsī dayālū sa'hi puññakāmī
Yatīna 'bhattagga 'malokayittha

2.
Ṭhānantaraṃ 'dāni yathārahaṃ so
Pāḷiṃ mahanti'mpica vaḍḍhayittha
Kāruñña sampūta mano mahīpo
Māghātaka 'ṅkārayi atra dīpe

3.
Jiṇṇe vihāre pariveṇakeca
Akāsi so pākatike manāpaṃ
Gāme adā bhogarahaṃ karitvā
Saṅghassa dāse ca ṭhapesi kāmaṃ

4.
Guṇaṃ hi tiṇṇaṃ ratanāna 'magga'
Manussarante 'kavaliṃ gahetvā
Aka 'kkhamālaṃ kira subbato 'va
Pajā nuvattā ta 'mahesu 'mevaṃ

5.
Kamme niyutto'ssa hi potthakuṭṭho māṭambiyaṃ geha 'makā padhānaṃ
Kappūranāme pariveṇa kante
Yūpaṃ akā so damiḷo dhaneso

6.
Sa 'potthasāto dhajinī patindo
Bhūpālanāmiṃ pariveṇa 'maggaṃ
So saṅghatisso'pyu 'pabhūmi pālo
Kāresi sehāluparāja saññaṃ

7.
Jeṭṭhā mahesī pana tassa jeṭṭhā
Rāmābhidhānaṃ pana bhikkhuṇīnaṃ
Upassayaṃ kā'ssa adā dvigāmaṃ
Dhātvālaya'ṅkā malayādhipo so

[SL Page 035] [\x 35/]

8.
So bodhitisso 'kari bodhi tissa
Vihāra 'maññe idha maṇḍalīyā
Tathā 'kāruṃ bhūri vihāra rāme
Kālo ayaṃ puññamayo 'va bhāsī

9.
Athā 'paraṃ bhūmipatī puḷatthī
Pura'ṅgato vāsa 'makappayittha
Rogenaphuṭṭho jana 'movaditvā
Diva'ṅgato soḷasamamhi vasse

10.
Vicārayī rajja 'mato 'tra pottha-
Kuṭṭho 'pabhūpaṃ khipi dāṭhasīvaṃva
Kārāghare 'rakkhaṇa 'mādisitvā
Raññā vinu 'bbiṃparibhuñjitu'ñca

11.
Sakkoti so datta 'mala'nti netvā
Rājanvayiṃ taṃ abhisicca rajje
Nāmaṃ ṭhapetvā 'ssa vicārayittha
Rājā vihāra'ṅkari so sanāmiṃ

12.
Datto sa'rājā 'dvisamaṃ'ca rajja
Makā tato'hūya'pi hatthadāṭhaṃ
Rajje'bhisiñci sva'nusāsi bhūpaṃ
Māresi māsehi chahī'bhavasmiṃ

13.
Āsī mahā sammata vaṃsa jāto
Sa'kassapassa ddutiyassa rañño
Putto samāno pana māṇavammo
Rājā'tha laṅkā dharaṇī talasmiṃ

14.
Mahesi rañño malayādhipassa
Dhītā'si saṃghā lalanā surūpā
Santo kumāro sa'hi hatthadāṭha
Rājassa kāle 'gami jambudīpaṃ

15.
Sevitva rājaṃ narasīha nāma'
Mārādhayī sabba pavuttiyā so
Piyā'ssa kantā catudhītaro ca
Tahiṃ vijātā caturo ca 'pacce

[SL Page 036] [\x 36/]

16.
Evaṃ vasante narasīharaññā
Saddhiṃ raṇāyā 'gami vallabhavho
Rājā'have tamhi sa'māṇavammo
Sena'mpi viddhaṃsayi vallabhassa

17.
So māṇavammo'pi tahaṃ paṭuttaṃ
Dassesi dibbāna'raṇe harī'ca
Tasmiṃ pamodo nara sīha rājā
Savāhanaṃ vāhini'massa datvā

18.
Gacchāhi gaṇhāhi'ti rajja'māsuṃ
Pesesi laṅkaṃ puna māṇavammo
Āgammi'maṃ saṃyuga'mārabhittha
Dāṭhopatissena parājito so

19.
Etto tato para'magā sahāyaṃ
Disvā punā'rādhiya taṃ narindaṃ
Sammā vupaṭṭhesi sa'yāva bhūpa-
Catukka'mā yacca'mapekkhamāno

20.
Vārasmi 'masmiṃ pana māṇavammaṃva
Rajje ṭhapessa'nti balaṃ sayoggaṃ
Datvāna nesī atha so saseno
Sindhu 'ntaritvo'ttara maggahittha

21.
Senā puraṃ gantu'makhobhayitvā'
Rabhī suṇitvā iti pottha kuṭṭho
Mahā balo paccupago'si sūro
So māṇavammo dvipa'māruhitvā

22.
Taṃ potthakuṭṭhaṃ mahipa'ñca dvejjhaṃ
Palāpayī tassa narā palātaṃ
Taṃ hatthadāṭhaṃ pana disva tassa
Sīsaṃ hagetvā'ssa ca dassayiṃsu
23.
Sa'potthakuṭṭho vigato mato'sī
Tato'tra dīpe sa'hi māṇavammo
Ussāpayī chatta 'manappakāni
Puññāni 'kāsī atha kappa gāmaṃ

[SL Page 037] [\x 37/]

24.
Sepaṇṇikākhya'ñca vihāra'maggaṃ
Padhānarakkhe sirināma yūpaṃ
Kāresi jiṇṇe saṭisaṅkharittha
So pañcatiṃsa ssarade para'ṅgā

25.
Tato'ccaye pañcamako'ggabodhi
Tassa'trajo bhūpati āsi puñño
Kadambagona 'ñca mahātalasmiṃ
So devapālīsu giriṃ pura'ñca

26.
Kāresi so antare sobbhakamhi
Devaṃ vihāra'ṅkari rāja mātiṃ
Te paṃsukulīna 'ma dāsa'vaḍḍha
Māna ñca yūpaṃ paṭisaṅkharittha

27.
Suvaṇṇa chabbīsa sahassa mattaṃ
Samāpayitvā pati cetiyaddiṃ
Jiṇṇa'ñca sabbaṃ paṭisaṅkharittha
Sa'pāṇiṇaṃ'dāsa'tha dāna bhaṇḍe

28.
Dayo mahāsena vihārakassa
Karīya'dāsī vara tāla vatthuṃ
Sa'goṇḍigāmākhya saraṃ vibhinnaṃ
Bandhāpayī sādhu pajāhitatthi

29.
Sayaṃ'va rajje janatā'ssa sammā
Sovaggiyaṃ kamma'makāsi niccaṃ
Chavassa 'mevaṃ sukaṭa'ṅkaritvā
Bhottuṃ'va'gañjī tidivaṃ vipākaṃ

30.
Tassā'nujo 'hosa'tha bhūmipālo
Sa'kassapavho tatiyo patīto
Mahājanaṃ saṅgahi saṅgahehi
Pitā niyaṃ putta'miva'gga ceto

31.
Ṭhānantarādī dadi tassa tassa
Māghātaka'ṅkārayi so'tra dīpe
Vāṇijjagāmo pavana'ñca'kāsī
Sa'kassapācela padhānagehaṃ

[SL Page 038] [\x 38/]

32.
So heligāmamhi ca macchatitthe
Kāresi vāse'mbavanopavanyaṃ
Eva'mpi aññe cakaritva puññe
Akāsi rajjaṃ chasamaṃ manuññaṃ

33.
Tato kaṇiṭṭho'pi mahindanāmo
Sampattarajjo na mahī kirīṭaṃ
Tassā'si mitto cirasatthuto hi
Mato purā'to na ca icchi so taṃ

34.
Sa'ādipādo'vi ha rajja'maggaṃ
Vicārayī kassapa nāmabhātu
So aggabodhiṃ suta'moparajje
Ṭhapetva'dāsī puna pubba desaṃ

35.
Sutassa'dāsī pana dakkhiṇāsaṃ
Dasānakaṃ so garupāliyaṃ hi
Dine dine dāpayī bhikkhuṇīna'
Mupassaya'ṅkāsi sanāmadheyyaṃ

36.
Mahindatittho pavanaṃ sabhoga'
Maññāni'kāsī vividhāni puññe
Katvāna rajjaṃ matimā tivassaṃ
Gavesayaṃ nāka'magā sakhaṃ'va

37.
Mahinda putto karaga'mpi rajjaṃ
Pācīna desā dhipatissa tassa
Chaṭṭhaggabodhissa padāsi pañño
Rājā silāmegha samaññako'si

38.
Mahindaputtaṃ puna oparajje'
Bhisiñci kāle atha gacchate'vaṃ
Āgamma rājaṃ pisunā raho'ghā'
Vocuṃ mahīpo paribhijji tasmiṃ

39.
Viditva taṃ so sakadesa'māsu'
Māgamma saṅgaṇhi jane tadāni
Balaṃ gahetvā 'rabhi sampahāraṃ
Bhīmaṃ 'si yuddhaṃ kadalī nivāte

[SL Page 039] [\x 39/]
40.
Tahiṃ parājitva raṇe'ggabodhi
Upāvanīso malayaṃ palāto
Tato kataññū saka bhātuno'pa
Kāraṃ saranto malayaṃ sayaṃ'va

41.
Gantvā 'ggabodhiṃ susamādiya'ggaṃ
Puraṃ gamitvā saka dhītu saṅghaṃ
Akā vivāhaṃ saha tena tuṇṇaṃ'
Tato samaggā sukhitā vasiṃsu

42.
Kadāci saṅghā patino'ssa agga-
Bodhissa dosā pituno niyogā
Sā pabbajī bhikkhuṇi santikasmiṃ
Tassā tadā mātula sūnu bhūto

43.
Tahaṃ ta'mādāya rahassa 'magga-
Bodhī kumāro tuvaṭaṃ palāto
Dhavoparājo sahitena saddhiṃ
Yujjhitva gaṇhī bhariyaṃ'sa saṅghaṃ

44.
Vyāpāra ādi nimako pavanyaṃ
Māṇa gga bodhū pavana'ñca tacchaṃ
So hatthi kucchimhi punādipiṭṭhi
Vihārake kārayi citra yūpe
45.
Jiṇṇa'ñca so pākatikaṃ karitvā
Yathā balaṃ sañcini puñña puñjaṃ
Bhūpo hi tāḷīsatimamhi vasse
Rajjaṃ vicāretva diva'ṅgamittha

46.
Tato mahindassa suto'ggabodhi
Rājā 'bhavī sattatamako 'parājā
Mahindaputtaṃ sakaṃ 'moparajje'
Bhisiñci rakkhī janasāsanaṃ so

47.
Jiṇṇo mahābodhi ghare nava'mpi
Kammaṃ thira'ṅkāsi kalanda nāmaṃ
Ārāmakaṃ mallanila'ñca kāsī
Salāka bhattaṃ dadi vaṃsikānaṃ

[SL Page 040] [\x 40/]

48.
Gilāna bhesajja'madā puḷatthi
Pure vasa'ṅkāsi pahūta puññaṃ
Mato suto jīvati bhūpatismiṃ
Cuto'si rājā chahihāyanehi

49.
Tato silāmegha suto mahindo
Vasundharindo dutiyo'bhavittha
Pitussa kālamhi sa 'cakkapacce
Ṭhatvā vicāresi sayaṃ va rajjaṃ

50.
Raññe matasmiṃ janake mahante
Titthe vasī so matimā vinīto
Rañño'ccayaṃ cullapitussa sutvā
Nāseyyu'māsuṃ ta'ma rīpura'ṅgā

51.
Saraṭṭhiyā maṇḍaliko 'ttarasmi'
Macchejja desa'ñca karaṃ na 'daṃsu
Sutvā saseno 'va tahiṃ gamitvā
Sabbe'va te nimmathayī nayaññū

52.
Matassa rañño 'ggamahesi guyhaṃ
Hantuṃ niyojesi mahindabhūpaṃ
So taṃ viditvāna'pi tāya rakkhaṃ
Vidhāya gantvā 'ggahi rajja'maggaṃ

53.
Vattu'ñca māretu'masakkuṇanto
Deviṃ saka'ṅkāsi piyaṃ piyaṃ 'ca
Vijāyi sā sūnuvaraṃ'sa opa-
Rajjaṃ adāsī mahipo sabhogaṃ

54.
Tato mahīpo dhajinī patissa
Kāle'ttano jātasutassa yuddhe
Sūratta'mikkhitva sutaṃ hi senā
Pacce ṭhapesī suvidūra dassī

55.
Tadā silāmegha mahīpatissa
Sa'bhāgineyyo'bhavi dappulavho
Balaṃ samādayu'dakāḷavāpi
Mupāgami saṃyuga 'māsukātuṃ
[SL Page 041] [\x 41/]

56.
Sutvāna so taṃ mahīpo saseno
Āgañji tesaṃ samaraṃ 'si bhīmaṃ
Ohīyamānaṃ dhajiniṃ sakassa
Sa'dappulo 'vekkhiya sampalāto

57.
Suññaṃ puraṃ icca'pi uttarīsā
Mantvā 'ggahesuṃ nagaraṃ pavīro
Gantvā puraṃ te paṭibāhayitvā
Rajjaṃ vicāresi yathānayaṃ so

58.
Pattānubalyo malayaṃ gato'ca
Dvebhāgineyye puna 'hūya rattiṃ
Sodappulo 'gamma puraṃ saseno
Ugghosayanto parirundhi sīghaṃ

59.
Mahinda bhūnātha 'ruṇu'ggatamhi
Mātaṅga 'māruyha dhatāyudho'va
Yujjhitva nipphoṭiya 'rātisenaṃ
Pavedayī laddhajayo savittiṃ

60.
Parājito dappulako sasena'
Mādāya 'gā rohaṇa 'meva pāto
Dverājaputte'ggahi jīvagāhaṃ
Pācīnadesa'mpi susādhayittha

61.
Pubbamhi desamhi ṭhitā 'dipādā
Sagabha 'māhūya'pi rohaṇasmā
Katvāna sandhiṃ saritātaṭamhi
Mahabbalā vāsa'makappayiṃsū

62.
Nisamma taṃ bhūpati'nikajātaṃ
Lahuṃ bahummāra bhidhāna gāme
Nivesayī tesa'mubhinna 'mājī
Sudussahā'sī pana koviḷāre

63.
Tatrā'pi tesaṃ balasaṃhatiṃ so
Rājā samugghātayi dappulo 'tha
Palātavā dvevihatā 'dipādā
Tahiṃ raṇe laddhajayo babhūva

[SL Page 042] [\x 42/]

64.
Nirākula'ṅkātu'mimaṃ hi thūpā
Rāmamhi sabbaṃ atha bhikkhu saṅghaṃ
So sannipātetvi'tare sapañño
Pavatti'mārocayi yutti yutto

65.
Pasaṃsito tehi'pi dappulena
Sandhi'ṅkaritvā'ssatu pāragaṅgaṃ
Datvā puraṃ'gamma vase'kachatto
Dāmavhaya'ṅkā pariveṇa'maggaṃ

66.
Sannīratittha'ñca puḷatthisaññe
Pure karitvāna 'bhayuttaramhi
Mahādilekhaṃ pariveṇa 'miṭṭhaṃ
Kāresi so bhūpati puññakāmī

67.
Tahaṃ tilakkheni'va vejayantaṃ
So nekabhūmaṃ ratanavhayūpaṃ
Kāretva jambonada hema saṭṭhi
Sahassamattena muninda bimbaṃ

68.
Kāresi cūḷāmaṇi saññutaṃ'va
Sabbopahārena karitva pūjaṃ
Tasmiṃ cajī yūpamahe sa 'rajjaṃ
Rūpīmaya'ṅkārayi bodhi sattaṃ

69.
Bimbaṃ hi taṃ bhikkhuṇupassayamhi
Rājā silāmeghabhidhe ṭhapittha
Kāretva jiṇṇe 'nimisāna 'vāse
Taha'nta ha'ṅkārayi deva bimbe

70.
So paṅgulānaṃ usabhe ca vuttiṃ
Dāsī gavaṃ khīragate 'va sasse
Sahassa khettaṃ dadi kāḷavāpī
Nīrassa dhāraṃ suthira'ṅkarittha

71.
Rañño tadā dhaññuparājaputto
Marittha senāpati 'maññapaccaṃ
Ṭhapesi bhūmīpati oparajje
Pavattayī rajja 'manissaro'va

[SL Page 043] [\x 43/]

72.
Disampatī sādhu vatā nuvatti
Vassāni vīsatya 'nisaṃ sa'rajjaṃ
Sammānu sāsittha pajā'sute'va
Maññī diva'ṅgā 'ggasukha'nnubhottuṃ

73.
Sabbo'va satta visaro dhana dhañña vittaṃ
Hitvā payāti satanuṃ dayita'mpi evaṃ
Ñatvā sato dhiti yuto vividha'mpi puññaṃ
Kubbetha mutti matadaṃ satataṃ hitatthi

Bhāṇavāra maṭṭhavīsatimaṃ
--------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse navarāja dīpano nāma
Ṭṭhavīsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 044] [\x 44/]

Ekūnatiṃsatimo paricchedo.
------------------
1.
Atho sahasse tisate - eka paññāsame jine
Dutiyo dappulo tassa - suto rājā'si kittimā

2.
Yuvarāja'makā jeṭṭha - sutaṃ tassa mahīpati
Ṭhānantara'madā tassa - tassa 'nejo yathārahaṃ

3.
Assosi rājā paccanto - kupito maṇi hīrake
Puttaṃ senāpati'ñcā'suṃ - pesayī te upāgamuṃ

4.
Bhedakāmā tattha vatvā - pisunā bhubhuje ubho
Bhindiṃsu verino hutvā - gaṇhituṃ desa'mārabhuṃ

5.
Mahīpatī ti viditvā - gantvā ghātesi te ubho
Saṃsametvāna taṃ desaṃ - puḷatthipura mā'gamī

6.
Rohaṇā dhipatī dāṭhā - sīvassa sūnu khattiyo
Mahindo pituno sūro - sapatto bhūya vegavā

7.
Upasaṅkami rājānaṃ - disvā tuṭṭho mahīpati
Saṅgaṇhi tena metti'ñca - thira'ṅkātuṃ'sa dhītaraṃ

8.
Devanāmaṃ tassa datvā - pāhesi rohaṇaṃ tato
Tahaṃ vasaṃ palāpesi - pitaraṃ paratīrakaṃ

9.
Paṭisaṅkhārayī bhūpo - jiṇṇe thūpe vihārake
Paṭimāyo ca kāresi - gāme dadi tahiṃ tahiṃ

10.
Vejja sālā ca kāresi - pulatthi pura puṅgave
Paṇḍāvi gāmamhi bhoga - gāma saññutakaṃ tathā

11.
Sammā vinicchite aṭṭe - potthakesu likhāpiya
Ukkoṭana bhayā bhūpo - ṭhapesi rāja mandire

12.
Paṅgula ndhāna 'sālāyo - kārayittha tahaṃ tahaṃ
Pubba lekhe'pya 'vāretvā - sāsanaṃ paripālayī

[SL Page 045] [\x 45/]

13.
Mahesī cetiya ddīmhi - kaṇṭaka'ṅkāsi cetiyaṃ
Bhikkhuṇū passaya'ṅkāsi - silāmegha samaññakaṃ

14.
Rājā dappula sela vhaṃ - vāsa'mbuyyānake subhaṃ
Sena gga bodhināga'ñca - vāha dīpamhi kārayī

15.
Puñña'ṅkatvā bahuṃ nekaṃ - 'vaniṃ bhutvā yathākkamaṃ
Pariccaji bhuvaṃ bhūpo - pañca vassehi puññavā

16.
Mahindo tatiyo āsi - rājātassa suto tato
So dhammika silāmegho - dhammikattā 'ti vissuto

17.
Kātuṃ navaṃ hi ratana - pāsāde 'ti mano rame
Sadā dāpesi geṭṭhumba - daka vāraṃ mahāmati

18.
Paṭisaṅkhārayī jiṇṇaṃ - cinitvā kusalaṃ bahuṃ
Catutthe sarade rajjā - yathākammaṃ gato paraṃ

19.
Atha'ṭṭhamo aggabodhi - kaniṭṭho tassa rājino
Chatta mu'ssāpayī rājā - sattānaṃ hita 'māvahaṃ

20.
Nāmena pituno ca'ssa - udaya ggādi bodhikaṃ
Kāresi pariveṇa'ñca - kāretvā bhūta nāmakaṃ

21.
Sabhogaṃ sassa verassa - bhikkhūnaṃ tisatassa ca
Adā vihāra cetyānaṃ - tasmiṃ tasmiṃ'ñca gāmake

22.
Maccha maṃsa surā dīna - 'muposatha dinesu hi
Pura ppavesaṃ vāresi - sovaggiya 'makā tathā

23.
Mātu paṭṭhāna nirato - rājā'hāradinā sadā
Cetiyaṃ 'ca aho rattaṃ - patimānesi mātaraṃ

24.
Katvāna vividhaṃ puññaṃ - mātaraṃ'va upaṭṭhituṃ
Vasse'kādasame dibba - loka'ṅgami disampati

25.
Kaṇiyo tassa tatiyo - dappulo 'sī 'tha bhūpati
Cāritta'mavivajjetvā - sammā rajjaṃ vicārayī

26.
Tadā rohaṇa dhīsena - mahindena sunīhaṭā
Puttā rājāna 'magamuṃ - pavattī suṇi bhūpati

[SL Page 046] [\x 46/]

27.
Datvā rājā balaṃ tesaṃ - pitarā nesi yujjhituṃ
Tahiṃ raṇe parājitvā - rājāna 'magamuṃ puna

28.
Mahindo ñātinā yena - yujjhanto mari ñāti'pi
Tadārājā bhāgineyya - kittaggabodhino sakaṃ

29.
Dhītaraṃ devā bhidhānaṃ - datvāna rohaṇaṃ 'nayī
Vāha dīpa lavā rāma - pabbata'ṅkārayī subhaṃ

30.
Buddhaṃ sovaṇṇaya'ṅkatvā - vihāre jeta nāmake
Bodhā vāse vaḍḍhayitvā - mahā maha'makārayī

31.
Paṭisaṅkhari jiṇṇa'ñca - mahāpāḷi'ñca vaḍḍhayī
Senāpati'ssa vajiro - kacchavā la'ñca kārayī

32.
Thūpā rāme thūpa gharaṃ - hemaṭṭhikāhi chādayī
Kambu dvāre ca kāresi - tulā bhāra'ñca dāpayī

33.
Rājā vasaṃ bherimaṇi - pāsāda nagare vare
Rajjaṃ soḷasa vassāni - katvā'gami divaṃ dayo

34.
Tatva'ggabodhi navamo - tassa putto'si patthivo
Rājā samatta dīpamhi - pāpā cāraṃ nivārayī

35.
Yatī cullavihāresu - gantvā mahā vihārakaṃ
Yāguṃ gaṇhanti taṃ sutvā - tibba nibbinna mānaso

36.
Gāme tayo ca salila - cāra dāpiyabhūpati
Tahiṃ tahiṃ 'ca yāguṃ hi - gahetuṃ yojayī sadā

37.
Sannipātetva dīpe'smiṃ - yācake divasattayaṃ
Kambuṃ yathecchaṃ dāpesi - dukkhīnaṃ sāta'māvahaṃ

38. Puñña pākaṃ padassetuṃ - tīhi vassehi rajjato
Dibbā 'vhayuṃ 'va mahipaṃ - santataṃ dhamma cārinaṃ

39.
Tadaccaye tassa 'nujo - seno rājā'si puññavā
Mahesī rājino saṅghā - 'bhavi kantā piyaṃvadā

40.
Mahindo kassapo tassa - udayo 'tya 'nujā' bhavuṃ
Mahindo tesa ma'bhavi - yuvabhūpatita 'nnugo

[SL Page 047] [\x 47/]
41.
Kadāci paṇḍu mahipo - jambudīpā ihā'gato
Ārabhī gaṇhituṃ dīpaṃ - rājāsena'ñca peseyī

42.
Paṇḍu rājo'ttaraṃ gaṇhi - vasantā damiḷā tahaṃ
Tassā'nuyātā balavā - yujjhituṃ 'rabhi rājinā

43.
Dassesi paṇḍu rājā'ttaṃ - senāya raṇa bhūmiyaṃ
Tato'pī'hāvatī senā - sīhalā 'suṃ nirussukā

44.
Tahaṃ raṇe pabhijjitvā - palātārāja vāhinī
Taṃ sutvā sāra'mādāya - bhūbhujo malaya'ṅgami

45.
Palātattā sasenāya - mahindo yuvabhūpati
Hatthikkhandhe sayaṃ sīsa - 'mattano chindi mānavā

46.
Kassapo ādi pādo'pi - yodhento puna saṃyuge
Mārito paṇḍu bhūpena - sasenā pura 'maggahī

47.
Pure sāraṃ harāpesi - vihāre rāja mandire
Sovaṇṇa bimbaṃ ratana - pāsādeca 'bhayuttare

48.
Paṇḍu bhūpo sena raññā - sandhiṃ kātuṃ'mamaccake
Pesesi tattha taṃ tehi - bhūpo suṇittha sāsanaṃ

49.
Sampaṭicchiya taṃ dūte - saṅgaṇhitvā yathicchitaṃ
Hatthi dvaya'ñcā'bharaṇe - pesesi tassa bhūpati

50.
Paṇḍu rājā tena tuṭṭho - nīyādetvā puruttamaṃ
Nāva'māruyha sahasā - sampayāto sadesakaṃ

51.
Mahīpālo puraṃ gamma - vasi tattha sabhātaraṃ
Mahādipāda 'mudayaṃ - katvā pādāsi dakkhiṇaṃ

52.
Mahādipādo rogena - phuṭṭho kenaci bhīrunā
Puñña'ṅkatvā na cirena - dayo maccuvasa'ṅgato

53.
Kassapassā 'dipādassa - caturo sūnavo 'bhavuṃ mahādipādaṃ jeṭṭhassa - senassa dakkhiṇa'ñca'dā

54.
Rohaṇā dhīsa kittagga - bodhino caturo sutā
Tisso ca dhitaro āsuṃ - mahindaṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ sutaṃ

[SL Page 048] [\x 48/]

55.
Māretvā rohaṇaṃ gaṇhi - pitucchā tassa bhātaro
Tasmiṃ ruṭṭhā bhaginiyo - dāya bhūpa'mupāgamuṃ

56.
Disvā te bhūpatī'tī ca - mamāyanto pavaḍḍhayī
Tesaṃ jeṭṭhaṃ kassapaṃ hi - desaṃ gaṇhitu 'pesayī

57.
Gantvā savāhano so'pi - hantvā taṃ 'gahi rohaṇaṃ
Sena'ñca udaya'ñcā'pi - pakkositvāna bhātaro

58.
Tehi saddhiṃ vasī tattha - rāja kaññāsu tīsu hi
Dāpesi uparājassa -saṅghā nāmaṃ manoramaṃ

59.
Kaṇiṭṭhassu 'parājassa - mahindassa sabhātuno
Pādāsi tissā nāma'ñca - kittā saññaṃ mahībhujo

60.
Bandhave dīpike cā'pi - saṅgaṇhi saṅgahehi ca
Sele 'riṭṭhamhi ārāmaṃ - paṃsukūlika bhikkhunaṃ

61.
Katvāna parihāra'ñca - dāpesi 'neka bhūmakaṃ
Jeta vana vihāramhi - katvā pāsāda 'muttamaṃ

62.
Sabba so vaṇṇayaṃ buddhaṃ - kāretvā tattha vaḍḍhayī
Abhayaddi vihāramhi - vīraṅkura samaññakaṃ

63.
Katvāna theriyāna'ñca - dāpesi saṅgha senakaṃ
Deviyā saha kāresi - āvāsa'nti manoramaṃ

64.
Kāretvā kesa dhātussa - sovaṇṇaya karaṇḍakaṃ
Sammā pūjaṃ pavattesi - rajjenā'pi cajīmato

65.
Puḷatthi nagare ramme - mahānettā cale subhaṃ
Mahāpāli'ñca kāresi - vejja sāla'ñca pacchime

66.
Vihāre uttare saṅghā - devī mahinda senakaṃ
Kāretvā vāsaṃ vāsesi - bhikkhavo sā upaṭṭhahi.

67.
Bhaddo ca vajiro'maccā - uttaro cā'pi rakkhaso
Pariveṇaṅkaruṃvāse - tannāmena ca laddhake

68.
Rājā puññaṃ pavaḍḍhento - pulatthi pura muttame
Vasaṃ vīsatime vasse - gato dibba sahavyataṃ

[SL Page 049] [\x 49/]

69.
Dhana'ñca dhaññaṃ api jīvita'ñca
Ñātī samattaṃ acirantanaṃ hi
Vinassara'ntī satimā saritvā
Virāga satto vicareyya sāre

Bhāṇāvāra mekūnatiṃsatimaṃ.
------------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse charāja dīpano
Nāmekūnatiṃsatimo paricchedo.
---------------------

[SL Page 050] [\x 50/]

Tiṃsatimo paricchedo.
---------------
1.
Ahosi seno dutiyo mahādi
Pādo tato mediniyā 'dhipo 'tra
Mahesi saṅghā 'bhavi tassa rañño
Tasso 'parājā kaṇiyo mahindo

2.
Mahesi rañño 'kkhaya 'mattha lakkhiṃ
Tisādhanā satti 'ca puñña vantaṃ
Sutaṃ pasūtā suta kassapassa
Pādāsi so dakkhiṇa 'mopa rajjaṃ

3.
Mahinda bhātussu 'pabhūpatissa
Tissāya jātaṃ bhariyāya saṅghaṃ
So dhītaraṃ kassapa sūnuno hi
Akā vivāhaṃ samaye 'ppamattaṃ

4.
Purā kilā'gammi'dha paṇḍu rājā
Dīpaṃ vināsetva gahetva sāraṃ
Gato'ti sutvā viya lajjito so'
Macce niyojesi bala'ṅgahetuṃ

5.
Tadā'gato paṇḍu kumārako'tra
Sakena raññā paribhūtako'va
Disvāna taṃ tuṭṭhamano sasenaṃ
Camūpatiṃ pesayi tena rājā

6.
Hantvāna paṇḍū mahipaṃ kumāraṃ
Rajje bhisiñcitva purā 'panitaṃ
Sāraṃ samattaṃ janataṃ gahetvā
Senāpati gañcha 'cirena pīto

7. Bhūpo saseno jayapāna 'mevaṃ
Piva'ṅkarī pākatika'ñca sāraṃ
Rañño yatī vīsatimamhi vasse
Te paṃsukūlā 'pagatā vihārā

8.
Mahinda nāmo'pavanipatī'pi mahinda senaṃ pariveṇaka'ṅkā
Rañño sa'tettiṃsatimamhi vasse
Mato'parājā 'su 'dayo kaṇiṭṭho
[SL Page 051] [\x 51/]
9.
So loha yūpaṃ paṭisaṅkharitvā
Vaḍḍhesi sovaṇṇamaya 'ñca bimbaṃ
Dhammena sodhesi tayo nikāye
Akā vihāre paṭimā ca yūpe

10.
Sa'bhūmipālo puna kāṇavāpiṃ
Bandhāpayī bhūri dhana bbayā'va
Cetyācale vejja khayaṃ visālaṃ
Kāresi sammā nipuṇa ṅgavesī

11.
Saṅghā mahesī kira saṅgha senaṃ'
Bhayaddike kārayi tuṭhaka vho
Sa'sena senā pati nāmadheyyaṃ
Sabhoga'maggaṃ pariveṇaka' mpi

12.
Asse'va rañño'ddhani nīlavāsa
Diṭṭhi vha vetulla puliṅga 'matra
Dīpe patītaṃ jalitaṃ kathañci
Dharā tale pātu'bhavī kadā taṃ

13.
Kāle sirīhāsa disampatissa
Sa'jambudīpe madhurā puramhi
Sammittiyākhyanvayiko'siduṭṭho
Assaddhiye 'ko kira pāpa bhikkhu

14.
Nīlambaraṃ pārupiyā 'tiratto
Gantvā sa'vesī sadumaṃ pabhāte
Agā vihāraṃ tapaṭo'va sissā
Pucchiṃsu'kappo'ya'muda ssubho'ti

15.
Tampākaṭattā'va pasaṃsitvā
Tassā'nisaṃsa'ñca vadittha bhikkhu
Tabbāvakārā parama'nti nīlaṃ-
Sukāni 'yeva'ṅkira pārupiṃsu

16.
Vesī surā cā'ti manobhavo ca
Paṇīta 'metaṃ ratanattayaṃ hi
Bhuvī 'tare kāvamaṇī'va ta'nti
Viyākaritvā racayittha ganthaṃ

[SL Page 052] [\x 52/]

17.
Tato sirībhāsa janādhipo taṃ
Samekkhiyā 'kappa dhare ca ganthaṃ
Pakkhippa yūpe nalakicca'māsuṃ
Karittha sesa'mpi'dha nesi koci

18.
Seno narindo suta kitti tejo
Puññaṃ pahūtaṃ cini tāṇa hetuṃ
So pañcatiṃsa ssarade janānaṃ'
Makāmakāmā jahi'maṃ'vani'mpi

19.
Tato'nujo tassu 'dayo mahīpo
Āsī hitesī janatāya niccaṃ
Sabhātujaṃ kassapa nāmadheyyaṃ
Mahādipāda'ṅkari bhūmipālo

20.
Sa'kassapavhassa sabhātujasso'
Parājino dhītara'māsu senaṃ
Piya'ṅkarī so 'paratissa savhaṃ
Dhāresi ñātī kata saṅgaho hi

21.
Suto mahindo pavanīpatissa
Kittaggabodhī'gami rohaṇaṃ so
Tatra ṭṭhitaṃ mātulakaṃ nihantvā
Sahatthaga 'ṅkāsi janaṃ vibuddhi

22.
Tasmiṃ pakuppitva narādhipo taṃ'
Netuṃ niyojesi mahindasaññaṃ
Balaṃ gahetvā vajiragga nāmā
Dhipena so'gañji ta 'maggahesī

23.
Taṃ netva raññonikaṭaṃ mahindo
Nikkaṇṭaka'ṅkāsa 'tha rohaṇaṃ so
Tahaṃ'va'dhīso puna sāsana'ñca
Vaḍḍhesi vāpī ca pabandhi sindhuṃ

24.
Rājā tulāhāra'madāsi tīni
Kkhattu'mpi thūpopavane sa'thūpaṃ
Suvaṇṇapaṭṭena'pi chādayittha
Kadambanajjaṃ thiranijjhara'ṅkā

[SL Page 053] [\x 53/]

25.
Pure vihāresu saresu jiṇṇe
Yūpesu sammā paṭi saṅkharittha
So tiṃsalakkhaṃ pana vissajitvā
Diva'ṅgame 'kārasamamhi vasse

26.
Tadaccaye kassapa nāmakhatto
Rājā catuttho 'bhavi kassapassa
Sa'dakkhiṇa'ndā yuvabhūpatissa
Tissāya 'dāsa'ggabhiseka'miṭṭhaṃ

27.
Daṇḍissaraṃ sippina'matthikānaṃ
Dānaṃ sadā dāpayi dānasoṇḍo
Tadā mahindo pana ādipādo
Raṭṭha'ṅgahetu'ṅgami rohaṇasmā

28.
Sutvā mahīpo kupito anīkaṃ
Pesesi yujjhitva mahinda nāmo
Taṃ 'jesi rājā puna tassa tātaṃ
Nesī nivattetu'mago'parājā

29.
So kassapo taṃsunivattayittha
Datvāna rājā sakadhītaraṃ'sa
Pesesi taṃ rohaṇa'manvayesu
Dussīlake tīsu vinīharittha

30.
Sanāmakaṃ yūpa'makā'bhayaddī
Vihāra ramme mahipo thalamhi
Jale ca pāṇīna'madā'bhaya'ñca
Cārittakaṃ rakkhi purātana'mpi

31.
Upassayaṃ bhūpaki bhikkhuṇīnaṃ
Kāresi senāpati 'laṅgaseno
Cetyācale'kā hadayuṇha nāmaṃ
Samudda selaṃ pariveṇa'maggaṃ

32.
Bhesajja gehāni ca vejja sālā
Pure'nurādhe ca puḷatthi saññe
Kāresi rājā puna rakkhasavho
Sacāra gāmamhi akā vihāraṃ

[SL Page 054] [\x 54/]

33.
Seno mahālekha varo sanāma
Sela'ṅkhaya'ṅkā mahipassa'macco
Sa'coḷarājā pariveṇa'maggaṃ
Naṭṭhaṃ hi kāresi yathāṭṭhitaṃ'va

34.
Tīsu nikāyesva'pi maṇḍapāni
Citrāni kāresi bahu'mpi puññaṃ
Katvā yaso sattarasī samāyaṃ
Bhūpo yathākamma'magā parattha

35.
Tassa'trajaṃ pañcamaṃ kassapa vhaṃ
Rajje'bhisiñci vīdita gga sattho
So dappula'ṅkā yuvarāja'mādi
Pādaṃ sutaṃ cakka camū patindaṃ

36.
Sovaṇṇa paṭṭe abhidhamma pāliṃ
Likhāpayī'dā parihāra'massa
Bhaṇī'bhidhammaṃ hi sabhikkhu saṅgho
Ganthākara'ṅkā pariveṇa'maggaṃ

37.
Akā pure vejjagharaṃ'bhayavhe
Sa'bhaṇḍikākhyaṃ pariveṇa seṭṭhaṃ
So sakkasenāpati savha'maggaṃ
Sanāmaka'ṅkā vajirāpiyā'ssa

38.
Upassaya'ṅkāriya pāda lañche
Adāsi sā theriya bhikkhuṇīnaṃ
Sakkavha senā patino janentī
Sanāmakaṃ vāsa 'makāsi devā

39.
Rajjaṃ karonte mahipe'tra dīpe
Yujjhitva coḷādhibhunā tade'va
Parājito paṇḍupatī'padāyo
Sandhāya sena'ñci'dha pesayittha

40.
Datvā balaṃ bhūpati sakkasenā
Patiṃ pamokkhaṃ puna paṇḍudesaṃ
Pesesi senāpati yodhamāno
Asakkuṇaṃ jetu'mato'mayena

[SL Page 055] [\x 55/]

41.
Sa'sakkasenāpatino sutassa
Pitussa ṭhānaṃ dadi so kavīso
Narissaro dhammapadassa aṭṭha-
Kathāya gaṇṭhippada'muttama'ṅkā

42.
Dayo mahindo mahito va santiṃ
Lokassa vuddhiṃ puna sāsanassa
Katvāna sovaggiya kamma'masmā
Para'ṅgato so dasamamhi vasse

43.
Tasmiṃ mate dappulako catuttho
Vasundharindo'si tato parājaṃ
Sanāmaka'ṅkā kusala'ṅkaritvā
So sattamāsehi para'ṅgamittha

44.
Tadaccaye pañcama dappulavho
Tasso 'parājā'bhavi bhūmipālo
Adā'dipādassu'dayassa rājo'
Parājitaṃ paṇḍupatī kadāci

45
Desaṃ sakaṃ coḷabhayā jahitvā
Ihā 'gato tassa siri'mpi datvā
Vāsesi taṃ so nagarā bahiddhā
Tade'ha khattā pabhavena kena

46.
Paṇḍussa pāpenī 'ca viggahuṃ so
Alaṃ hi vāseni'ha keraḷānaṃ
Ñattaṃ kirīṭādi'mahā nidhāya
Suniṭṭhite bhūpati viggahe'tra

47.
Tato mahābodhigharassa gāma'
Madāsi senāpati rakkhato'ssa
Akāsi vāsaṃ sa'hi'laṅganāmo
Rājavhaya'ṅkā'timanohara'mpi

48.
Rāja pane'so vividha'mpi puññaṃ
Katvāna raṭṭhaṃ munisāsana'ñca
Pāletva sammā'matapāna'māga
Sahavyataṃ dvādasamhi vasse

[SL Page 056] [\x 56/]
49.
Tato dayo'sī dutiyo mahīpo
Senassa pādāsi atho 'parajjaṃ
Rājassa bhītā sacivā tapassa
Vana'ṅgatā rāju'pabhūpatī ca

50.
Sīsāni tesaṃ pana chedayiṃsu
Tene'va nibbinnamanā tapassī
Te rohaṇa'ṅgañchu pajā paruṭṭhā
Rājā khamāpesa'tha taṃ viditvā

51.
Rājā tato pubbamahīpatīnaṃ
Cāritta'maggaṃ paripālayitvā
Puñña'ñcinitvā tatiyamhi vasse
Kammaṃ yathā maccu mukhaṃ payāto

52.
Tassa'ccayasmiṃ tatiyo sagabbho
Seno 'bhisekaṃ labhi ādipādaṃ
Ako 'dayaṃ so yuvarāja'ma smiṃ
Narādhipo'posathiko bhavitvā

53.
Akiñcanāna'mpi kahāpanānaṃ
Sahassa'mattā dadi posathesu
Daṇḍissaraṃ dāna'madā sade'va
Sujiṇṇavāse paṭisaṅkharittha

54.
Bhūpo'bhaya bbhūdhara cetiyasmiṃ'
Jire silā pattharaṇāya sammā
Dāpesi tāḷīsa sahassa mattaṃ
Vāpīsva 'kā niddhamane sujiṇṇe

55.
Mahāmatī 'neka vidha 'mpi puññaṃ
Katvāna sovaggiya sātada'mpi
Vasundharindo navamamhi vasse
Sahavyata'ṅgañchi sudhāsinaṃ so

56.
Tato'dayo so tatiyo'pabhūpo
Rājā'si laṅkā dharaṇī talasmiṃ
Senā dipādaṃ upabhūpati'ṅkā
So majjako middhasarūpako'si

[SL Page 057] [\x 57/]

57.
Coḷo tato'tāra'mapekkhayaṃ'sa
Paṇḍuppadese abhiseka 'maggaṃ
Pattuṃ lahuṃ netu'kirīṭakādiṃ
Pesesi dūte na dadī sa'rājā

58.
Atho sa'coḷādhipati haṭhena
Ta'ṅgaṇhituṃ pesayi'yettha senaṃ
Paccanta dese kupite tadāni
Senā patī'gañchi tahaṃ sametuṃ

59.
Camūpatī tattha mato tato hi
Rājā gahetvā makuṭādi 'māsuṃ
So rohaṇa'ṅgañchi 'dha coḷasenā
Pavesanaṃ no labhi sampalātā

60.
Tato vidūraggadhipassa senā
Paccaṃ adā so viduragga nāmo
Coḷappadesaṃ vihanitva nītaṃ
Nesī'dha taṃ'sesa'manappaka'mpi

61.
Mahāvihāre paṭimāya satthu
Cūḷāmaṇi'ṅkā maṇiraṃsi sobhaṃ
Katvāna puññaṃ vividhaṃ mahindo
Vasse'ṭṭhame'gañchi paraṃ sa'lokaṃ

62.
Nikhila dharaṇi pālā sampadaṃ āpadassa
Pada'manisa'masāraṃ sañcinitvā manāpaṃ
Vapu'mpi pajahitvā yantya'kāmā parattha
Iti sumariya satto buddhimā sañcareyya

Bhāṇavāraṃ tiṃsatimaṃ.
-------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse
Nava rāja dīpano nāma tiṃsatimo
Paricchedo.
------

[SL Page 058] [\x 58/]

Ekatiṃsatimo paricchedo.
-----------------
1.
Pañca tiṃsatime pañca-sate sahassake jine
Vassu'ssāpayi setāta-pattaṃ seno catutthako

2.
So kho saddhamma nipuṇo-naradevo mahākavi
Mahinda'mādipādaṃ sa-yuvarāja'makā sato

3.
Kabba satthe'pi kusalo-loha yūpe nisīdiya
Suttantaṃ vaṇṇayī rājā-dāṭhā dhātu maha'ṅkari

4.
Kāretvā pariveṇa'mpi-sitthagāmaṃ mahīpati
Tivassena diva'ṅgañchi-dibbāna'miva sāsituṃ

5.
Tassa'ccaye mahindo so-yuvarājā catutthako
Rājā'si matimā vaṃse-kāliṅga cakka vattino

6.
Jātaṃ kumārikaṃ agga-mahesi'ṅkāsi bhūpati
Tassā duvinnaṃ puttāna-'mādipāda'madā dayo

7.
Akāsi dhītaraṃ so'pa-rājiniṃ sumanoramaṃ
Yathāvidhi ṭhapesī'dha-vaṃsaṃ bhūpati kovido

8.
Vallabho maddituṃ rajjaṃ-nāgadīpaṃ balaṃ tadā
Pesesi rājā taṃ sutvā-senavhaya camūpatiṃ

9.
Yujjhituṃ pesayī tattha-gantvā senaṃ camūpati
Nāsetvā vallabhā nīka-saṅgāma maṇḍalaṃ'gahi

10.
Mahīpā vallabhādī'pi-jetuṃ patthiva'matra tu
Asakkontā narindena-karuṃ suhada santhavaṃ

11.
Tene'va rājino tejo-jambudīpe'pi patthaṭo
Paṃsukūlika bhikkhūna-'magadādī adā sadā

12.
Nikāyattaya bhikkhūnaṃ-dvikkhattuṃ lābha vāsīnaṃ
Tulā bhāra'madā rājā-saṅgha bhoga'manāgate

13.
Na gaṇhantū'ti mahipā-nidhāpayi silālipiṃ
Kāresi dhammamittena-abhidhammattha vaṇṇanaṃ

14.
Vyatta bhikkhūhi vinayaṃ-dāṭhā nāgena dhīmatā
Vācesi abhidhamma'ñca-mānento patthivo sato

[SL Page 059] [\x 59/]

15.
Suvaṇṇa māli thūpassa-mānetvā paṭṭa kañcukaṃ
Vatthāni tassabhājetvā-bhikkhūnaṃ dāpayī dayo

16.
Hema sajjhuka paṭṭehi-thūpārāmamhi cetiyaṃ
Chādāpetvāna pūjesi-yathārajjaṃ mahāmati

17.
Jhāpitaṃ coḷa senāya-mandiraṃ pādalañchane
Mahāpāḷi'ñca kāresi-dhamma saṅgiṇi mandiraṃ

18.
Mahā mallaka sañña'ñco-passayaṃ kāriyā'riyaṃ
Bhikkhuṇīna'madā yūpaṃ-niṭṭhāpesi maṇivhayaṃ
19.
Amaccā caturo tassa-pariveṇāni kārayuṃ
Rañño devī kittināmā-pariveṇa'makā tathā

20.
Katvā catu vihāresu-maṇḍape sumanohare
Dhātupūja'makā tattha-cāritta'mpi pavattayī

21. Perito'pacitāneka-puññehi puñña mandiro vasse soḷasame dibba-loka'ṅgami disampati

22.
Tadaccaye tassa suto-kāliṅga devi sambhavo
Seno pañcamako rājā-āsi dvādasa vassiko

23.
Yuva rāja padaṃ'dāsi-kaṇiṭṭhasso 'dayassa tu
Rañño senāpatī seno-pitu senāpatī bhavi

24.
Senā patimhi paccantaṃ-gate udaya nāmakaṃ
Mahāmallaṃ suttikāraṃ-senāpati'makā tadā

25.
Sutvā taṃ kupite sene-bala'mādāya āgate
Palāto rohaṇaṃ rājā-sāmacco mandabuddhiko

26.
Damiḷa ppīḷitaṃ raṭṭhaṃ-sāsana'ñca samekkhiya
Senena sandhiṃ katvāna-puḷatthi pura'māgami

27.
Saraṃ mahesi'ṅkā senā-patino dhītaraṃ'nvayaṃ
Sā vijātā kassapavhaṃ-puttaṃ gotta sarūpakaṃ

28.
Labhaṃ pāpiya saṃsaggaṃ-majjaṃ pivi nirantaraṃ
Tato byāpanna citto'ca-kālaṃ khepayi bhūpati

29.
Khayā'sanānaṃ padaviṃ-hitvāna dullabhaṃ varaṃ
Dasame hāyane rājā-maccu vasa'mupāgami

[SL Page 060] [\x 60/]

30.
Mahindo pañcamo tassa-kaniṭṭho tadanantaraṃ
Anurādha pure ramme-chatta'mussāpayī dayo

31.
Senena senāpatinā-nīta jātika saṅkule
Kasirena tahiṃ rājā-dasa saṃvaccharaṃ vasī

32.
Rañño jānapadā'peta-nītimaggassa sabbathā
Rāja bhāgaṃ no adaṃsu-vuttiṃ dātu'mpi no sahi

33.
Keraḷā'laddhavaṭṭā te-rāja mandira dvārake
Dhatāyudhā'va aṭṭhaṃsu-'mmaggato so viniggato

34.
Gantvāna rohaṇaṃ sīdu-selagāmamhi bandhiya
Khandhāvāraṃ bhātujāyaṃ-deviṃ katvā tahiṃ vasī

35.
Matāya tāya'cirena-dhītaraṃ bhātubhūpati
Mahesi'ṅkā tāya suto-jāto kassapa nāmavā

36.
Kappa gallaka gāmamhi-tato katvā puraṃ vasī
Sesesu pana ṭhānesu-añña maññaṃ 'dhipā bhavuṃ

37.
Ñatvā pavattiṃ taṃ coḷa-rājā laṅka'mpi gaṇhituṃ
Mahābalaṃ pesaye'ttha-rohaṇa'ṅgami vāhinī

38.
Chattiṃse hāyane rañño-rājabhaṇḍe va bhūpatiṃ
Sandilesaṃ padassetvā-jīvagāhaṃ samaggahī

39.
Bhaṇḍe ca patthivaṃ seṭṭhe-pesayī coḷarājino
Laṅkātale 'khilaṃ sāra-mo'jahārī'va te'ggahuṃ

40.
Kumāraṃ kassapaṃ taṃ hi-vaḍḍento gopayuṃ satā
Dvādasavassikaṃ coḷa-rājā taṃ gaṇhituṃ balaṃ

41.
Pesesi rohaṇaṃ desaṃ-khobhesi tassa vāhinī
Kitti buddho'ti te 'maccā-coḷasenaṃ vināsayuṃ

42.
Disvā kumāro jayino-'macce tāte'cchitaṃ varaṃ
Gaṇhathā'ti brūvī buddho-gāmaṃ pāveṇikaṃ varī
43.
Saṅghikaṃ kitti gahitaṃ-bhāgaṃ jahitu 'matthayī
Rājaputtā laddhavarā-'maccā vandiṃsu pādake

44.
Coḷe dvādasa vassāni-vasitvāna mahindako
Vasse'ṭṭhatāḷīsatime-diva'ṅgamī mahīpati
[SL Page 061] [\x 61/]

45.
Kassapassa kumārassa-vikkamabbāhu saññakaṃ
Katvānā'ṇāya vattiṃsu-tassa sabbe'ha dīpikā

46.
So'bhisekaṃ na patthesi-rājaraṭṭhassa 'bhāvato
Sañcinitvā dhanaṃ yoddhuṃ-saṅgaṇhi vāhiniṃ bhusaṃ

47.
Saṃyugā rambha kālasmiṃ-vātataṅkena pīḷito
Mato dvādasame vasse-samayoso 'sya'rājako

48.
Kitti nāmo dināna'ṭṭha-nijāṇaṃ sampavattayī
Hantvāna taṃ mahālāna-kittivho rājataṃ'ṅgami

49.
Rohaṇasmiṃ vasaṃ vasse-tatiye coḷasaṃyuge
Parājito sahatthena-chetvā sīsaṃ mato sayaṃ

50.
Athe'ko vikkamapaṇḍu-kāḷatitthe vasaṃ samaṃ
Rajja'ṅkā jagatīpālo-rāmābhijaniko'bhave

51.
Ghātetvā vikkamaṇḍuṃ-rohaṇe catuhāyanaṃ
Rajja'ṅkāresi taṃ colā-hantvā devi'ñca dhītaraṃ

52.
Sāra'ñca pesayuṃ coḷaṃ-paṇḍusūnu parakkamo
Vassadvaya'makā rajjaṃ-taṃ'mpi coḷā vighātayuṃ

53.
Tato lokissaro senā-pati coḷabalaṃ'khilaṃ
Sammā'bhibhuya sahasā-sato thiraparakkamo

54.
Rajja'mpatvā rohaṇasmiṃ-vasaṃ kājaragāmake
Bahukkhattuṃ kittināma-kumārena parājito

55.
Khedaṃ patto kitti khatta-'masakkonto'va jetave
Kittisesattanaṃ yāto-chassuvassāni ṭhitvi'ha

56.
Pamādikā lobhavīmūhikā ca
Sabbe vināsaṃ tuvaṭa'ṅgamenti
Icce'va 'maññāyi'tara'mpi kiccaṃ
Pahāya dīpe suratiṃ kareyya

Bhāṇavāraṃ mekatiṃsatimaṃ.
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse
Dasarāja dīpano nāmekatiṃsatimo
Paricchedo.
--------

[SL Page 062] [\x 62/]

Battiṃsatimo paricchedo.
-----------------
1.
Mahāpañño mahābhāgo-kittināmo patāpavā
Āsi khatto'ssa vaṃsādi-pavatti ri'ha vuccate

2.
Rājā bhijana samabhūta-mahinda vhaya rājino
Devalā lokitā cā'suṃ-duve mātula dhītaro

3.
Pasūtā kassapa saññaṃ-paṭicca mātulattajaṃ
Putte duve moggallāna-loka vhe lokitā sute

4.
Moggallāno jeṭṭhasuto-mahāsāmī'ti vissuto
Guṇasārehi sāro so-vāsaṃ kappesi rohaṇe

5.
Nattā dāṭhopatissassa-rañño pabbaji sāsane
Patthasenāsane vutthaṃ-pāsāde kārite sayaṃ

6.
Selantarā punā'netvā-yatindaṃ taṃ vasāpayī.
Selantarasamūho'si-yato bhikkhu samūhito

7.
Devālaye tato rattiṃ-bhikkhuṃ vāsetva ekakaṃ
Vibudhānumataṃ taṃ'va-mūlaṭṭhāne ṭhapāpayuṃ

8.
Yathānusāsanaṃ tesa-'me va vattanti patthivā
Dāṭhopatissanvayajaṃ-bodhiṃ paṭicca lokitaṃ

9.
Dhitaraṃ buddhanāmā sā-alabhittha manoramaṃ
Moggallānassa taṃ'dāsi-sā taṃ paṭicca kitti ca

10.
Mittā mahindo ce'te'te-rakkhito caturo jane
Alattha jeṭṭha putto so-kitti terasa vassiko

11.
Sikkhita dhanusippe'ko-mahāvīro mahābalo
Laṅkaṃ kathaṃ gahessa'nti-saṅkappo manaso'bhavi

12.
Tade'ko buddharājo'ti-lokasenānino bhayā
Malayā cala pādesu-cuṇṇa sāla vhaye vasī

13.
Kittissa sūra virattaṃ-saṃvaccharika nāyakā
Saṅghā sutvāna so kitti-sevitabbo'ti nicchiya

14.
Dūte tadantikaṃ nesi-sutvā tassa vaco lahuṃ
Gehā agā sarīvagga-piṭṭhigāmaṃ dhanuddharo

[SL Page 063] [\x 63/]

15.
Vasaṃ tahaṃ pesayitvā-sevake diṭṭha saṃṭṭhitaṃ
Jetvā bodhi vāla gāmaṃ-cuṇṇa sālaṃ samāgato

16.
Tatra ṭṭhito vasa'ṅkāsi-mālayaṃ visayaṃ lahuṃ
Kittāmaccassa tanayo-devamallo'pi rohaṇaṃ

17.
Gantvā kumāraṃ sampassi-saseno sādaraṃ dayo
Khatto paṇṇarasa vasso-bandhitvāna 'siputtikaṃ

18.
Ādipādattanaṃ gamma-hirañña malaya'ṅgato
Khandhāvāraṃ sa'bandhesi-tato remuṇa pabbate

19.
Tatthā'pi saṃyuge loka-nātha senānino balaṃ
Pamaddiya sakaṃ kitti-ppatāpaṃ vaḍḍhayī bhusaṃ

20.
Kassape'ko kesadhātu-nāyako rohaṇe tadā
Nijāṇaṃ vattayī coḷa-sāmanto taṃ pavediya

21.
Puḷatthi nagarā'gañchi-yoddhuṃ kājara gāmakaṃ
Kesadhātu raṇe hetvā-dāmiḷaṃ vāhiniṃ lahuṃ

22.
Yojetvā rakkhake rakkha-silā sīmāya nibbhayo
Pāvekkhi kājaraṃ gāma-'mādipādo'pi taṃ suṇi

23.
Nihantuṃ kesadhātuṃ so-'nīka sannahi tejavā
Kesadhātu suṇitvā taṃ-sippatthala 'mupāgami

24.
Pañca yojana raṭṭhiye-jane cā'diya vegasā
Samāsanne rājasute-so gato khadiraṅgaṇiṃ

25.
Soḷasavassiko kitti-gato kājara gāmakaṃ
Kesadhātu'pi chammāsa-'manubhotvāna rohaṇaṃ

26.
Saṃyugāya tahaṃ'gañjī-rājasūnussa vāhinī
Kesadhātu siraṃ chindi-tahiṃ saṅkula saṃyuge

27.
Yuvarājā sa'vijaya-bāhū'ti vidito tahiṃ
Bheri'ñcarāpiyā'macce-ṭhapento'pi padantare

28.
Coḷe maddītu'mavani-pāla raṭṭhā dhivāsino
Upāye yojayī coḷa-rājā sutvāna taṃ tathā

29.
Senāniṃ pesayī datvā-puḷatthi purato balaṃ
So gantvā kājara ggāmaṃ-duppasayha'nti jāniya

[SL Page 065] [\x 65/]

30.
Sadesaṃ puna rā'gañchi-yuvarājā savāhinī
Sippatthale vasaṃ rañño-rāmañña visaye jane

31.
Dhanajāta'ñca pesesi-mahaggha vasanā dihi
Puṇṇā'va tariyo ye'ttha-nesi tuṭṭho sa'bhūmipo

32.
Vasi tammala gāmasmiṃ-karonto jana saṅgahaṃ
Aññamaññassa bhinnattā-rāja raṭṭhiya rantuno

33.
No dadiṃsu karaṃ coḷa-bhūpo datvā balaṃ tahaṃ
Pesesi sacivaṃ so hi-mahātittha samotari

34.
Kamena rohaṇa'ṅgantvā-ravidevacale vasaṃ
Ake'kādasame vasse-coḷe'bhimaddituṃ tadā

35.
Mahādipādo dugga'ṅkā-paluṭṭha pabbate vasī
Taha'māju'bhayesaṃ'si-kharā nāsesi dāmiḷe

36.
Palāyamānaṃ senāni-'manubandhiya senino
Sīsaṃ tamba viṭṭhi gāme-gaṇhū'pakaraṇehi ca

37.
Tato senānumatiyā-puḷatthi pura'muttamaṃ
Gato khatto vāhiniyā-taṃ sutvā coḷa bhūpati

38.
Gaṇhituṃ khattiyaṃ tibba-kopo laṅkaṃ mahabbalaṃ
Pesesi bāhujo ta'ñhi-ñatvā senāpatiṃ'nayī

39.
Saseno pana senindo-'nurādha pura santike
Vattesi yuddhaṃ coḷehi-raṇe khattabalaṃ pati

40.
Pahāya nagaraṃ khatto-villikābāṇaka'ṅgami
Hantvā 'macce duve tattha-ṭhitvā vātagiri'ṅgato

41.
Yodhento tattha temāsaṃ-paṭibāhesi dāmiḷe
Māritassa raṇe kesa-dhātunetussa sodaro

42.
Saraṃ nāsaṃ tassa ruṭṭho-gutta sālaka maṇḍalaṃ
Khohesi yuvabhūpālo-gantvā maccutthale tadā

43.
Senā nivesa'ṅkāretvā-khadiraṅgaṇi duggato
Palāpetvāna kubula-gallā taṃ sampalāpayī

44.
Palāyanto sa'coḷāna-'mupantika'mupāgami
Khattiyo tambala ggāme-kāretvā duggamaṃ balaṃ

[SL Page 065] [\x 65/]
45.
Gantvāna so mahānāga-kulavhaya pure vasaṃ
Coḷehi yujjhituṃ senaṃ-sajjesi thiravikkamo

46.
Dakkhiṇāsaṃ vasaṃ kattu-pavīṇe sacive duve
Pesesa'ññamahāmacca-yugaṃ coḷe pamaddituṃ

47.
Tuvaṭaṃ sindhu nikaṭa-mahā panthamhi pesayī
Nītā te dakkhiṇaṃ'maccā-coḷasenā nivesane

48.
Bhūrī vasaṃ karitvāna-mahā tittha 'ṅgamuṃ lahuṃ
Sindhu velañjase'maccā-pesitā ca tahiṃ tahiṃ

49.
Senānivese lumpetvā-puḷatthi pura santikaṃ
Āgamma pesayuṃ dūte-khattiye'tu'ti tejavā

50.
Yāteha'maccehi dvīsu-kata'maccanta sūrataṃ
Sutvā sannayha senaṅgaṃ-coḷe ummulitu'ṅgami

51.
Bandhāpesi tahaṃ khandhā-vāraṃ coḷā'tivikkamā
Puḷatthi nagare sabbe-samo sariṃsu yujjhituṃ

52.
Bahiddhā purato coḷā-katvā saṅkula saṃyugaṃ
Parājitā puraṃ gantvā-dvāra koṭṭhaka nissitā

53.
Sāddha māsaṃ pavattesuṃ-gutta dvārā'pi saṃyugaṃ
Puna khattā nūvattā te-ravideva calavhayā

54.
Puraṃ pacissa varaṇa-'mullaṅghitvāna sajjukaṃ
Samūlaṃ dāmiḷaṃ senaṃ-ghātayuṃ pattasañjayo

55.
Sāṇāya vijayabāhu-pure bheri'ñcarāpayī
Coḷarājo'hīnamano-senā puna napesayī

56.
Māsattaya'matikkamma-vandanīye'bhivādayaṃ
Puḷatthi pura'māgañchi-tadā'dimalayo suto

57. Balanetā khattiyassa-verī hutvā purantike
Andu gāma'mupāgañchi-dhajiniṃ'dāya yujjhituṃ

58.
Khatto gantvā ta'mū hacca-puḷatthi pura'māgato
Vidhāya rajja kiccāni-vidhivedi tahiṃ tato

59.
Saṃladdha saṅgāma jayo-kittimā muttimā suto
Sahasse chasate vasse-sampatte navame jine balanetā khattiyassa-verī hutvā purantike
Andu gāma'mupāgañchi-dhajiniṃ'dāya yujjhituṃ

58.
Khatto gantvā ta'mū hacca-puḷatthi pura'māgato
Vidhāya rajja kiccāni-vidhivedi tahiṃ tato

59.
Saṃladdha saṅgāma jayo-kittimā muttimā suto
Sahasse chasate vasse-sampatte navame jine

[SL Page 066] [\x 66/]

60.
Mahāmahenā'nurādha-pure'bhiseka maṅgalaṃ anubhotvā tato'gamma-puḷatthi nagare vasaṃ

61.
Nāmenā'si sirīsaṅgha-bodhī'ti vidito yaso
Vīrabāhuṃ'nujaṃ so'pa-rajje'bhisicca dakkhiṇaṃ

62. Datvā kaṇiṭṭha bhātussa-jayabāhussa rohaṇaṃ
Adā ta'mādipādatte-ṭhapetvāna yathāvidhi

63.
Ṭhānantarāni'maccānaṃ-pavecchiya yathārahaṃ
Yathāyutti karaṃ rajje-gahetuṃ viniyojayī

64.
Chatta gāhaka netā ca-dhamma gehaka nāyako
Bhātaro seṭṭhi nātho'ti-tayo rañño bhavuṃ ripū

65.
Te palātā jambudīpa-'mekūna visa hāyane
Āgammi'ha rohaṇa'ñca-malayaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ tathā

66.
Parivattayiṃsu rājā-gantvā malaya rohaṇe
Ghātetvā ripavo vūpa-samesi samaye'cite

67.
Dakkhiṇaṃ samaṇī bhātu-vaṃsajaṃ savicaṃ lahuṃ
Pesetvā samare verī-uttāsetvāna sūlake

68.
Nirātaṅkaṃ sa'kāretvā-puḷatthi nagara'ṅgato
Coḷadese ṭhitā līlā-vatiyā saha dhituyā

69.
Muñcitvā jagatī pāla-mahesī coḷa hatthato
Laṅka'māgamma laṅkindaṃ-passi so suddhavaṃsataṃ

70.
Ñatvā līlāvati'ṅkāsi-mahesiṃ sā yasodharaṃ
Dhītaraṃ labhi bhūpālaṃ-paṭicca merukandaraṃ

71.
Dhītara'ñca viracamme-'dā sā labhi dvidhītaro
Jeṭṭhā līlāvatīnāma-sugalā'sī kaṇiṭṭhikā

72.
Kāliṅga rāja nvayajaṃ-tiloka sundariṃ varaṃ
Vaṃsaṭṭhitiṃ'pekkhayaṃ so-mahesiyatte'bhisecayī

73.
Subhaddā sumittā loka-nāthā ca ratanāvalī
Rūpavatī'ti'mā pañca-vijātā dhītaro'pi sā

74.
Puttaṃ vikkamabāhū'ti-labhittha puñña lakkhaṇaṃ
Paṇḍurañño'nujaṃ mittaṃ-sakaṃ'dāsi mahīpati

[SL Page 067] [\x 67/]

75.
Sā māṇābharaṇo kittī-sirimegho'ti vissuto
Sirivallabho'tesūnū-pasūtā sūkatī tayo

76.
Suhaddaṃ vīrabāhussa-sumittaṃ jayabāhuno
Pādāsi māṇābharaṇe-dhaññaṃ ca ratanāvaliṃ

77.
Lokanāthaṃ kittisiri-meghavhassa adā yaso
Matāya rūpavatiyā-sugalaṃ sirivallabhe

78.
Rājadevī bandhumadhu-kaṇṇavādī nujaṃ subhaṃ
Adā vikkamabāhussa-sutāriṃ'bhijanatthiko

79.
Tato vikkamabāhussa-līlāvati'mpi kāminiṃ
Pādā saddhiṃ'sabhogena-ñātijanahite rato

80.
Cirassaṃ parihīnaṃ'dhi-karaṇassa vinicchayaṃ
Yathāvidhi pavattesi-mahipo nāyakocido

81.
Puḷatthinagare ramme-purārakkhāya cu'ṇṇataṃ
Pākāraṃ digghikāyā'mā-thira'ṅkārayi bhūmipo

82.
Tade'pasampadā kamma-gaṇa pūraka bhikkhunaṃ
Appahonakatāyā'nu-ruddha rājantīkaṃ lahuṃ

83.
Nareso rāmañña raṭṭhaṃ-dūte nayittha sopade
Saṃyama guṇa sampanne-viññāta piṭakattaye

84.
Pañca vīsati matte'pi-bhikkhavo thera sammate
Ānāpetvā tato sammā-pabbajja'ñco'pasampadaṃ

85.
Dāpetvā kulaputtānaṃ-mānetvā piṭakattayaṃ
Kathāpetvāna jotesi-muninda sāsanaṃ varaṃ

86.
Bahūvihāre kāretvā-puḷatthi pura puṅgave
Nikāyattayavāsīnaṃ-'madā bhogehi'nekaso

87.
Kāretvā danta dhātussa-pāsāda'ntimanoharaṃ
Mahāmaha'ñca kāresi-santataṃ'va yathāpurā

88.
Tulābhāra'ñca tikkhattuṃ-daṇḍissaraṃ patissamaṃ
Adā likhāpayitvāna-saṅghassa piṭakattayaṃ

89.
Kaṇṇāṭa coḷa rājūhi-pesite'ha pahenake
Ādiyitvā'gatā dūtā-rājino'daṃsu laddhake

[SL Page 068] [\x 68/]

90.
Tesa'mubhinnaṃ sakkatvā-tesā'do sakadūtake
Kaṇṇāṭadūtehi samaṃ-pesayī sapahenake

91.
Coḷo sīhala dūtesu-pattesu visayaṃ sakaṃ
Chedāpetvā kaṇṇanāsā-virūpe'kāsi dūtake

92.
Disvā tathā'gate dūte-dosuddīpita mānaso
Sajje tvā dāmiḷe dūte-kantā pasādhanehi ca

93.
Tuyhaṃ rajje mamaṃ vā'tha-yadi'cche yujjhituṃ yahiṃ
Coḷarāje'tvi'daṃ vatvā-pesesi dūtake lahuṃ

94.
Vijayabāhu bhūpassa-vikkamātisayassa tu
Bhītiye'ha balassā'pi-viggahenā'ji no'bhavi

95.
Bandhāpayī mahāheḷi-pabhutī vāpi soḷasa
Bhinnā ca vāpiyo tatra-tatra pākatikā'kari

96.
Pabandhiya vibhinnaṃso-tilavatthuka mātikaṃ subhikkha'ṅkari nīrenava-pūretvā maṇi hīrakaṃ

97.
Sirīpāda ppaṇāmāya-gacchantā mānusa'ñjase
Kilamantu'timā dāna-vuttiyā sumanaddike

98.
Datvā giḷīmalaya vhaṃ-silālekhaṃ ṭhapāpayī
Mahāvāse pañca akā-mātāpitāna'lāhane

99.
Dhīro vihāre bahavo-paṭisaṅkhāsi jiṇṇake
Pariveṇa'ṅkā vijaya-bāhuṃ so tittha gāmake

100.
Mahākavī'dāsi'neka-kāveyyesu hite rato
Paveṇi gāmaṃ sadhanaṃ-rājā maccādi sūnunaṃ

101.
Siloke racite sutvā-yathāraha'madā dhanaṃ
Bhūpo'pi sīhala kabba-racaneso mahāmati

102.
Vīrabāhū'parājāca-baddhaguṇa vihārake
Bandhesi cetiyaṃ coḷa-nāsitaṃ vāpikaṃ tahiṃ

103.
Raññe samanusāsante-'parājini mate sati
Ṭhapesi jayabāhuṃ so-'parajje yati kāmato

104.
Datvā vikkamabāhussa-ādipāda padaṃ yaso
Tassa'trajassa pādāsi-rohaṇaṃ gajabāhuno

[SL Page 069] [\x 69/]

105.
Tahaṃ gantvā mahānāga-kulavhaya puraṃ tato
Katvāna rājadhāniṃ so-vasi tattha yathāruci

106.
Rājā sirīsaṅghabodhi-vijayabāhu vikkamo
Ciraṭṭhitika kiccāni-akāsi loka sāsane

107.
Sa'pañcapaññāsasamaṃ'va āṇā-
Cakkaṃ pavattetva vasundharindo
Samavhito devagaṇena dibba-
Rajja'mpi kātuṃ'va diva'ṅgamittha

Bhāṇavāraṃ battiṃsatimaṃ.
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse sirisaṅghabodhi
Vijayabāhu rājappavatti dīpano nāma
Battiṃsatimo paricchedo.
-----------------

[SL Page 070] [\x /]

Tettiṃsatimo paricchedo.
------------------
1.
Mittā'nujaṃ bhūpatino suta'ssā
Tayo ca'maccā yatayo ca sabbe
Mahādipādassa tu rohaṇasmiṃ
Ṭhitassa 'nārociya rāja nāsaṃ

2.
Saṅgamma mantetva'tha laṅka rajje'
Bhisevana'nduṃ yuvarājino te
Adaṃsu māṇābharaṇū'parajjaṃ
Tayo sagabbhā jayabāhunā'mā
3.
Puḷatthi nāmā nagarā sasenā
Gaṇhāma taṃ vikkamabāhu khattaṃ
Vinikkhamuṃ so puna taṃ suṇitvā
Purā viniggamma sakā'tivego

4.
Pitussa āḷāhaṇaṭhāna'mattā
Disvā vinodessa'mitī'ti sokaṃva
Gacchaṃ puḷatthiṃ nagaraṃ saseno
Pathantarāḷe bala'mā gataṃ so

5.
Disve'kavīro kata sampahāro
Palāpayitvāna diso disaṃ te
Parājite sodariye tayo'pi
Laṅajjayo yāva chavāra'mattā

6.
Sāmaccajīvo sa'puḷatthi saññaṃ
Pura'ṅgamī tāta susāna bhūmiṃ
Passaṃ daraṃ cetayi saṃjahitvā
Ṭhānantaraṃ'dā sacivesu sammā

7.
Bhātūhi māṇābharaṇavhayo so
Sarohaṇaṃ dakkhiṇapassa'māsuṃ
Sahatthaga'ṅkatvi'ti vīrabāhū
Suto'vakittissirimeghadhīse

8.
Raṭṭhaṃ sahassassa ca dvādasa'ttā
Datvā tahaṃ taṃ vasituṃ niyujja
So kho mahānāga kula ppurasmiṃ
Vasī sirīvallabha nāmadheyye
[SL Page 071] [\x 71/]

9.
So bāhujo'dā'ṭṭhasahassa raṭṭhaṃ
Sa'uddhanadvāra bhidhāna gāmaṃ
Katvā vasī tamhi tu rājadhāniṃ
Mātā ca mittā jayabāhurājā

10.
Kittissirī megha sakāsakamhi
Vasiṃsu te sodariyā'parajjū
Issā parā vikkamabāhu raññā
Vinikkhamuṃ vāhiniyā hi yoddhuṃ

11.
Ñatvāna taṃ vikka bāhu bhūpo
Gamittha tesaṃ 'bhimukaṃ saseno
So dakkhiṇasmiṃ pana bodhisenā-
Valavha gāme samare jinittha

12.
Pañca yojanavhayamhi raṭṭhake
Te palāyu'māsu duggamaṃ tato
Sattavo'nubandhi gaṇhitu'mpi te
Āriyo tu vīradeva pākaṭo

13.
Sahatthaga'ṅkattu'masesa laṅkaṃ
Mahādititthaṃ 'vatarī sacakko
Kaḷyāṇito ta'ñca suṇitva rājā
Pāvekkhi mannārama nāmagāmaṃ

14.
Māresi yuddhe paṭu vīradevaṃ
Pahāya chandaṃ samare sagabbhā
Vasiṃsu raṭṭhesu sakesu eka-
Cchattaṃ pabhū no caturo'pi kātuṃ

15.
Pavaḍḍhitaṃ taṃ vijayādibāhu
Rājena lokaṃ pana sāsana'ñca
Dubbuddhayo hāpayu'matra dīpe
Buddhādibhoge api'hacca'nagghe

16.
Pādā'nujīvīsu ca vikkamādī
Bhujo pajeso hi puḷatthi saññe
Pure videsīna'madā bhaṭānaṃ
Bhūrī vihāre'pi sadhātuka'gge

[SL Page 072] [\x 72/]

17.
Sa'pattadhātussa ca dantadhātu
Varassa dinne maṇimuttake'pi
Sovaṇṇabimbe ca vichejja kāmaṃ
Vayaṃ nayī titthakaro'va tuccho

18.
Disvā yatī sāsanaloka'mevaṃ
Naṭṭhaṃ vinibbinnamanā'ggapattaṃ
Dāṭhābhadanta'ñca samādiyitvā
Lahu'ṅgamuṃ rohaṇa'ma ggabuddhiva

19.
Mittā ca devī jayabāhu rājā
Kāla'ṅkaruṃ rohaṇake tadāni
Devī ca māṇābharaṇassa mittā
Pabhāvatī dve ratanāvalī sā

20.
Sutaṃ pasūtā'mita puñña lakkhaṃ
Seṭṭhaṃ kumāra'mpi satejakittiṃ
Ṭhapetva laṅkaṃ'khila jambu dīpaṃ
Sameka chatta'ṅkarituṃ samatthaṃ

21.
Tassā'risammaddana dīpabāhā-
Yogā parakkantibhujo'ti saññā
Anvattha'mā sī'tha paraṃ 'satāto
Mato'si māṇābharaṇo narindo

22.
Kittissirī megha samañña bhūpo
Jeṭṭhassa raṭṭhaṃ pana ādiyitvā
Taṃ rohaṇaṃ'dā sirivallabhassa
Dve dhītaro'dāya piyaṃ kumāraṃ

23.
Gantvā sirīvallabha santikamhi
Vasī mahesī ratanāvalī sā
Tato parakkantibhujo kumāro
Sajātabhūmi'ṅgatavā vasittha

24.
Rajjaṃ vicāretva samekavīsa
Vassāni so vikkamabāhu rājā
Paraṃ yathākamma 'magā'ssa putto
Āsī'bhabāhū dutiyo narindo

[SL Page 073] [\x 73/]

25.
Itthaṃ hi tasmiṃ gajabāhu raññe
Puḷatthi saññe nagare vasante
Dve bhātaro yujjhiya tena saddhiṃ
Gamuṃ parājitva sayaṃ purāni

26.
Tato sirīvallabha maṇḍaleso
Loka'mpara'ṅgañchi sake purasmiṃ
Kittissirī megha naresa ñatte
Dhañño parakkantibhujo kumāro

27.
Pavaḍḍhayaṃ sikkhita sippa satthā'
Gatāgamo cheka taro nayamhi
Mahosadhādibbhuta sūravīra-
Seṭṭhāpadānāni suṇitva tehi

28.
Samo na hessaṃ mama jātiyā'la
Ma'tra ṭṭhito ce'pi manorathassa
Na hehitī siddhi'ti rājaraṭṭha-
Ppayāna'māsuṃ pavara'ntya'vecca

29.
Gharā'bhinikkhamma sa'jāti rattiṃ
Raho kumāro badalatthalavhaṃ
Pāto'va gāma'ṅgami dīghamaggaṃ
Khepetva senāpati saṅkhasañño

30.
Rajjassa sīmācarime vasanto
Paccuggamitvā sahasā'darena
Paṭiggahesī puna tappayānaṃ
Rājassa'nārociya icca'vecca

31.
Pāhesi dūte mahipassa tena
Kata'mpi taṃ vañcana'māsu ñatvā
Ghātāpayī nīkapatiṃ 'sa vitta-
Rāsiṃ niyojesi bhaṭe gahetuṃ

32.
Kittissirīmegha vasundharindo
Taṃ gaṇhituṃ pesayi cakkajātaṃ
Palāpayitvāna sukhena senaṃ
Tato kumāro siriyālagāmaṃva

[SL Page 074] [\x 74/]

33.
Atikkamitvā siriyālaselā-
Sanne'ti sannaddharaṇāyudho'va
Buddhavhagāmaṃ samupāgamitvā
Tahaṃ vasī kañci dinaṃ vidhiññū

34.
Ṭhitassa kāḷassarake 'bhabāhu-
Rājassa senāpatino'saya'mpi
Pesesi ñātuṃ manujaṃ salekhaṃ
Senāpati'gamma mahīpasūnuṃ

35.
Samādaro passi paṭicca paṇṇaṃ
Maṃ passitu'ñcā'gamanaṃ vara'nti
Saṅgaṇhi taṃ sādhu sudhī pasanno
Upāgamī so gajabāhubhūpaṃ
36.
Paccuggamitvā mahipo kumāra'
Māropayitvā saṭhitaṃ mahebhaṃ
Pamodavā pāvisi rājagehaṃ
Vasaṃ tahaṃ so caturo upāye

37.
Pesetva lekhaṃ janikāya tuṇṇaṃ
Nijānujaṃ bhaddavatiṃ kumāriṃ
Ānāpayitvā gajabāhu rañño
Samappaya'tthaṃ nijahatthaga'ṅkā

38.
So kañcikālaṃ nivasaṃ bahiddhā
Tammaṇḍalīyesu vipakkhapakkhe
Ñātu'ñcinitvā nijasāmibhatti
Purassare keca'higuṇṭhike'va

39.
Sāmuddikaññū viya keci vejja
Nibhe'va mādi purise pavīṇe
Aññātavesena tahaṃ taha'mpi
Pesesi vuttanta 'mavedayuṃ te

40.
Kumāraseṭṭhassa tu vikkamādi
Guṇassilāghaṃ kathitaṃ janehi
Sutvā narindo gajabāhusaṅkaṃ
Janesi tasmiṃ puriso mahā'yaṃ

[SL Page 075] [\x 75/]

41
Ñatvāna dussaṅka 'mimaṃ pahāya payāna'magga'nti vicintayitvā
Pure taraṃ sassa balaṃ janādi-
Padavhaṭhānaṃ pahiṇitva bhūpaṃ

42.
Upāgamitvā sajane'pi daṭṭhuṃ
Gacche'ti vatvā yuvarājaraṭṭhaṃ
Rattiṃ'bhinikkhamma purā saravha-
Gāma'ṅgato vāhiniyā samaṃ'va

43.
Kittissirī megha pabhū pavīṇa
Kumārapattiṃ pana sutva rañño
Gharaṃ sametū'ti kumārañattaṃ
Pāhesi dūte'mhi vilambamāne

44.
Upāgamitvā ratanāvalī taṃ
Ādāya dassesi mahīpatissa
Samekkhiyā'modamano kumāra'
Mavoca'maccābhimukhamhi'yitthaṃ

45.
Tumhe kumāraṃ anuvattathe'ti
Tesaṃ hi nīyyātayi taṃ tato hi
Kittissirīmeghanarissaro so
Mato sikhīkicca 'makā'ssa dehe

46.
Tato kumāro sivasaṃsinī'va
Nakkhattayogamhi mahādipādaṃ
Patvā padaṃ taṃ gajabāhurañño
Ñāpesi māṇābharaṇassa cā'pi

47.
Saṅghayha'macce padavippadānā
Rajjassa sīmāya samantakūṭā
Āsāgarappattanato sasenaṃ
Nivesayī tatra ca tatra yoggaṃ

48.
Samattalaṅka'ṅkira chatta'me kaṃ
Kattu'mpi'dhiṭṭhāya sadhaññake hi
Sabbādi'middhaṃ vijitaṃ sakassa
Kātuṃ viditvā la'mitī'dipādo

[SL Page 076] [\x 76/]

49
Āhūya'macce sarakhātakādiṃ
Bandhāpiyā'suṃ kasi kamma vuddhiṃ
Kattuṃ niyojesi vana'mpi vuṭṭhi
Jātaṃ vinā lokahitaṃ parittaṃ

50.
Mā gañchi sindhuṃ maṇihemajāta-
Ṭṭhānaṃ ṭhapetvā aparatra khette
Kārāpituṃ vedayi te sajīvā'
Rabhiṃsu vaḍḍhetu 'mato salokā

51.
Setummukhā jajjaranāmanajjā'
Rattakkaravhā sutakoṭṭhabaddhaṃ
Bandhāpayitvā suthiraṃ gabhīraṃ
Sumātika'ṅkārayi setumaggaṃ

52.
Ubhosu passesu mahāṭaviṃ'sā
Chedāpiyabbīhi sahassavāhe
Khette pavattāpayi'dāni so kho
Deso kasīyā vidito 'si kamme

53.
Parakkama ssindhu mahāsarādī
Ekūna tāḷīsa pamāṇa vāpī
Bandhāpayitvā paṭisaṅkharitvā
Saṃvaḍḍhayī dhañña siriṃ vara'mpi

54
Muttā maṇibhādi vaṇijjadabbe
Tarīhi desantarakesu'neke
Pesetva vittaṃ pacuraṃ cinitvā
Raṇatthiko'nekavidhāyudha'mpi

55.
Kaṇṇāṭa coḷā di padesa vāsī
Raṇe pavīṇe ci'dha ānayitvā
Senāninaṃ cheka sahassa saṅkhe
Cakke padatvā'bhavasañcaye'pi

56.
Paccādiyitvā malayādirāja
Senānino'nekasahassasenā
Datvāna ratta kkura vāka raṭṭhe
Nivesayī taṃ damiḷāna 'mīsaṃ

[SL Page 077] [\x 77/]

57
Laṅkā mahālāna di lamba kaṇṇa
Vaṃsubbhave pañca kumāra seṭṭhe
Sahassa saṅkhe 'jibhaṭe pavīṇe
Visuṃ visuṃ moriyaraṭṭhato hi

58.
Ānāpayitve'kapadesakamhi
Nivesayī tappamukhe vidhiññū
Abbhantare bārasa maṇḍalīye
Katve'ka'me kassa hi sūravīre

59.
Bhaṭe sahassāni duve duve'dā
Nisāraṇe jekasahassa'mekaṃ
Sajjetva candā tapa cāpa dhārī
Sa'camma vammā di'madāsi tesaṃ

60.
Kāretva kammappaṭavo'va vyādha
Sahassasaṅkhe'pi yathānurūpaṃ
Satyādikaṃ tesa'madā'dipādo
Pacceka'mattha'ñca bala'mpi dvejjhaṃ.

61.
Katva'ggamaccesu ṭhapesi dvīsu
Vibhajja sabbaṃ vijita'mpi raṭṭhaṃ
Samaṃ ṭhapesī gaṇakesu dvīsu
Kamāgatesu sacivesu khatto

62.
Samuddarodhe ratanākaramhi
Raṭṭhe mahāmālayike'taramhi
Visu'ṅkaritvā'khilasāraṭhānaṃ
So'vantaraṅgaṃ padavi'mpi katvā

63.
Ṭhapesi'yekaṃ sacivaṃ matīmā
Sa'daṇḍanāthaṃ gajabāhurañño
Āhūya rakkhaṃ malayaṃ gahetvā
Dātuṃ niyojesa'tha saṅgahetvā

64.
Mahādipādassa vaco'tigāḷhaṃ
Rakkho paṭiggayha sa'yujjhiyā'suṃ
Nihacca verī atha dumbarādī
Raṭṭhāni gaṇhī sacive ca sūre

[SL Page 078] [\x 78/]

65
Tasmiṃ pasanno'ca ta 'mā nayitvā
Sa'kesadhātvīsapadaṃ padatvā
Pesesi rañño gahitu'ñca raṭṭhaṃ
Jayaṃ labhī majjhima vaggayuddhe

66
Sa'lokajitvāṇa suto ca rakkha-
Laṅkādhinetā bala'mādiyitvā
Hūkittilaṅkāpabhunā sahe'va
Yujjhitva taṃ ghātiya rerupalliṃ

67.
Raṭṭhaṃ'gahesuṃ sa'mahādipādo
Samantamallaṃ savasaṃ'va sāmā
Netvāna datvā mahatiṃ siri'mpi
Ta'ṅgaṇhituṃ yojayi kosavaggaṃ

68.
So cu'tturāmallaka vissutādī
Mahāhavaṃ katva ripū nihacca
Ta'mādiyiṃsū malayaṃ samattaṃ
Nirākula'ṅkārayi sutthira'ñca

69.
Sa'rājaraṭṭhaṃ gajabāhurājā
Sakaṇṭaka'ṅkā puna ādipādo
Niyojayī daṇḍapatī sametuṃ
Likhitvu'pāyaṃ samarassa sāmaṃ

70.
Sāmantakānaṃ pana dāpayitvā
Laṅghetu mā rekhalava'mpi jātu
Niyojayī ta'ñca paṭicchayuṃ'te
Camūpatī mālayarāyarākhyo

71.
Tammalla vāḷāna ṭhita'mpi kombā-
Bhiññaṃ raṇesaṃ gajabāhurañño
Taṃ chattagāhādhipatiṃ sasenaṃ
Palāpayī yujjhiya gaṇhi duggaṃ

72.
Tato vikikkhamma savābhinī so
Nāvāhi muttā kara santikaṭṭhaṃ
Saṅkamma tatra ṭṭhitakena daṇḍā-
Dhipena yujjhitva jale vijesi

[SL Page 079] [\x 79/]

73.
Atho parakkantibhujassa tassa
So rakkhadivānabhidho sajīvo
Gokaṇṇamaccaṃ asakiṃ sacakkaṃ
Raṇātisūraṃ samare vijesi

74.
So ādipādo kira laṅkanātha
Senāninaṃ jānapadavharaṭṭhaṃ
Pesesi so sājipavīṇako'va
Mahābhavaṃ katva tahaṃ taha'mpi

75.
Gantvā'ggahī taṃ gajabāhurājā
Devādilaṅkādhipati'ñca'maccaṃ
Verī nisedhāya'pi dāṭhabhārā
Macca'ñca pesesi bala'ñca datvā

76
Laṅkādhinātho samaraṃ hi tehi vattetva tejetva yagāllaṭhānaṃ
Gaṇhī tato so gajabāhubhūpo'
Pāyena taṃ sassa vasa'mpi kattuṃ

77.
Paheṇake tassa mahagghikāni
Accantabhatyā pahiṇī sajīvo
So tāni pesesi sasāmino'tha
Disvāna tuṭṭho'ssa hi peseyī te

78.
Niyoga'māgamma parakkamādi
Bhujassa devo sacivo'tisūro
Kāḷassarorūsaritāya hāri'
Māyāma hatthadvisata'ntisattiṃ

79.
Taṃ vitthata bbīsati hattha matta
Mahodalābaddha'managgha setuṃ
Kaṭṭhammaya'ñcā'pi catubbidhena
Balena gantabba'makārayittha

80.
Sāmantake keci tahaṃ ṭhapetvā
Nikkhamma senāpati tattha tattha
Mahāhavaṃ vattaya 'maggadugge
Gahesi duggāni nava'ñca'kāsi

[SL Page 080] [\x 80/]

81
Rājā sasāmantaka rāmanīla-
Giriṃ pamokkhe api ta'nnihantuṃ
Pesesi terī nikaṭaṃ ubho'tra
Pavattayiṃsū dhajinī mahājiṃ

82.
Sāmantakaṃ nīlagiriṃ sayodhaṃ
Māretva yuddhamhi kaḍakkuḍavhaṃ
Yodha'ñca aññe ca hi jīvagāhaṃ
Gahetva pesesi sasāmino te

83.
Mahinda macco sacivāna'mesaṃ
Pavikkamaṃ sutva'bhijātamāno
Puraṃ'nurādhaṃ panagayha demi
Datvā paṭiññaṃ bala'mādiyitvā

84.
Gantvā'nurādhākhyapurāvidūre
Vattetva yuddhaṃ ripavo vijitvā
Gaṇhī puraṃ rohaṇakādhipaccaṃ
Gato sa'māṇābharaṇo hi rañño

85.
Sāmantakehī bahuso tadāni
Yujjhitva sampatta parājayo'ca
Raṇe manaṃ chaḍḍhiya rājinā'mā
Sandhi'ṅkaritvā vasi kañci kālaṃ

86.
Tato parakkantibhujassa thāmaṃ
Sutvāna sandhiṃ gajabāhurañño
Pahāya sandhāna'makā dipāda-
Varena vāsa'ṅkatavā tathe'va

87
Laṅkādhināthappamukhā camīsā
Pavattayuṃ te gajabāhunā'jiṃ
Puraṃ palāta'ñca puḷatthisaññaṃ
Bhūpaṃ'gahesuṃ atha jīvagāhaṃ

88.
Jayaddhatā maṇḍalikā sayodhā
Gehesu dvarāni ca bhindiyā'suṃ
Vasuṃ vilumpuṃ pana nāgarā te
Maccā ca sambhūya bhusaṃ paruddhā
[SL Page 081] [\x 81/]

89
Gantvāna māṇābharaṇopakaṭṭhaṃ
Nivedayitvāna'tha taṃ pavattiṃ
Āyātu amhehi pagayha rajjaṃ
Demā'ti sāhāyya'mayācayiṃsu

90.
Sutvāna'maccehi ca mantiyā'suṃ
Rājaṃ pamocetu'mivā'gamitvā
Vattetva yuddhaṃ kaṭṭhina'mpi senaṃ
Nāsetva gaṇhittha puraṃ manuññaṃ

91.
Vītikkamitvā katipāha'mitthaṃ
Sāmantake so gajabāhurañño
Hantvā mahīpaṃ pana kārabhāraṃ
Pavesayitvā'ggahi vittarāsiṃ

92.
Karaggata'ṅkatva thira'nti rajja'
Maññāya sīghaṃ dasanaggadhātuṃ
Sa'pattadhātu'ñca samātara'ñca
Sarodha'mānāpayi rohaṇasmā

93.
Hantuṃ mahīpaṃ sakamātuyā'mā
Raho sa'mantetva upakkamittha
Upadduto so gajabāhurājā
Satāṇa'māyāciya ādipādaṃ

94
Pesesi guyhaṃ'nucare'tikhinna mano vinaṭṭhesu balesu yuddhe
Mocetu'metaṃ kasiru'ttari'mpi
Modetva'macce padavippadānā

95
Savāhinī pesayi te pura'mpi
Rodhetva yujjhitvi'bhabāhurājā
Pamocito tehi sajīvakehi
Palātavā'sī sa'hi koṭṭhasāraṃ

96
Pavattayanto samaraṃ mahantaṃ
Raṇe mate cakkapatimhi tatra
Asakkuṇanto vasitu'mpi dāṭhā
Dhātu'ñca pattaṃ sakamātara'ñca

[SL Page 082] [\x 82/]

97
Suddhantaka'ñcā'diya rohaṇaṃhi
Gato'si māṇābharaṇo sa'rattiṃ
Mahāhavaṃ katva'sakiṃ sahattha
Gata'ṅkata'ñcā'ggapuraṃ'nukampo

98
Saṅghassa'nuññāya mahādipādo
Datvāna dantibbhujarājino'tha
Saka'ñca raṭṭhaṃ'pagato'si dhīmā
Dayāparattaṃ'chariyaṃ pabhussa

99
Gaṅgātaṭaṃ katva'tha rājadhāniṃ
Sukhaṃ vasī so gajabāhu bhūpo
Tato'pi māṇābharaṇādipādo
Rājena sandhiṃ pana kattukāmo

100
Pāhesu'do'pāyana'massa sandhi'
Maniccha'māgañchiya maṇḍaliddiṃ
Vihāraka'mme pana rājaraṭṭhaṃ
Dinnaṃ parakkantibhujādhipassa

101
Pāsāṇa piṭṭhamhi likhāpayitvā
Gaṅgātaṭāke nivasaṃ tadāni
Nipīḷite'kāyarujāya rājā
Bāvīsavassāni mato vasitvā

102
Sambhūya'maccā gajabāhurañño
Athe'tumāṇābharaṇo'ssa dūte
Sampesayuṃ so matasāsanaṃ hi
Sutvā parakkantibhujo bala'mpi

103
Sannayhu'pāgañchi puḷatthisaññaṃ
Puraṃ tato'maccagaṇā sabhattā
Rajjibhisekaṃ'suvidhātu'mevā'
Yāciṃsu'nekabbidha dassanena

104
Paṭiggahetvā subhasūcake taṃ
Nakkhattayoge makuṭaṃ sirasmiṃ
Dhāretva rājābharaṇābhibhūsī
Padakkhiṇa'ṅkāsi puraṃ viyi'ndo

[SL Page 083] [\x 83/]

105
Tato'pi māṇābharaṇādipādo
Rajjatthiko'nekabalaṃ gahetvā
Sa rājaraṭṭhābhimukho payāto
Raññā parakkantibhujena vassaṃ

106
Tahaṃ tahaṃ vattayi saṃyugaṭṭha-
Paññāsamatta'mpi ca tatra tatra
Raṇesu sampattaparājayo'va
Manaṃ jahāsī samare'yatiṃ so

107
Tato parakkantibhujā pajesā
Mahabbhayā jātamayena phuṭṭho
Maccantikasmiṃ nijasūnu'magga'
Māhuya kittissirimeghanāmaṃ

108
Sadā parakkantibhujena vutta
Kkamena vatta'ssa'nukūlako'va
Vatvāna evaṃ'sa'sahaṃ'vatejaṃ
Para'ṅgamī loka'mimaṃ jahitvā

109
Nisammatassaccayataṃ sa'sīghaṃ
Bhūpo parakkantibhujo vidhiññū
Kittissirīmeghakumārahāri'
Mānāpayī sannikaṭaṃ yasassī

110.
Atha saciva samūho saṅgamitvā namitvā
Naravativaraṃ taṃ yāci moḷīsiva'mpi
Vihitu'subhamuhutte laṅka'mekātapattaṃ
Kariya dutiyavasse'kā dutiyābhisekaṃ

Bhāṇavāraṃ tettiṃsatimaṃ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse pañcarāja dīpano nāma
Tettiṃsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 084] [\x 84/]

Catuttiṃsatimo paricchedo.
------------------
1 Pattā bhiseko vasudhādhipo so
Vossagga saṃsattamano'nukampo
Vassāpayaṃ cāgapavuṭṭhi'maggaṃ
Sampūrayī jīvamanassarāni

2 Ṭhānantarā'dāsya'rahesu pīto
Bheri'ñcarāpetva vaṇibbake'pi
Samāharitvā puna tesu sammā
Tadā tulābhāra'madā'nucassaṃ

3 Sampatthayaṃ sāsana suddhi vuddhiṃ'
Tekicchake duppaṭipatti yutte
Vajjetva vaṃsattitayaṃ samagga'
Makā payāsena sahaṃ sudukkhaṃ

4 Sālā catasso'pi catummukhā so
Kāretva majjhe'nudinaṃ purasmiṃ
Akampito bhikkhugaṇassa pañño
Dānaṃ pavattesi samatta yuttaṃ

5 Kāretva'nekassatasaṅkharogī
Vāsappayogga'mpi visāla sālaṃ
Tadattha'maggosadha vitta dhañña
Rāsiṃ ṭhapasī uda vejja vuttiṃ

6 Tato parakkantibhujo pajeso
Nāmāvasesaṃ nagaraṃ puḷatthiṃ
Kāretu'māsuṃ'rabhi rāmaṇeyyaṃ
Visālaka'ñcā'tha samantato hi

7 Parikkhipitvā pana khandhavāraṃ
Purassa pākārabhicakkato hi
Vitthiṇṇa pākāra niyūra'muccaṃ
Kāresi goraṃ saradambudaṃ'va

[SL Page 085] [\x 85/]

8 Khudda'mpi pākāratayaṃ tato hi
Parikkhipitvā'nukamaṃ sa'racchaṃ
Kārāpayī gabbha sahassa sobhiṃ
Pāsādikaṃ sabbadhi satta bhūmaṃ

9 Sa'vejayanta vha mahīpa gehaṃ
Māpesi rājā viya vissakammo
Sarassatīmaṇḍapa sañña vesma'
Makārayī kappadumena bhāsiṃ

10
Sa'maṇḍapa'ṅkāriya rājavesī
Bhujaṅganāma'ñca sudhammatulyaṃ
Disampati mandirasantikasmi'
Muyyānaka'ṅkārayi nandanaṃ'va

11
Dhamme vinīto sa'mahinda nāmo'
Macco'ggasaddhammasuphassitassa
Dāṭhā bhadantassa tu vaḍḍhanattha'
Manuggahenā'vanipassa sammā

12
Suvaṇṇa chaddappaṭihāra vāta
Pānūpasobhiṃ bahi rantarāḷe
Susaṅkatā'neka vicitta kammaṃ
Pāsādaka'ṅkāsi harīgiriṃ'va

13
Patibbatā rūpavatī surūpā
Vasundharādhīsamahesikantā
Suvaṇṇayaṃ thūpavaraṃ mahantaṃ
Majjhepurekārayi dassaneyyaṃ

14
Tibhūma pāsādatayena sammā
Laṅkīkataṃ sannikaṭe pavittaṃ
Veḷuvanesīpatanavhakosi-
Nārabbihārattayanātha'maggaṃ

15
Na'rājavesībhujaga'ñca rāja-
Kulantakākhyaṃ vijitaṃ tathe'va
Nānappakāra bbisikhā vicittaṃ
Kāresi sākhānagarattaya'ñca

[SL Page 086] [\x 86/]

16
Pure puḷatthimhi sa'rājadvārā
Dikaṃ sa cātuddasadvārahāriṃ
Purā tikhuddaṃ purapuṅgava'ñca
Sajjesi dibbaṃ nagaraṃ viye'vaṃ

17
Vināsayuṃ coḷabalā'nurādha-
Pura'mpi taṃ bhūpati'macca'mekaṃ
Ānetva sammāpaṭisaṅkharitvā
Yathāpurā sajja samādisī so

18
Tato paṭiggayha mahīpadesaṃ
Pura'ṅgamitvāna yathe'vapubbe
Pākāra racchopavanādi sabbaṃ
Kāresi'macco na cirena sādhuṃ

19
Parakkamākhyaṃ nagaraṃ narindo
Laṅkīkata'ṅkāsi purassirīhi
Tahaṃ tahaṃ'maccagaṇā pajāyo
Gaṇhantva'pīḷetva'disī kara'nti

20
Matamhi māṇābharaṇe'ssa mātā
Sāmantakānaṃ sugalā girāyo
Nisamma sā dāmarikā'va hutvā
Raṇaṃ'rabhī ce'pi parājayo'ssa

21
Patta'ñca dāṭhāpavara'ñca dhātuṃ
Samādiyitvā varajambudīpaṃ
Palāyituṃ sogatabhūbhujassa
Pesesi dūte turitaṃ tahiṃ sā

22
Parakkamabbāhu vasundharindo
Ñatvāna taṃ cakkapatiṃ sa'rakkhaṃ
Ānetva gantvo'bbhuta sattu dāvā
Nalaṃ sunibbāpaya pattivuṭṭhyā

23
Icce'va'mā dissiya datva senaṃ
Niyojayī rohaṇakaṃ payātuṃ
Tahaṃ tahaṃ so gatavā raṇesu
Laddhajjayo devimukha'mbhigañchi

[SL Page 087] [\x 87/]

24
Bhūtādhikārippamukhe'tha senā-
Nāthe'pi pāhesi vijetave taṃ
Mahābhava'ñcā'bhavi tesu'bhosu
Dhātudvayaṃ yujjhiya gayha seṭṭhaṃ

25
Nivedayuṃ bhūpatino ta'matthaṃ
Sutvā'bhisitto'va'matena rājā
Lahuṃ panetuṃ vara dhātu dvandaṃ
Pesesi dūte sacivopakaṭṭhaṃ

26
Sandesa'mākaṇṇiya'nīka nāthādhikārino dhātuyugaṃ puḷatthiṃ
Pura'mpavesetumane'kamaccaṃ
Rakkhāya yojīya mahāmahena

27
Mañjudhikārissa sakāsa'māsuṃ
Sampesayuṃ so'ñjanakammanāthaṃ
Paccuggamitvā mahati'ñca pūjaṃ
Pavattayaṃ yojiya dhātuguttaṃ

28
Dhātudvayaṃ sambhamapubbako'va
Pesesi rañño tuvaṭaṃ sakāsaṃ
Sutvāna dhātvānayanakkamaṃ so
Mayā suladdhaṃ vata jīvita'nti

29
Pamodito bhūpati sīghasīghaṃ
Nahātavā so suvilepalitto
Sumaṇḍito laṅkata sūnu macca
Purakkhato yojana matta ṭhānaṃ

30
Paccuggamitvā paṭhame'va dhātu
Padassane'nekamahagghikena
Muttāmaṇādiccana bhūrivatthu
Jātena mānetvu'da dhātu dvandaṃ

31
Aṅgīrasasmiṃ dharamāni'ca'gge
Mudāhi sandassita sambhamo'va
Sabhaṃsudhammaṃ viya dantadhātu
Gharaṃ pure kāriya sādhu majjhe

[SL Page 088] [\x 88/]

32
Dhajappatākādihi nijjarinda
Vīthiṃ'va pajjaṃ samalaṅkaritvā
Khaṇāpiya'ggaṃ'rumaṇiṃ sugandha
Cuṇṇena pūretva tahaṃ pasatthaṃ

33
Vaḍḍhetva sammā radadhātusāmiṃ
Caṅgoṭakasmiṃ ratanammayamhi
Ṭhapetva taṃ hemamaye samugge
Nidhāya pattaṃ pavara'ñca dhātuṃ

34
Sovaṇṇaye cakkacatukkakasmiṃ
Patiṭṭhite maṇḍapake'sanasmiṃ
Vaḍḍhetva gantvā nagaraṃ mahena
Dāṭhaggadhātussadanaṃ vicittaṃ

35
Vaḍḍhetva dhātūyugalaṃ sapañño
Puḷatthisaññe nagare narindo
Sabbatra so sattanisaṃ padīpa
Pūjāvidhi'ṅkārayi gāravena

36
Tato sayodhā sacivā'ssa rañño mahāhavaṃ bhiṃsanaka'ṅkaritvā
Sajīvagāhaṃ subhalaṃ pamokkha-
Macceha'mā gayha disampatissa

37
Upānayiṃsū nikaṭaṃ tathe'va
Nikkaṇṭakaṃ rohaṇaka'ṅkaritvā
Atippamodo mahipo salokaṃ
So sāsanaṃ rakkhi dayo matīmā
38
Rāmañña laṅkīya janā samattā
Accantamittā pana sogatattā
Vasiṃsu dvīsū visayesu bhūpā
Tathā sade'vā'su'mato sucetā

39
Raññā parakkantibhujena sandhiṃ
Rāmaññabhūpo sucirāgata'mpi
Tāyaṃ athe'kaṃ samayaṃ hi kaṇṇa-
Japāna'mākaṇṇiya bhāratiṃ so

[SL Page 089] [\x 89/]

40
Laṅkinda dūtesu ca dīyamānaṃ
Vuttiṃ purāṇaṃ parihāpayitvā
Vikkīyamāne'pi gaje bahiddhā
Māvikkiṇantū'kari sammati'mpi

41
Satassa vā rūpiya tikkalānaṃ
Gajā sahassassa purā sukītā
Dvayassa vā tehi tayassa vā'pi
Ito sahassāna'tu vikkiṇīyā

42
Durāsayo so parimāṇa'mevaṃ
Ṭhapesi vitta'ñca karī ca nāvā
Laṅkesa dūtehi vilumpayitvā
Tesa'mpi'kā'nekavidhaṃ papīḷaṃ

43
Rāmaññadesaṃ'vanipo gataṃ so
Vācissarāceravaraṃ tathe'va
Taṃ dhammakittiṃ vidūraṃ sachidda
Nāvāya vissajjayi sāgarasmiṃ

44
Kambojadesa'mpati rājakaññaṃ
Laṅkādhinā pesayi taṃ pasayha
Rāmaññarājā'vaharī sa'tena'
Nekabbidhaṃ kāritavippakāraṃ

45
Sutvā parakkantibhujo sajīve
Āhūya rañño arimaddanassa
Gāhaṃ'thavā hiṃsanataṃ vidheyyaṃ
Iccā'ha so rosa sikhī paditto

46
Tahiṃ ṭhito so damiḷādhikārī
Paṇāya mā yojayitū'payātuṃ
Mahāsajīveha'la'micca'voca
Sutvā pasanno'ssa giraṃ mahīpo

47
Nāvā ca'nekā satasaṅkhakāyo
Sampādayitvā pana pañcamāsā
Samāharī pallava vaṅka titthaṃ
Samappahoṇaṃ cita sambala'mpi

[SL Page 090] [\x 90/]

48
Yuddhāyudhā dopakarañña'māsuṃ
Samāharitvā sabale bhaṭese
Raṇāya yātuṃ damiḷādhikāriṃ
Samappayitvā'disi ta'ñca sabbaṃ

49
Tarīsu āropiya taṃ samaggaṃ
Samaṃ'va pesesi samudda majjhe
Rayena gacchaṃ taraṇī samūho
Taso sa'dīpo nanu dissate'va

50
Taṃsaṃ viruddhena samīraṇena
Kāci bbidesaṃ pavisiṃsu kāci
Naṭṭhā samudde 'katariṭṭhitā'pi
Bhaṭo'tariṃsū kira kākadīpaṃ

51 Pavattayitvā samaraṃ tahiṃ te
Taddīpike gaṇhiya jīvagāhaṃ
Laṅkādhināthassa padassayiṃsū kitti ppuraddippamukhā suvīrā

52
Te pañcanāvāsu bhaṭā pavīṇā
Rāmaññadese kusumavhatitthaṃ
Samotaritvāna dhatā yudhā'suṃ
Raṇa'ṅkarāṇā bhayajaṃ kurūraṃ

53
Tahaṃ'have'neka sahassa saṅkhaṃ
Balaṃ hanantā'va maduddhate'bhā
Sikhiṃ khipannā pana gāmakesu
Rajjassa bhāgaṃ suvināsayiṃsu

54
Samotaruṃ ye damiḷādhikārī
Mukhyā'pi papphāla samavha titthaṃ
Bhīma'ṅkarontā samaraṃ samaggā
Rāmaññabhūpa'ñca vighātayiṃsu

55
Sahatthagaṃ 'tho ramaṇa'ṅkaritvā
Laṅkissarāṇāya taha'mpi bheriṃ
Carāpayuṃ tamhi bhayādhutā te
Sambhūya sabbe'va sumantayitvā
[SL Page 091] [\x 91/]
56
Sama'mpati'mhehi tu yāvadicchaṃ
Paṭṭhāyi'to 'bhe nayituṃ karatthaṃ
Laṅkādhipassā'nugatā'va ṭhātuṃ
Kāmatta'mācikkhiya sambhamena

57
Laṅkāmahīpappaṭighānala'mpi
Nibbāpayitvāna dayāya saṅgho
Khamāpayātu'vanipassa niccaṃ'
Nusāsakaṃ bhikkhugaṇaṃ salekhe

58
Pāhesu 'māsuṃ 'vanatā'va dūte
Saṅghassa vācāya sanuddayāya
Mudutta'māgamma mahāmahīpo
Sa'saccasandhāna'makāsi tehi

59
Coḷiyarājā kulasekharākhyo
Raṇatthiko vāhiniyā'gamitvā
Parakkamākhyassa'tha paṇḍurañño
Puraṃ parundhī madhuraṃ gahetuṃ

60
Sa'jambudīpe saraṇāraha'mpi
Rājaṃ adisvā saraṇaṃ raṇāya
Yācitva laṅkādharaṇīsañattaṃ
Pāhesi dūte tuvaṭaṃ dharāpo

61
Nisamma tesaṃ vacanaṃ sa'laṅkā
Dhipo anāthassa'pi appatiṭṭhā
Nayujjate jātvi'ti mādisassa
Viññāya laṅkāpuradaṇḍanātha

62
Māretva rājaṃ kulasekharākhyaṃ
Parakkamaṃ paṇḍupatiṃ sarajje
Ehī patiṭṭhāpiya'icca'voca
So daṇḍanātho mahipāṇa'mevaṃ

63
Samādiyā'jikkhamavāhinīyā
Purakkhato'pāga mahādititthaṃ
Tadantarasmiṃ kulasekharena
Gantvāna paṇḍūmahīpaṃ pura'ñca

[SL Page 092] [\x 92/]

64 Sayaṃ gahīta'nti suṇitva raññā
Taṃ vaṃsajassā'pi gahetvarajjaṃ
Detū'ti so'tho viniyojito'va
Paṇḍussa raṭṭhe talabilla titthaṃ

65
Samotaritvāna tahiṃ ṭhite'piva
Palāpayitvā damiḷe'tra titthe
Senānivesa'ñca karīya ghore
Cattāri vattetva raṇe pavīro

66
Gantvā balaṃ dāmiḷakaṃ hi pañca
Sāmantakehī saha pañca yuddhe
Katvāna rāmissara'maggahī so
Tahiṃ'have katva navā'tibhīme

67
Mahāraṇasmiṃ dasame silādi-
Meghappamukhyeva cha'tha pañcake ca
Sāmantake jetvu'da dāmiḷese
Rāmissarā yojanikamhi ṭhāne

68
Patiṭṭhita'ṅgañchi sa'kundukālaṃ tatrā'bhavasmiṃ damiḷe pahūte gahetva laṅkāya purā hi tehi
Vidārite kārayituṃ'ruthūpe

69
Laṅkādhipāṇāyi'dha pesayitvā tahaṃ parakkanti pura ppasiddhaṃ
Senānivesa'ñca pabandhayitvā
Punappunaṃ ghoraraṇa'ṅkarittha

70 Coḷīyake jetva'tha paṇḍuraṭṭhaṃ
Hatthaggata'ṅkāsi matassa rañño
Paṇḍussa sūnuṃ malaye nilīna'
Mānesi pesitva sa'lekhahāraṃ

71
Akiñcanassā'gamana'mpi vīra-
Paṇḍussa'dhīrassa tadā vaditvā
Laṅkā mahārāja varassa laṅkā
Puro sa'paṇṇaṃ pahiṇī pasatthaṃ

[SL Page 093] [\x 93/]

72
Sallakkhiyā'sesa bhiseka yogge
Pasādhanādīni'pi pesayanto
Rajje'bhisiñcassu kumāraka'nti
Pāhesi dūte duratikkamāṇo

73
Haṭṭho kumāro hi paheṇakaṃ taṃ rañño disaṃ natva paṭiggahesi
So daṇḍanātho atha gaṇhituṃ sem-
Ponmāri'māsu'ṅgami vikkameso

74
Duggaṃ purā gaṇhitu'māgatā'pi
Yujjhitva tibbaṃ dvisamaṃ gahetuṃ
Coḷā na sakkhiṃsva'ridappadārī
Te sīhalā'ddhaṃsa'mahassa kālaṃ

75
Nā'tikkamitvā varaṇe duve ca
Bhinditva cattāri ca gopurāni
Duggaṃ paviṭṭhā satasaṅkhiye'pi
Māretva'neke damiḷe'ggahesuṃ

76
Atho parakkantabhujena raññā
Jagajjayākhyo dhajinī patī'pi
Nīto upatthambhayituṃ'sa laṅkā-
Purantikaṃ so samare pavīro

77
Samāgato 'bho'pi tahaṃ tahaṃ hi
Parājitaṃ taṃ samaresva'tho'pi
Raṇāyu'pāgaṃ kira rājinavhaṃ
Puraṃ pasajjaṃ kulasekharākhyaṃ

78
Bhūpaṃ palāpetu'maraṃ purasmā
Bahī'bhavaṃ bhiṃsanaka'ṅkariṃsu
Bhītā sabhūpā damiḷā puranto
Pidhāya dvārāni ṭhitā ahesuṃ

79
Te daṇḍanāthappamukhā'tidakkhā
Yodhā sasajjā varaṇaṃ purassa
Dvāra'ñca bhetvā pana rājinanto
Patvā balaṃ dāmiḷakaṃ nihantvā

[SL Page 094] [\x 94/]

80
Puraṃ'gahesuṃ kulasekharavho
Rājā palāto sahasā purasmā
Laṅkissarāṇāya tu vīrapaṇḍuṃ
Rajje'bhisiñcetu'mathā'rabhiṃsu

81
Bheriṃ carāpetva pure samagge
Sāmantake cakkapurakkhate'pi
Te sannipātetva'bhiseka'maggaṃ
Kārāpayuṃ paṇḍukumārakassa

82
Atho palāto kulasekharo so
Yuddhāya senaṃ pabalaṃ cinitvā
Duggā'gamitvā'dhipatihi saddhiṃ
Parājito sīhalikehi yuddhā

83
Tato saseno sakamātule dve
Tesaṃ bala'ñcā'pi bahūhaye ca
Gahetva coḷādhipatī samatte
Agā palaṅkoṭṭa samañña ṭhānaṃ

84
Laṅkāpuravho ca jagajjayo ca
Gantvā tahaṃ yujjhiya tena yodhe
Ghātetva rāja'ñca palāpayitvā
Sātaṃ palaṅkoṭṭa 'maraṃ'gahesuṃ

85
Taṃ sīhalīyā'pa'nu bandhayantā
Vinibbhayā te caturā ca coḷaṃ
Gantvāna yujjhitva'tha coḷa senā
Ghātetva rājaṃ kulasekharākhyaṃ

86
Palāpayuṃ ponamarāvatīyā
Parājaye'so carimo'ssa nūna
Laṅkāpure bhīmaparakkamo so
Sa'sampahārabbijayaggahītaṃ

87
Vasaṃ'ṅgatassa'gga yasa nnigāla-
Dharāyarassa ddadi coḷadesaṃ
Akaṇṭaka'ṅkatvu'dapaṇḍuraṭṭhaṃ
Sato parakkanti bhujassa rañño

[SL Page 095] [\x 95/]
88
Kahāpaṇe savhasamaṅkite'va
Raṭṭhe tahaṃ voharituṃ niyujja
Coḷā ca paṇḍūvijitā gahīte
Bhūrī manusse karino haye ca

89
Pesesi laṅkaṃ tuvaṭaṃ tadāni
Rājā parakkantibhujo vijetā
Sapaṇḍuraṭṭhajjitisūcakaṃ hi
Katvāna paṇḍubbijaya'nti gāmaṃ

90
Bhovādinaṃ positacāgaveto
Ta'middha'maggaṃ'khilakālika'ñca
Katvā adā dīnahite patiṭṭho
Kadā'diso dissati'dātadabbo

91
Vidita vanipatī bhā nanta dappugga kumha
Puṭanabalamigindekapparakkantabāhu
Dharaṇipati silokāyā'jiyā so jayaggaṃ
Samabhilasi tu rajje gaṇhituṃ no nikantyā

Bhāṇavāraṃ catuttiṃsatimaṃ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse mahā parakkamabāhubhūpatidisāvijayādidīpanonāma
Catuttiṃsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 096] [\x 96/]

Pañca tiṃsatimo paricchedo. -------------------
1 Atho mahīpo samara ssama'mpi
Vinodayitvā muni sāsanassa
Suddhi'ñca vuddhiṃ sucira ṭṭhiti'ñca
Sa'kattukāmo vinaye nayaññuṃ

2 Sataṃ mahā kassapa thera pādaṃ
Dhura'ṅkaritvā parisuddha sīlaṃ
Vaṃsattaye bhikkhu gaṇaṃ pavittaṃ
Susannipātetavu'pasampa da'ñca

3 Kāretva vassaṃpati sabba saṅghaṃ
Sambuddha kāle'va pavattayittha
Adhī'ritaṃ kañci'pi sāsanassa
Lokassa vuddhi kiraya'massa rañño

4 Bhūpo'sabhūrī sata saṅkhiyānaṃ
Tappassinaṃ jetavanaṃ vihāraṃ
Nidassituṃ jetavanassiri'va
Kāresi citra ati vimhitaṃ'ñca

5 Sārīsūta tthera varassa tatra
Sahammiyaggabbha sulaṅkata'mpi
Pāsāda'magga'ñca tivaṅka bimba
Sāmissa tannāma gharaṃ mahagghaṃ

6 Kāresi nettagga rasañja naṃ'va
Miginda rūpādihi bhāsura'mpi
Vaṭṭaṃ subhaṃ selamayaṃ vicittaṃ
Dantagga dhātu ssadanaṃ visālaṃ

7 Tahiṃ ghare pañca sata'ñca vīsa'
Māḷāhaṇavhaṃ pariveṇa ma'ggaṃ
Kāresi tattho'ru subhadda rūpa-
Vatya gga thūpe ca duve mahindo

[SL Page 097] [\x 97/]

8 Tato'pi laṅkātilakaṃ paṭīmāva
Ghara'ñca savhaṃ paṭimaṃ ṭhita'ñca
Sajīva buddhā yatakaṃ manuññaṃ
Kāresi laṅkā tilako matīmā

9 Sīmaṃ mahantiṃ api khaṇḍa sīmā
Tisso ca bandhāpayi pacchima'ñca
Salaṅkataṃ'rāma'mathu'ttaraṃ so
Kāresi 'rāmañca vibhediya'ddiṃ

10
Sa'paṇḍu rajjā damiḷe gahīte
Visālatāya ttisatādhika'ñca
Sahassa hatthaṃ damiḷoru thūpaṃ
Kāresi kelāsa'mivā'parañca

11
Suvaṇṇamālī ca'bhayaddiko'ca
So jetavanyaṃ maricā di caṭṭi
Thūpe vare neru sarikkhake'te
Vasundharindo paṭisaṅkharittha

12
Rājā purā coḷa vidārita'nnu
Hatthassataṃ'keka mukhā samantā
Vitthiṇṇakaṃ tattaka'muccato'pi
Pāsāṇa thamhe chasataṃ sahassaṃ

13
Nidhāya gabbhassata saṅkhiyehi
Vibhūsitaṃ sobhana nekabhūmiṃ
Taṃ lohapāsādavaraṃ manuññaṃ
Kāresi kāmaṃ 'chariyāvahantaṃ

14
So saṭṭhi pāsādapabhāsuraṃ hi
Sepaṇṇipupphavhaya yūpa 'maggaṃ
Naṭṭha'mpi pāsāda varaṃ mahinda-
Senā samaññaṃ pana kārayittha

15
Parakkameso vanipo matīmā
Sa'rāja raṭṭhamhi tahaṃ tahaṃ hi
Kāresi ye'kūna sataṃ nave'pi
Thūpe ca tesattatimatta cetye

[SL Page 098] [\x 98/]

16
Sataṃ mahīpo chasahassaka'mpi
Bimbālaye sampaṭisaṅkharitvā
Nave ca jiṇṇe tisataṃ paṭīmā
Gehe ca kārāpayi suddha buddhi

17
Chasatti 'ñcā'pi catussataṃ hi
Nānappakārappaṭima'kkha hārī
Vāse yatīnaṃ dvisata'ñca tiṃsaṃ
Kāresi vāsattha'masesapīne

18
Rammā chapaññāsatidhammasālā
Kāresi rājā nava caṅkameva
Sata'ñca cottāḷisa gopurāni
Tathā sataṃ dvānavutiṃ vicitre

19
Pupphāsanoke caraṇe ca satta
Saṭṭhi'ñca'tho terasa deva vesme
Āgantukatthaṃ'pavane manāpe
Sa'bārasa kkārayi vikkamindo

20
Sālā'tithinaṃ dvisata'ñca tiṃsaṃ
Kāresi citrā vara dhamma sālā
Ekūnatiṃsa'ñca guhe 'katiṃsaṃ
Pañco'pavanyo ca tithīna'sālā

21
Paññāsa'mekaṃ sura mandirāni
Navādhikaṃ sattati'meva jiṇṇe
Tato ca aññe paṭisaṅkharitvā
Mahāsayo sañcini puñña'mevaṃ

22
Dayāparo so vijite'tra sassa
Samiddhi siddhi'ñca'bhipatthayāno
Vāpiṃ parakkatti samudda sañña'
Maññaṃ samuddaṃ viya vissuta'ñca

23
Vāpiṃ parakkantitaḷākanāmaṃ
Parakkamassāgarasavhavāpiṃ
Saraṃ mahindāditaḷākasaññaṃ
Kārāpaya'ññā pacuro'ru vāpī

[SL Page 099] [\x 99/]

24
Sahassa'mekādhikasattati'ñca
Catussataṃpallalake matīmā
Kāresi rājāmaṇibhīrakādi
Mahāsare pākatika'ñca jiṇṇe

25
Sa'satta saṭṭhi'ñca catussata'mpi
Naṭṭhā nuvāpī ca bahū saresu
Jiṇṇāni ṭhāne tisataṃ sahassaṃ
Thira'ñca pañca nnavutiṃ manuññaṃ

26
Bandhāpayī khuddaka mātikāyo
Pañca ssata'ṅkā catutiṃsati'ñca
Tīni ssataṃ kho tisahassamattā
Naṭṭhā'pi'kā pākatikā mahīpo

27
Vibhūsitaṃ puppha phalākulahi
Terūhi kāresi sa'nandanavhaṃ
Uyyāna'maggaṃ atha nāḷikera
Rambhādi sāle pati lakkhaka'mpi

28
Ekeka vaggā pana ropayitvā
Lakkhavha'muyyāna'makārayī taṃ
Atvattha saññāya suvissutaṃ so
Saṅghassa'dānī yasasa'gga yāto

29
Uyyāna khātehi'parehi laṅkaṃ
Salaṅkata'ṅkā sa'tha laṅka nātho
Tahaṃ tahaṃ no yuva rāja raṭṭhe
Kāresi'neka bbidha kicca jāte

30
Sajātaṭhāne sata vīsa hattha
Tuṅga'ñca sūtīghara thūpa rājaṃ
Bāvīsa cetye ca sata'ñca bimbā
Laye guhāpañcadasa'ssu'kāsī

31
Sa'rohaṇasmiṃ janikāya sassa
Susāna ṭhāne pana khīra gāme
Ārohato hattha sata'ñca vīsaṃ
Kāresi thūpaṃ ratanāvalivhaṃ

[SL Page 100] [\x 100/]

32
Thūpe vare soḷasa satta bodhi-
Gehe ca koṭṭhe puna tattake'pi
Citre titāḷīsa dvibhūma bimbā
Laye ca kāresi dvidhammasālā

33
Thūpe ca bimbāvasathe ca bodhi-
Koṭṭhe ca dhātū nilaye guhāca
Dīghe ca yūpe vara dhamma sālā
Sa'caṅkame vāsa ghare maroke

34
Āgantukoke varaṇe ca dvāra-
Koṭṭhe ca potthāvasathe 'pareca
Saṅkhārayitvā uruvela saññe
Mahāsare khuddakavāpiyoca

35
Bandhesi pāsāṇamayā paṇālī
Kāretva bhūrī matimā cirassaṃ
Pavattinaṃ sāsanaloka'māsu'
Makārayī vikkama sāli bhūpo

36
Sataṃ pasattho suta kassapavho
Dhīmā mahāsāmi tipeṭake ca
Satthantarasmiṃ nipuṇo'va bālā-
Vabodhana'ṅkāsi pajā hitāya

37
Sa'laṅkiko dhamma yaso vipassi
Rūpāvatārassuta sakkatīyaṃ
Ganthaṃ varaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ 'sa rañño
Kāle pasatthaṃ vyaracittha sabbhi

38
Itthaṃ visuddha matimā sakala'mpi laṅka'
Mārāma thūpa paṭimā ghara gabbharehi
Vejjālayā tithi nikāya sudhamma sālā
Uyyāna khāta sarasādihiva'laṅkarittha

39
Dibbā surā sura raṇe'tipurā jiniṃsu
Yuddhaṃ sace puna'pi hehiti rajjato'ssa
Tettiṃsame siri parakkamabāhurājaṃ
Vasse pavīra pavaraṃ nu samavhayiṃsu

[SL Page 101] [\x 101/]

40
Kāme samappita mane vibudhe pamatte
Nānāvidhesu kusalesu hitāvahesu
Sikkhāpituṃ diva'magā viya puññasippī
Kasmā nu patthivacaraṃ na samādiseyyuṃ

Bhāṇavāraṃ pañca tiṃsatimaṃ. -----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse mahā parakkama bāhu bhūpatino
Loka sāsana kicca dīpano nāma pañcatiṃsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 102] [\x 102/]
Chattiṃsatimo paricchedo.
-----------------
1.
Tadaccaye tassa rañño-bhāgineyyo sahassake
Sattasatekatālīsa-mite sambuddha hāyane

2 Sato vijayabāhū'ti-vissuto dutiyo sudhī
Laṅkā dīpe patthivo'si-kavi ketu yaso cayo

3 Tadā dayo parakkanta-bhujindena damāya ca
Kārā gāresu nikkhitte-jīve mocesi modato

4 Kurumāno rāja savha-manvatthaṃ'va sakaṃ sakaṃ
Tesaṃ tesa'madā gāma-kkhettādiṃ sa'disampati

5 Ādiṃ vijaya bāhū'va-papitā sassa māgadhaṃ
Pesetvā ramaṇindassa-lekhaṃ sakhyaṃ ghaṭesi so

6 Sāsanaṃ joyatī bhikkhū-'paṭṭhahī paccayehi ca
Manu nīti'mavokkamma-lokaṃ rañjesi vatthuhi

7 Parakkama bhujaṃ rāja-mupagantuṃ'va mātulaṃ
Cinanto vividhaṃ puññaṃ-samaṃ rajja'makā pabhū

8 Mahinda sañño kāliṅgo-mittaddūbhi mahīpatiṃ
Ghātetvā rajja'makari-pañcāhaṃ sammatiṃ vinā

9 Mahindaṃ chaṭṭhamaṃ hantvā-rañño vijaya bāhuno
Kittinissaṅka nāmo'pa-rājā kāliṅgiko tato

10
Pattā bhiseko so rajje-puḷatthi pura puṅgave
Silāmayaṃ danta dhātu-ghara'ṅkāresi bhūbhujo

11
Khaṇḍa phullaṃ saṅkharitvā-ratanāvali cetiyaṃ
Salaṅkarittha sovaṇṇa-thūpikāya naruttamo

12
Sābhidhānaṃ vihāra'ñca-pāsāda sata bhūsitaṃ
Kāretvā bhikkhu saṅghassa-nīyyātayi mahāsayo

13
Hema sajjhu bbhāsabhitti-thamhātimattābhāsuraṃ
Kambucchaddiṭṭhikaṃ kantaṃ-hiṅgulammayabhūmikaṃ

14 Kāretvā jambukoḷavhaṃ-vihāraṃ tatra citrakaṃ
Patiṭṭhāpesi paṭimā-sovaṇṇiyā tisattatiṃ

15
Tato soṇṇa girī jambu-koḷo'ti vidito tahiṃ
Rañño dārumayaṃ bimbaṃ-kammanta paridīpakaṃ

[SL Page 103] [\x 103/]

16
Disampati manakkāraṃ-ṭhapesa'jjā'pi dissate
Pañcakkhattuṃ pativassaṃ-tulā bhāra'madā sato

17
Soṇṇa tissaṃ maṇicoraṃ-gaṅgā taṭavhayaṃ padiṃ
Vāpiyo tā pabandhesi-sadā jana hite rato

18
Dakkhiṇe sindhu dese'va-likhitvā tambasāsane
Gāma bhūmi ppadānaṃ hi-ādi'mārabhi bhūbhujo

19
Vidhāya vividhaṃ puññaṃ-navame hāyane dayo
Nara devo deva piyo-gami deva sahavyataṃ

20
Tadaccaye tassa suto-vīrabāhu disampati
Katve'kaṃ'va nisaṃ rajja-'māyuṃ jahāsa'kāmato

21
Akā vikkamabāhū'ti-patthivo dutiyo atho
Kittinissaṅka bhūpassa-rajjaṃ māsattayaṃ'nujo

22
Hantvā taṃ kittinissaṅka-rājino bhaginī suto
Navamāsaṃ'vanipati-rajja'ṅkā coḍagaṅgako

23
Tassa cakkhu'ppāṭayitvā-'vanipaṃ apanetva'tho
Kitti senā patī rañño-parakkama bhujassa tu

24
Kāresi tisamaṃ rajjaṃ-līlāvati mahesiyā
Tade'va racayī kabba-tilakaṃ koci paṇḍito

25
Tato yāhasa mallavho-okkāsa kulajo pabhū
Dvicassaṃ rajja'makari-ta'mpanetvā mahabbalo

26
Āyasmanta vha senānī-kittinissaṅkadeviyā
Kaḷyāṇavatiyā rajjaṃ-kārāpayi chahāyanaṃ

27
Sā rājinī paṇṇa sāla-gāme saka samaññikaṃ
Vihāra'ṅkārayī khandhā-vārābhijana sambhavo

28
Āyasmanto camupati-valligāme vihārakaṃ
Sanāmapariveṇa'ñca-kāresi kusalatthiko

29
Catubbaṇṇa'ñca saṅkiṇṇaṃ-katvā'saṅkiṇṇakaṃ tadā
Dhammādhikaraṇa'nnāma-niti sattha'makārayī

30
Athā'yasmanta senānī-dhammāsoka samavhayaṃ
Temāsikaṃ'bhisiñcitvā-samaṃ rajjaṃ vicārayī

[SL Page 104] [\x 104/]

31
Tato kumāro'ṇīkaṅgo-sabalo'gamma coḷato
Puḷatthi nagarādhīsaṃ-dhammāsokaṃ mahīpatiṃ

32
Sāyasmantaṃ nihantvāna-so sattarasavāsaraṃ
Rajja'ṅkā atha tasse'va-camūnakka balādhipo

33
Hantvā'ṇikaṅga mahipaṃ-purā rājiniyā samaṃ
Kantāya līlāvatiyā-rajja'ṅkārayi sundaraṃ

34
Tato lokissara khyāto-bhūbhujo'dāya dāmiḷaṃ
Āgammi'dha'khilaṃ laṅkaṃ-savase vattayaṃ pabhū

35
Nava māsaṃ sāsi rajjaṃ-puḷatthi nagare subhe
Tadā parakkanta camū-pati rāja gga deviyā

36
Lilāvatyā satta māsaṃ-rajja'ṅkārāpayī puna
Athā'gamma parakkanta-paṇḍu rājā savāhinī

37
Līlāvatiṃ'panetvāna-senāpati'ñca vikkamaṃ
Rajja'ṅkāsi tivassaṃ sa-'puḷatthi nagare vasaṃ

38
Atha laṅkā pajā jāta-kibbisene'va sabbaso
Laṅkā laṅkāra pāsāda-phuliṅga sannibho pabhū

39
Kāliṅga vaṃsajo māgha-nāme'ko patthivo balova
Catu vīsa sahassa cci-yodhe'dāyi'dha'gamma so

40
Laṅkā rajjaṃ nipīḷetuṃ-niyojesi tahaṃ tahaṃ
Tato kharā mahā yodhā-'maccānaṃ'chindayuṃ dhanaṃ

41
Vihāre paṭimā vāse-dhaṃsesuṃ pubba rājunaṃ
Kitti gatta nibhe tuṅge-ratanāvalī mukhyake

42
Pātentā cetiye dhātu-satthussa'ntaradhāpayuṃ
Mocetvā rajjuto seṭṭha-potthake vikiruṃ tadā

43
Bhinditvā dhātu gabbhe ca-dhanasāraṃ samaggahuṃva
Loka'ñca sāsanaṃ yodhā-nāsayuṃ māraseni'ca

44
Nirundhiya puḷatthi vha-puraṃ paṇḍū parakkamaṃ
Patthivaṃ parigaṇhitvā-tassu'ppāṭiṃsu locane

45
Muttā maṇi veḷuriyā-dikaṃ vittaṃ vilumpayuṃ
Kāliṅga māghaṃ rajje'ha-'bhisiñciṃsu yathā ruci

[SL Page 105] [\x 105/]

46
Laṅkaṃ hattha gata'ṅkatvā-puḷatthi nagare vasaṃ
Laṅkā laṅkata kantāya-kudiṭṭhi visa lakkhaṇe

47
Janaya'ñca catu bbaṇṇaṃ-saṅkiṇṇa'makarī tadā
Gāma kkhettādikaṃ sabbaṃ-sīhalā dhīna'muttamaṃ

48
Sakīyāna'madāpesi-vihārā yatanāni ca
Pariveṇe ca yodhānaṃ-vāsāya parikappayī

49
Tadā mahāsayā therā-dayā vācissarādayo
Bhītiyā māghato danta-dhātuṃ patta'ñca satthuno

50
Samādiya puḷatthivha-purā kuntamalavhaye
Dese nidhāya ṭhānamhi-kheme pāra'ṅgamuṃ sayaṃ

51
Pasayha me'vaṃ katvāna-māgha nāma mahīpati
Laṅkā rajja'makāresi-saṃvacchare'kavīsatiṃ
52
Tadantare durā rohe-'rātīhi subha pabbate
Puraṃ katvā subho sena-pati tattha vasaṃ disaṃ

53
Sāsana'ñca susaṃrakkhī-govindaddimhi rohaṇe
Puraṃ katvā bhuvenaka-bhujo'dipāda bhūpati
54
Vasaṃ tahaṃ sāsana'ñca-raṭṭhaṃ pālesi bhattiyā
Saṅkha nāmo cakka pati-maṇimekhala vissūte

55
Vijite tuṅga gaṅgādi-doṇiddimhi puraṃ varaṃ
Kāretvāna vasaṃ tamhi-gopesi loka sāsanaṃ

56
Lambakaṇṇakula bbhūta-saṅgha bodhi tvayāgato
Rājā vijayabāha vhova-ribhayā'tha tahiṃ tahiṃ

57
Vana dugga'mupāgamma ciraṃ tattha vasaṃ sayaṃ
Vanni rājattanaṃ patvā-'macce sihalike'khile

58
Savase vattayaṃ sassa-senāya parivārito
Nikkhamitvā tato'rāti-balaṃ saṃyugasajjitaṃ

59
Dhaṃsayanto yathākāmaṃ-nivasante tahiṃ tahiṃ
Palāpesa'khile yodhe-dāmiḷe'pitato tato

60
Jambudoṇi cale katvā-māyāraṭṭha'makaṇṭakaṃ
Vidhāya nagaraṃ rammaṃ-rajja'ṅkāsi vasaṃ tahaṃ

[SL Page 106] [\x 106/]

61
Suto vijayabāhū'ti-tatiyo dharaṇissaro
Purā pāraṃ gate there-vācissaravhayādayo

62
Pesetvā sacive'bhiññe-puna'vhāpesi sambhamaṃ
Natvā'gate mahāthere-pucchi dhātudvayaṃ kuhaṃ

63
Asukasmi'nti vutte tu-pitiyā puṇṇa mānaso
Purakkhatvā mahāthere-sa'kuntamalayā calaṃ
64
Saseno'gami dāṭhā ca-patto dhātu yugaṃ tahaṃ
Disvā'matābhisitto'va-mahena mahatā sutaṃ

65
Jambudoṇi puraṃ netvā-mālūra sikharu'ṇṇate
Pākāra gopurā dagga-parihāra samaññutaṃ

66
Divāgataṃ vyamha'miva-dāṭhādhātu gharaṃ varaṃ
Kāretvā tattha vaḍḍhesi-dhātu dvandaṃ sa'puññavā

67
Dhātu tāṇā dhissarānaṃ-yatīnaṃ sādhu sīlinaṃ
Nānā pāsāda sambhāsaṃ-saṅghā rāma'ñca kārayi

68
Datvā dāna gga vaṭṭa'ñca-paṭṭhapī'nuddayo tadā
Pūjā vidhiṃ pavattetuṃ-vavatthāpayi patthivo

69
Nāsitānā'rīhi dhamma-pasattha bahu potthake
Sutvāne'ti sādhu sīgha-lekhanābhiññake tato

70
Saddhe pasanne pacure-sannipātetva bhūpati
Likhāpayī tepiṭakaṃ-sammā sambuddha bhāratiṃ

71
Asamaggaṃ samagga'ñca-kāretvā bhikkhunaṃ gaṇaṃ
Sattāha'mupasampatti-maṅgalaṃ kārayī sudhī

72
Kāresi saka saññāya-'rāmaṃ vijaya sundaraṃ
Tato vattala gāmasmiṃ-vihāraṃ vijayabbhujaṃ

73
Kaḷyāṇi nāme viddhastaṃ-vihāre damiḷehi so
Bandhāpetvā mahā thūpaṃ-kāresi soṇṇa thūpikaṃ

74
Tathe'va māyā raṭṭhasmiṃ-jiṇṇe ca paṭimā ghare
Vihāre pariveṇe ca-pāsāde paṭisaṅkhari

75
Rañño parakkanta bhujo-bhuvaneka bhujo sutā
Tesu parakkanta bāhuṃ-'trajaṃ sapuñña lakkhaṇaṃ

[SL Page 107] [\x 107/]

76
Saṅgha rakkhitābhidhāna-mahā sāmi padhānake
Nīyyādetvāna saṅghasmiṃ-vijayabāhu bhūbhujo

77
Puna tassā'pi dāṭha gga-patta dhātu yugaṃ tathā
Saṅgha'ñca sakalaṃ laṅkaṃ-nīyyadetvā'nusāsayī

78
Vidita samaya sattho puñña pūgaṃ cinitvā'
Yati phala'miti kaṅkhaṃ laṅka pāmokkha khette
Naravara varabījaṃ nikkhipitvāna nāka'
Magami catu samaṃ so patthivo katva rajjaṃ.

Bhāṇavāraṃ chattiṃsatimaṃ.
---------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse cuddasa rāja dīpano nāma
Chattiṃsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 108] [\x 108/]

1 Atho tassa'ccaye rañño-parakkamabhujo suto
Dutiyo sahasse satta-sate catunavutime

2 Hāyena paṭhamaṃ rajjā-bhiseka maṅgalaṃ varaṃ
Kāresi jambudoṇīyaṃ-purisaṃ mahatā mahā

3 So kalikālasāhicca-sabbaññū paṇḍito iti
Samaññaṃ'labhi paññāta-paṇḍitattā disampati

4 Yuvarajje'bhisiñcitvā-bhuvanekabhujaṃ'nujaṃ
Rajjabhāga'madā tassa-sirimā dharaṇissaro

5 Vidhātukāmo dasana-dhātumānana 'mādito
Rājamandirañattasmiṃ-dāṭhādhātugharaṃ varaṃ

6 Kāretvā'nagghikaṃ dāṭhā-dhātuṃ māḷuva pabbatā
Samānesi jambudoṇi-puraṃ mahussavena so

7 Yathākkamaṃ maṇisoṇṇa-sajjhumayakaraṇḍake tayo kāresi dhātussa-maṇinā dhāraka'mpi ca

8 Tato dhātumahaṃ katvā-dāṭhādhātuṃ sapāṇinā
Samādaraṃ samādāya-saṅghamajjhamhi satthuno

9 Guṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇayaṃ sacca-kiraya'ṅkā pāṭihāriyaṃ
Dāṭhā dhātu sāmi varo-sādhu dasseyya me iti

10
Ta'ṅkhaṇaññe'va dasana-dhātu kararavindato
Vehāsa'muggamitvāna-canda lekhe'va pīvaraṃ

11
Māpetvā mārajī rūpaṃ-chabbaṇṇa buddha raṃsiyo
Vissajjetvāna kasiṇa-pura'mohāsiya'bbhutaṃ

12
Pāṭiheraṃ padassetvā-sajanaṃ mahipaṃ bhusaṃ
Vimbhāpayanti nabhaso-'ruyha rañño kareṭhito

13
Jīvitaṃ vata me ajja-saphala'nti mudā vadaṃ
Dhātu pādaṃ samuggesu-vaḍḍhetvā paṭipāṭiyā

14
Patiṭṭhāpiya dhātvagga-karaṇḍaṃ dhātu mandire
Dhātupūja'ṅkāsi rājā-sattāhaṃ modamānaso

15
Tato mahājanā sabbe-sabhikkhū maharājini
Pasannā'tisayaṃ'hesuṃ-patāpāvanatā'ttano

[SL Page 109] [\x 109/]

16
Sesā narādhipā tassa-paṇṇākārāni pesayuṃ
Tesaṃ camū sasenā ca-sannipātetva ekato

17
Senānivese kāretvā-tatra tatra ṭhite hi ca
Balakkāra'ṅkarontehi-dāmiḷehi viyujjhiya

18
So'ppāṭetvā'rāti rañña-thambhaṃ samūlakaṃ lahuṃ
Nikkaṇṭaka'ṅkā siriyā-laṅkāvanitalaṅkitaṃ

19
Kāretu'middhaṃ laṅkaṃ tu-samāraddhe'ssa rājino
Vasse'kādasame canda-bhānū'ti vidito tadā

20
Jāvake'ko mahīpālo-laṅka'motari senayā
Maya'mpi sogate'tya'mha-māyaṃ vidhāya jāvakā

21
Yodhā visa vididdhehi-bāṇehi diṭṭhadiṭṭhake
Jane nipīḷayantā te-nāsayuṃ laṅka maṇḍalaṃ

22
Raṇāya jāva yodhehi-vīrabāhu dharāpatiṃ
Bhāgineyyaṃ sahabalaṃ-pesesi sīhavikkamaṃ

23
Dāruṇo so vīrabāhu-sobbhānu raṇa pesalo
Candabhānuṃ bhusaṃ rundhī-saṃyugambarapaṅgane

24
Yodhe pavīre laṅkīye-niyojīya tahaṃ tahaṃ
Yujjhitvā jāvake yodhe-ghātetvā secake bhaṭe

25
Palāpesi atho deva-puraṃ gantvāna kesavaṃ
Dibbaṃ natvā'bhipūjesi-tahaṃ nandana saññakaṃ

26
Pariveṇa'ñca kāretvā-jambudoṇi puraṃ puna
Gantvā parakkantibhujaṃ-passi rājā'pi pitimā

27
Tato mahīpati loka-sāsanodayike subhe
Kicce'rabhī kārayituṃ-dayā sampuṇṇa mānaso

28
Purā'rātīha'vahaṭe-'nvayappaveṇike subhe
Gāma kkhettā dayo tesaṃ-tesaṃ dāpesi sāminaṃ

29
Vihāra cetiyā yatte-bhoge pādā sanantane
Panodiyā'lajjī gaṇaṃ-sāsanaṃ parisodhayī

30
Atho sīla samiddhe tu-tipeṭaka dhare yatī
Coḷato netvi'dhā'kāsi-samaggaṃ sāsana dvayaṃ

[SL Page 110] [\x 110/]

31
Tamba raṭṭhe lajji bhikkhu-gaṇesu seṭṭhata'ṅgataṃ
Dhamma kitti ssutaṃ thera-'mānetvā samupaṭṭhahi

32
Mahātherānaṃ'maṭṭhanna-'maṭṭhāyatana vāsinaṃ
Gāmā raññika therānaṃ-nivāsā raha rāmake

33
Kāretvā bahavo'dāsi-cinitvā gāma raññake
Yo dhutaṅga dharā tesaṃ-puṭa bhatta mahīdhare

34
Kāretvā 'rañña vāsaṃ so-datvā tesa'mupaṭṭhahī
Idhā'gamadharā dīpe-viralā'ti dharāpatī

35
Samatta potthake jambu-dīpā'netvā yaticcayaṃ
Dhamme paṭutaraṃ sabba-satthesu ca sa 'kārayī

36
Yuvarājaṃ'nujaṃ sassa-bhuvanekabhujaṃ budho
Kosalaṃ kārayī tīsu-piṭakesu ca sundaraṃ

37
Vācetvā taṃ thera dhammaṃ-suṇataṃ bhikkhūnaṃ tahaṃ
Saṅgha majjhe padāpesi-thera sammuti'muttamaṃ

38
Kāretva'ṭṭhasu vāresu-saṭṭhitthambhaniketanaṃ
Vicitta maṇḍape tamhi-yathābuḍḍhaṃ tapodhane

39
Nisīdāpiya vattento-maha'magga'ñca paccahaṃ
Ṭhānantara'madāpesi-bhikkhūna'ñcayathārahaṃ

40
Dāpetvā sāmaṇerāna-'mupasampatti'muttamaṃ
Bhūpo aṭṭhu'pasampatti-maṅgala'ṅkārayī tadā

41
Atho sayañjāta pure-sirivaḍḍhananāmike
Mahāvihāra'ṅkāresi-vihāraṅgehi bhāsuraṃ

42
Jambudoṇi purā yāca-seṅkhaṇḍa sela ṭhāniyaṃ
Kāretvāna'yana sammā-samaṃ bheri talopamaṃ

43
Vicitta toraṇā dīhi-sajjāpetvā salaṅkate
Mahārathe'ropayitvā-dāṭhā patta gga dhātuyo

44
Mahena mahatā netvā-sirivaḍḍhana vissūtaṃ
Puraṃ vihāraṃ majjhamhi-mahaggha maṇimaṇḍape

45
Buddhāsana matthakasmiṃ-patiṭṭhāpiya mānanaṃ
Kāretvā katipāhaṃ tā-jambudoṇi puraṃ nayī

[SL Page 111] [\x 111/]

46
Sirivaḍḍhana pure ramme-parakkama bhuja vhayaṃ
Pariveṇa'ñca kāresi-pāsāda panti bhūsitaṃ

47
Yuvarājena tannāmaṃ-bhuvaneka bhuja ssutaṃ
Kāresi pariveṇañca-yūpa maṇḍapa maṇḍitaṃ

48
Hatthi sela pure rājā-tannāmaṃ yuva rājinā
Mahā vihāra'ṅkāretvā-tatthe'vā'ti mano haraṃ

49
Mahā mahinda bāhū'ti-pariveṇa'ñca kāriya
Raññā yaṭālatissena-kalyāṇi pura puṅgave

50
Yūpaṃ kārāpitaṃ jiṇṇaṃ-pañca bhūmaka'muttamaṃ
Paṭisaṅkhārayī sammā-atho pākatika'ñca'kā

51
Sayita ppaṭimoka ñca-tivaṅka paṭimālayaṃ
Paṭisaṅkhārayitvā'tra-mahācetiya cavvaraṃ

52
Puthūlehi chādetvā-vidhāpiya samattalaṃ
Maṇḍapaṃ kārayī assa-pūrato'ti manoramaṃ

53
Tato goṭhābhaya vhena-rājinā kāritaṃ purā
Vaṭṭadhātugharaṃ hattha-vanagalla vihārake

54
Kārāpayī'naggha hema-siṅgika'ñca tibhūmakaṃ
Tahaṃ sapitubhūpatta-bhāva nikkhepa bhūmiyaṃ

55
Kārāpetvā cetiya ggaṃ-aṭṭhaṃsa paṭimā layaṃ
Vidhāpiya tahaṃ bimbaṃ-ṭhapāpayi silā mayaṃ

56
Mahākassapa therassa-mahākhīṇā savassa tu
Dāṭhādhātu pane'kākī-bhīma tittha vihārake

57
Vattatī'ti suṇitvā so-bhūbhujo tuṭṭha mānaso
Samaṃ senāya gantvāna-sampūje'si dinattayaṃ

58
Atha deva pure rājā-jiṇṇaṃ hari surā layaṃ
Sutvā vyamhaṃ'va kāretvā-navaṃ sasirikaṃ puraṃ

59
Vidhipetvā pati samaṃ-'sāḷhi maṅgala'mussavaṃ
Niyojesi pavattetuṃ-devaccana'makārayī

60
Patthivo'ccanta pāmojjo-'sakiṃ rajjena pūjituṃ
Cintetvā rāja bhavanaṃ-vejayantaṃ'va kāriya

[SL Page 112] [\x 112/]

61
Dibbaṃ puraṃ'va'laṅkatvā-puraṃ sīhāsane vare
Danta dhātuṃ ṭhapetvāna-mahāpūjā pavattayī

62
Atho rājā caturaṅga-senāya parivārito
Sumana ddiṃ yaso gamma-vanditvā pada lañchanaṃ

63
Taṃ samantā janapadaṃ-ratanā kara bhūsitaṃ
Dasa gāvuta matta'mpi-sirīpādassa'dā sato

64
Atho so dharaṇī pālo-cinituṃ puñña sampadaṃ
Devappatīrājamaccaṃ-kattu'mpi loka saṅgahaṃ

65
Niyojesi sasaññāya-so vā'do sacivo dayo gaṅgā siri puraṃ gantvā-sumanānimisassa tu

66
Kārāpetvā varaṃ rūpaṃ-'laṅkatvā ratanādihi
Ta'mādāya samantaddiṃ-'gami setū ca kārayaṃ

67
Sirī pādaṃ namassitvā-pūjetvāna samādaraṃ
Dibba bimbaṃ tahaṃ pāda-cetiyā jira kuñjare

68
Patiṭṭhapetvā caraṇa-lañcha cetiya maṇḍapaṃ
Kārāpetvā taṃ samantā-caraṇa'ñcā'pi bandhayī

69
Sirīpādappanāmāya-janānaṃ gacchataṃ bhusaṃ
Phāsuyā'ddha'ñca kāresi-vissāmasadanānica

70
Pāsāṇa rohaṇe tattha-tattha bandhāpayī lahuṃva
Likhipetvā 'khilaṃ vuttiṃ-silāthamhe ṭhapāpayī

71
Gantvā'tha sacivo hattha-vanagalla vihārakaṃ tubhumaka'ñca pāsādaṃ-kāretvā rājino varaṃ

72
Āgamma'nomadassissa-mahāsāmissa taṃ dadi
Paṭṭhapetvā dānavaṭṭaṃ-silālekhaṃ ṭhapāpayī
73
Athā'macco bhīmatittha-paṭṭanaṃ gatavā tahiṃ
Kāḷī nadī mukhe setuṃ-'kāsi chāsītihatthakaṃ
74
Kadalī sena gāmasmiṃ-sālaggāmāpagāyaca
Sāla pādapa sobbhe ca-setu bandhāpayī yaso

75
Sacivo bhīma tittha vhā-vihārā'kāḷa sindhuyā
Ṭhāne'pi yojanā yāte-nāḷikera samākulaṃ

[SL Page 113] [\x 113/]

76
Mahuyyānaṃ parakkanta-bhuja rājā bhidhānato
Kārāpayi pāṇi gaṇa-hitatthi mahatu'ssahā

77
Chedāpetvāna likuca-vanaṃ saṃvasathaṃ subhaṃ
Kārāpetvāna paṇasa-kānanaṃ puna ropiya

78
Tahaṃ tibhūmaṃ paṭimā-gharaṃ rāma'ñca rammakaṃ
Bodhi cetiya pākāra-saññuta'ṅkārayī mato

79
Saya'ṅkate patirāja-pariveṇe'dhipokavi
Siddhanta saṅgaha'ṅkāsi-sīhalaṃ saddalakkhaṇaṃ

80
Parakkamabhujo rājā-pūtakitti kaviddhajo
Kabbacūḷāmaṇiṃ kabbaṃ-kabbānaṃ'va siromaṇiṃ

81
Visuddhi magga byākhyāna-'mathe gambhīra gabbhitaṃ
Vinicchayassa viniye-byākhya'ṅkāya'ttha sūcakaṃ

82
Mayūrapāda vha pari-veṇe'dhīso yatissaro
Pūjāvalī dhamma ganthaṃ-tade'vā'kā sabhāsato

83
Vyattā vyaracayuṃ dhīrā-thūpavaṃsaṃ tathe'va ca
Vihāramhi vaṃsaṃ hattha-vanagalla samaññake

84
Dhammakitti ssuto thero-sirimeghādi vaṇṇato
Paṭṭhāya yāva dutiya-parakkamabhuja vhayaṃ

85
Pavatti maggaṃ laṅkāyaṃ-saṅghaṭṭiya yathākkamaṃ
Antogadha'ṅkāsi mahā-vaṃsamhi suddhabuddhiyā

86
Athe'kadā tu laṅkāyaṃ-yena kenaci hetunā
Samatta tāpako gimho-āsi dubbhikkha bhīti ca

87
Bhūpo vatthuttayaṃ nātha-devādayo mahiddhike
Pūjetvā bhikkhu saṅghena-paritta'ñca bhaṇāpiya

88
Radadhātuṃ puraṃ ramma-kāretvā padakkhiṇaṃ
Samadhiṭṭhahi devotu-vassatū'ti mahādayo

89
Ta'ṅkhaṇa ññe'va pāvassi-vassanaṃ gajjayaṃ nabhaṃ
Bhūsayaṃ sassa sampattiṃ-dubbhikkhassa'pahāsayaṃ

90
Kavissaro parakkanta-bāhu rājā mahāsayo
Pāva vuddhattanaṃ nīyyā-detuṃ rajjaṃ sakaṃ puna

[SL Page 114] [\x 114/]
91
Bhāgineyyaṃ vīrabāhuṃ-tathā vijayabāhu ca
Bhuvanekabhujavho ca-tathā tilokamallako

92
Parakkamabbāhu sañño-jayabāhā bhidho tathā
Icce'te pañca putteca-samāhūyo'vaditva'tha

93
Mahājanaṃ mahāsaṅghaṃ-sannipātetva sādaraṃ
Ko ve'tesaṃ rajjayoggo-sahatiṃpucchi patthivo

94
Mahā saṅgho tahaṃ'voca-bhūpe'te ca mahādhitī
Bhāgadheyyā rajjayoggā-'bhavuṃ tathā'pi jeṭṭhako

95
Suto vijayabāhavho-rajjakkhamo 'ti tagguṇaṃ
Saṃvaṇṇayaṃ para'mpī'daṃ-rajja'meva na kevalaṃ

96
Pāletuṃ jambudīpa'mpi-vijjate subha lakkhaṇaṃ
Sutvā bahū guṇe tassa-bhāsassu temitakkhako

97
Sutaṃ vijayabāhū'ti-viditaṃ'hūya sādaraṃ
Samāsane samīpasmiṃ-nisīdāpiya patthivo

98
Akāritaṃ sayaṃ sabbaṃ-loka sāsana kāriyaṃ
Kattabba'nti puḷatthivhaṃ-nagara'mpi yathā purā

99
Purā dāṭhā dhātu ghare-danta patta gga dhātuyo
Patiṭṭhāpaya tatre'ti-nivediya mahāmati

100
Pubba rāja gga nagare-'bhiseka maṅgalussavaṃ
Kattu'micchāmī'ti vatvā-rajjaṃ ṭhapesi takkare

101
Atho vijayabāhū'pi-paṭissutvā tathe'ti so
Rājino pituno rajja-bhāraṃ vahi disampati

102
Mā hotu pituno rañño-soko 'trajaviyogajo
Parakkamabhujavho ca-jayabāhū'ti dve'nuje

103
Rājantike nivāsetvā-ato tilokamallakaṃ
Pakkosetvā jambudoṇi-purā ā dakkhiṇaṇṇavā

104
Tadantarappadesaṃ'sa-datvā rakkhāya rājino
Koḷambanagarā sanne-mahāvattala gāmake

105
Niyojetvā bhuvaneka-bāhuno'ttarakaṃ disaṃ
Datvā taṃ rakkhituṃ vāsaṃ-kāresi subha pabbate

[SL Page 115] [\x 115/]

106
Atho so vijayo vīra-bāhunā saha sajjito
Caturaṅgabalaṃ gayha-nikkhamī purato tato

107
Mahāduggaṃ vātagiriṃ-gantvā bhūdharamuddhani
Rājāgāra'ñca kāretvā-pitudattaṃ mahāddhanaṃ

108
Nidhabhitvāna'padatthaṃ-tahiṃ ṭhapesi sopuna
Kāretvā tattha rāma'ndā-sumaṅgala yatissare

109
Atha gaṅgāsiripuraṃ-gantvā tatra purātane
Nigamaggāmapāsāda-vihāre khaṇḍa phullakaṃ
Paṭisaṅkhārayī bhūpo-sinduravāna savhaye

110
Ṭhāne vihāra'ñca vana-ggāmapāsāda'muttamaṃ
Pariveṇa'ñca abhaya-rājanāmaṃ sa'kārayī

111
Atho hatthi ssela puraṃ-gantvā cullapitussa tu
Rañño'ttabhāva nikkhepa-ṭhānaṃpassiya dukkhito

112
Tahaṃ tibhūmakaṃ bhūpo-munelaya'mudu'ttamaṃ
Kāretvā buddhapaṭimaṃ-cullapitu sarikkhakaṃ

113
Ṭhapesi rūpaṃ kāretvā-sabbā bharaṇa saññutaṃ
Tannāma pariveṇa'ñca-kāresi tattha khattiyo

114
Tato nikkhamma mahipo-senaṅgehi purakkhato
Subhācalapuraṃ'gañchi-purā yuddhe palāpito

115
Puna'rapya'vanī pālo-candabhānu suvissuto
Paṇḍuppabhuti raṭṭhehi-mahāsenaṅga'mādiya

116
Otaritvā mahātitthaṃ-sajāvakabhaṭo bahū
Sīhale ca vasī katvā-gantvā subhagiriṃ puraṃ

117
Khandhāvāraṃ tahaṃ bandhī-tadā vijayabāhu'pi
Sammantitvā vīrabāhu-nāmena vīrasālinā

118
Gantvā sena'mpi sajjetvā-raṇāya candabhānunā
Dhajiniṃ tassa rundhitvā-pavattesuṃ mahāraṇaṃ

119
Candabhānubhaṭā yācuṃ-saraṇaṃ'ṅke tahaṃ raṇe
Ito ci'to'pare yodhā-dhāviṃsva'tha bhayadditā

120
Hantvā bahū bhaṭe tamhi-candabhānuṃ palāpiya
Jayacchattā dikaṃ tassa-sabbaṃ gaṇhiya bhūpati

[SL Page 116] [\x 116/]

121
Mahārājantikaṃ nesi-taṃ khila'ñca mahādhanaṃ
Laṅkaṃ vijitasaṅgāmo-'kātapatta'makā lahuṃ

122
Athā'pi taṃ pura'mucca-varaṇapparikhāvutaṃ
Sajjetvā bhūpapāsādaṃ-kāripayi manoramaṃ

123
Subhācale bhuvaneka-bhujaṃ sahajakaṃ pana
Ṭhapesa'tha mahīpālo-'nurādhapurapuṅgavaṃ

124
Gantvāna thūpārāmādi-cetiyānaṃ samantato
Saṃvaḍḍhitaṃ mahāraññaṃ-chedāpetvā mahīpati

125
Navakammāni kāretvā-thūpānaṃ sādhu sabbathā
Pituraññā samāraddhaṃ-ratanāvalicetiye

126
Katvāna'niṭṭhitaṃ sabbaṃ-navakammaṃ suniṭṭhitaṃ
Kattukāmo lahuṃ sippī-janaṃ yojiya sikkhitaṃ

127
Takkārāpana bhāraṃ hi-saṅghe ṭhapetva sambhamaṃ
Tato puḷatthi nagaraṃ-'gañchittha tattha vaḍḍhitaṃ

128
Mahāvanaṃ visodhetvā-mahārājassa'nuññayā
Visāradehi sippīhi-siddhaṭṭhānāni pubbike

129
Rājamandira pākāra-gopurapparikhādikaṃ
Sabbaṃ kārāpayitvāna-yathāpurā puruttamaṃ

130
Puraṃ puraṅga saññuttaṃ-katvā niṭṭhāpayī pabhū
Pure tahaṃ siriṃ disvā-asahanti'marāvatī

131
Adissamānā'pagatā-viyā'bhiseka maṅgalaṃ
Kātu'māgacchatu'dāni-piturājantikaṃ lahuṃ

132
Dūtaṃ pāhesi nikhilaṃ-vatvā vuttiṃ yathākkamaṃ
Sutvā dūtamukhā sabbaṃ-pīto cakkapurakkhato

133
Mahussavena so mūla-rājadhāni'magā yaso
Rājā vijayabāhū'pi-paccuggantvā'nayī pabhuṃ

134
Ramme pure rājino 'tha-'bhisekamaṅgalussavaṃ
Pavattayittha sattāha-yathākāmaṃ yathākamaṃ

135
Vīrabāhuṃ rājaraṭṭhe-nivattetvāna satthuno
Dhātuye'nemi rājena-jambudoṇipura'ṅgami

[SL Page 117] [\x 117/]

136
Jambudoṇi purā'yāva-puḷatthi pura kuñjaraṃ
Samīkataṃ mahāmaggaṃ-'laṅkaritvāna 'nekadhā

137
Mahārathe mahagghasmiṃ-saṇṭhapetvā dvidhātuyo
Pavattento mahāpūjaṃ-mahena tā puraṃ nayī

138
Purātane dhātughare-pallaṅke ratanammaye
Patiṭṭhāpayi dhātvagge-vattamāne mahussave

139
Tato paṭṭhāya'nudinaṃ-'neka pūjāvidhiṃ mudā māsattayaṃ pavattesi-rājañño 'timanoharaṃ
140
Atho'pasampadaṃ seṭṭhaṃ-maṅgalaṃ tattha bhūpati
Sahassatitthe kāretuṃ-pūjāvatthuṃ mahagghikaṃ

141
Saṭṭhitthambhālayaṃ netvā-yatayo sīlasampadā
Sannipatantū'ti vatvā-dūte pāhesi sabbadhi

142
Samāgataṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ-samupaṭṭhiya sādaro
Pavattesa'ddhamāsaṃ so-upasampattimaṅgalaṃ

143
Tato paraṃmahāsāmi-padādiṃ yatinaṃ varaṃ
Dāpesi vijayabāhu-bhūpo sāsana māmako

144
Pitupatthiva saññāya-loka sāsana saṅgahaṃ
Katvāna taṃ'khilaṃ rañño-nivedesi mahāmati

145
Itthaṃ gatta pavutti citta'makhilaṃ lokamha'tho sāsane
Yojento janayaṃ'bhivuddhi'manisaṃ patta gga puñña ssiri
Nīyyādetva sutassa rajja'matulaṃ dibbattanaṃ hāyane
Pañcattiṃsatime parakkamabhujo laṅkissaro'gā sudhī

Bhāṇavāraṃsattatiṃsatimaṃ
---------------
Itisajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse paṇḍita parakkamabāhu bhūpassa
Rajjappavatti dipano nāma sattatiṃsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 118] [\x 118/]

Aṭṭhatiṃsatimo paricchedo ------------------
1.
Tadaccaye jeṭṭhasuto hi tassa
So bodhi sattavhasuto catuttho
Laṅkissaro'sī vijayādibāhu
Rajjaṃ'nusāsaṃ dvisamaṃ manuññaṃ

2 Kārāpita'ttena atho puḷatthi
Pure vasī sāsanavuddhisatto
Tadāni mittaddubhi mittanāmo
Senāpatī'bbhantarikaṃ'va rañño

3 Laddhā sakhaṃ tassa padatva lañcaṃ
Dāsena tene'kadinamhi ratto
Bhūpaṃ nighātāpayi rajja lobhā
Sutvā pavattiṃ ta'maraṃ'sa rañño

4 Khatto sagabbho bhuvanekabāhu
So jambudoṇinagarā subhaddiṃ
Duggaṃ pura'ṅgā atha jambudoṇi
Pura'ṅgamitvā sa'himittanāmo

5 Sīhāsane bhūpati mandirasmiṃ
Nisajja rājābharaṇābhibhāsaṃ
Dassesi sabbassa sayaṃ'va attaṃ
Sapakkhikā te sacivā samecca

6 Saṅgaṇhituṃ saṃyugasena 'māsuṃ
Bhatippadānena samārabhiṃsu
Sattassatā ṭhākurakādyarīya
Khattā bhaṭā ta'ñca paṭikkhipitvā

7 Ta'ṅkāraṇā mittamukhe vadema
Itī'rayitvā puna rājavesmaṃ
Gamiṃsu tasmiṃ ṭhakuro abhīto
Yodho'sinā mittavamūpatissa

[SL Page 119] [\x 119/]

8 Sīghaṃ tva'raṃ chindi samāgatehi
Kasmā tvaye'taṃvihita'nti puṭṭho
Pune'dame'vaṃ bhuvanekabāhu
Khattassa'ṇāyā'ti kataṃ vadittha

9 Hotū tathā taṃ'riyakhattiyāte
Ekī bhavitvā bhuvanekabāhuṃ
Pabhuṃ subhā bhūdharato hi jambu
Doṇīpuraṃ netva 'bhisiñcayiṃsu

10
Pattābhiseko bhuvanekabāhu
Rājā tato vetanadānato'pi
Senaṅga'mattānupavattana'ṅkā
Rajjatthike'tho pana pāratīrā

11
Kāliṅgarāyārapadhānake 'trā'
Gate bhaṭe sīhalavaññabhūpe
Sabbe'panoditva'tha sabbalaṅkaṃ
Nibberikaṇṭa'ṅkari sabbathe'va

12
Tahiṃ vasitvā sa'hi kañci kālaṃ
Subhācala'ñcārupura'ṅkaritvā
Vasaṃ tahaṃ sassa pite'va saddho
Tipeṭakaṃ viññūjanehi sammā

13
Lekhāpayitve'ha tahiṃ tahiṃ hi
Vihāraseyyosu patiṭṭhapesi
Rājā puḷatthinagarā sa'danta-
Dhātuṃ varaṃ netva subhācalasmiṃ

14
Pure ṭhapetvā'nudinaṃ mahantaṃ pūjāvidhiṃ vattayi sādaro'va
Vāresu'nekesu'pasampada'ñca
Kārāpayī maṅgala'mussavena

15
Subhaṃ bhusaṃ so bhuvi bhūri maggaṃ
Cinitva sammā bhuvanekabāhu
Laṅkissare'kārasavassa'mevaṃ
Rajja'nnusāsitva sivaṃ diva'ṅgā

[SL Page 120] [\x 120/]

16
Asse'va rañño samayamhi paṇḍu
Desīyako so'riyacakkavatti
Suto'taritve'ha puraṃ subhaddiṃ
Gantvā bhadantaṃ dasanaggadhātuṃ

17
Sāraṃ dhana'ñcā'pigahetva sabbaṃ
Gantvāna paṇḍuvisayaṃ tadāni
Pabhussa tasmiṃ kulasekharākhya
Rañño adāsī varadantadhātuṃ

18
Atho catutthabbījayādibāhu
Rājassuto'ṇhaṃ'va nivārayanto
Dovo parakkantibhujo tatīyo
Ussapayī seṭṭhasitātapattaṃ

19
Paṇḍuṃ purānīta'managghadāṭhā
Dhātuṃ bhadantaṃ'bhijanāgata'mpi
Sāmaṃ vinā'netu'mupāya'mañña'
Mapassayaṃ kehici sikkhitehi

20
Yodhehi saddhi'ṅgami paṇḍuraṭṭhaṃ
Disvāna paṇḍūmahipaṃ kathañci
Tosetva raññā'diya danta dhātuṃ
Laṅkaṃ paviṭṭho sa'puḷatthisaññe

21
Pure puraṅgaggagate purāṇe
Dāṭhaggadhātvāvasathamhi kante
Patiṭṭhapetvā dvijadhātu'maggaṃ
Kāresi dhātūpacitiṃ pahūtaṃ

22
Puññaṃ cinitvā vividhaṃ mahīpo
Diva'ṅgatopañcamahāyanamhi
Vuttho puḷatthivhapure 'sa'panto
Āsī parakkantibhujo pajeso

23
Tadaccayā'tho bhuvanekabāhu
Subhaddi dhisa ppaṭhamassa rañño
Suto dutīyo bhuvanekabāhu
Khatto dvipaddivhapure'si bhūpo

[SL Page 121] [\x 121/]

24
Rājaggasampatyucitaṃ'nuvassaṃ
Kāretva so moḷisivaṃ visiṭṭhaṃ
Atho'pasampattimahaṃ hi jeṭṭha
Mūlamhi māsamhipavattayittha

25
Sāhassikānaṃ satataṃ yatīnaṃ
Puññatthiko paṭṭhapi pākavaṭṭaṃ
Cinitva puññaṃ dvisamaṃ sa'rajja'
Mevaṃ'nusāsitva gamittha maccuṃ

26
Atho'trajo tassa parakkamādi-
Bhujo catuttho vidito kavī'ti
So hatthiselavhapure vasanto
Rajjaṃ vicāresi siva'ṅkarāṇo

27
Tahiṃ narindo dasanaggadhātu
Gharaṃ sa'kāretva tibhūma'maggaṃ
Dhātudvayaṃ satthuradaggapattaṃ
Ṭhapetva tasmiṃ'paciti'ṅkarittha

28
Vasundharindo'nudinaṃ radopa
Hārussavaṃ sādhu pavattayittha
Sabhāsato'ssa'ddhani dantadhātu
Vārittanāmaṃ viracittha ganthaṃ

29
Coḷīya desā gata'matra nānā
Bhāsāsu satthantarakesu'bhiññaṃ
Rañño garuttamhi ṭhapetva thera'
Mekaṃ tato theravarā narindo

30
Paññāsa pañcassata jātakāni
Sātthaṃ samuggayha sabhāsato'va
Yathākkamaṃ te parivattayitvā
Ṭhapesi lekhāpiya sabbadhī'ha

31
Yaṃ titthagāme pavare vihāre
Kāresi rājā vijayādibāhu
Yūpo'si dīgho parijiṇṇa ko so
Tahaṃ parakkanti bhujo narindo

[SL Page 122] [\x 122/]

32

Dīgha'mpi pāsādavaraṃ dvibhūmaṃ
Kāretva tasmiṃ pariveṇanetu
Sa'kāyasatthitthavirassa suddha
Sīlassa pādāsi kavissarassa

33
So sāsanassa 'bbhudayaṃ samicchaṃ
Vāresva'nekesu'pasampada'ñca
Kāresa'tho pañcasahassanāḷī
Kerāgayuttaṃ pana titthagāme

34
Kāresi'yārāmavara'mpi vaṇṇu-
Ggāme vihāramhi sanāmadheyyeṃ
Dvibhūmakaṃ dīghamanuññayūpaṃ
Kāretva saṅghassa padāsi bhūpo

35
So rājagāma nnikaṭe narindo
Ghanādinandaṃ siri mukhya'maggaṃ
Vihārakaṃ viddūma nāmagāme
Kāretva coḷīyagarussa 'dāsī

36
Māyādhanavhe vijite nava'mpi
Puraṃ vidhāyā'maramandiraṃ hi
Kāretva tasmiṃ harirūpahāriṃ
Ṭhapetva vattesi baliṃ mahantaṃ

37
Lokassa so sāsanakassa vuddhiṃ susādhayaṃ'nekavidha'mpi puññaṃ
Katvā narindo vibudhavhito'va
Dibbattana'ṅkā sakakammasādiṃ

38
Tadaccaye vaññasuto tatīyo
Rājā bhavīso bhuvanekabāhu
Tassa'ccaye pañcamako mahīpo
Rajja'nnusāsī vijayādibāhu

39
Hatthācalaṭṭhāniya pacchimassa
Rañño piyā yonaki kucchi jāto
Vatthādhibhū sūnu ca bhūmapagga-
Mahesiyā sīhalikāya putto

[SL Page 123] [\x 123/]
40
Duve 'bhavuṃ tesu ca vatthusāmī-
Baṇḍāranāmo sacivopakārā
Laddhāna rajjaṃ janikāya laddhiṃ
Dulladdhikaṃ gaṇhi tato'ppasannā

41
Sabbe sajīvā pana buddhabhattiṃ
Jahāsi yo so idha rājatāya
Mantetva'yoggo,ti kathañci āsuṃ
Mārema taṃ nicchiya hatthisele

42
Paritta maṇḍappa vara'ṅkaritvā
Tahaṃ parittaṃ suṇitu'nti netvā
Māretva pātetva'calā ta'mā suṃ
Rajje'bhisiñciṃsva'paraṃ kumāraṃ

43
Atho catuttho bhuvanekabāhu
Gaṅgā sirivhe nagare manuññe
Rajja'nnusāsitva catuttha vasse
Sa'kitti sesattana'māga rājā

44
Senāpatī sinduravāna gāme
Sepaṇṇisele'bhinavaṃ vihāraṃ
Kāresi laṅkātilaka'mpisenā-
Laṅkāranāmo kusalesi niccaṃ

45
Senāni so'vanipatissa bala'mpi laddhā
Sambuddha sāsana varassa visuddhi'mattā
Kāresi bhūpasacivā kusala'ṅkaritvā
Sagga'ṅgamuṃ cinuthapuñña'manantada'mbho

Bhāṇavāra maṭṭhatiṃsatimaṃ
---------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse
Navarājadīpanonāmaṭṭhatiṃsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 124] [\x 124/]

Ekūnatāḷīsatimo paricchedo.
-------------------
1.
Atha pañcamako rājā-parakkantibhujavhayo
Pañca vassaṃ rajja'makā-gaṅgā siri pure vasaṃ

2 Vuttho devappure koci-dhīmā yatipatī tadā
Setacchadavhasandesaṃ-akāsi sumanoharaṃ

3 Vikkamabbāhu bhūpālo-tatiyo'sitadaccaye
Pañca rasa samaṃ rajja-'ṅkāsi rājā tahaṃ vasaṃ

4 Bhūpo so cetiye'kasmiṃ-sirivaddhana ṭhāniye
Patta dhātuṃ munindassa-pavaraṃ sunidhāpayī

5 Asse'va rañño samaye-girivaṃsā bhisambhavo
Pabhurājā'si'laggakko-nāranāmo mahāyaso

6 Perādoṇi sucikhyāte-pure vāsa'makappayī
Patīci dadhi sāmanta-desaṃ gepayituṃ puna

7 Rayiggāme vasī so hi-kaḷyāṇī nagarantike
Dārūrugāme mahati-taḷāke varaṇādihi

8 Bhāsuraṃ nagaraṃ rammaṃ-jayavaddhana vissutaṃ
Dugga'ñca katvā matimā-puna tattha vasī ciraṃ

9 Uttarasmiṃ disā bhāge-dīpe'smiṃ koci desako
Damiḷānaṃ'bhavā'yatto-yāpāpaṭṭana vissutaṃ

10
Tesaṃ padhāna nagara-'māsitatrā'dhipo tadā
Ariyo cakkavattī'ti-vidito'nariyo pabhū

11
Rajje'smiṃ sīhale sālā-vatthusmiṃ madhugāmake
Koḷamba nagare tesu-ṭhānesu janataṃ bhusaṃ

12
Gāhāpayaṃ karaṃ niccaṃ-pīḷesa'dhika dāruṇo
Tadā'lakissaro vīro-sabalocakkavattinā

13
Yujjhitvā ta'ñca senaṅgaṃ-palāpetvā'riyassahi
Karaddānaṃ nivattesi-'rātikaṇṭaṃ vinodayī

14
Tassa rañño'ccaye senā-laṅkārassa satīmato
Bhāgineyyo pañcamako-bhuvanekabhujavhayo

[SL Page 125] [\x 125/]
15 Gaṅgā siri pure rājā-bhavi saddhā guṇā layo
Bhikkhavo sannipātetvā-dussīle vicinitva so

16
Uppabbājetva munino-sāsanaṃ parisodhayī
Sajjhu satta sahassena-sajjetvā sampuṭaṃ tahaṃ

17
Vaḍḍhesi rada dhātvaggaṃ-saddhā bhatti purassaro
Bhūbhujo carime kāle-jayavaddhana ṭhāniye

18
Vasaṃ vīsatime vasse-maccuvasa'mupāgami
Tadā'pi pabhurājoso-lakissarasamavhayo

19
Rayiggāme vasī niccaṃ-cinanto puñña sañcayaṃ
Tasse'va rañño samaye-buvanekabhujassatu

20
Nattā garuḷa cerassa-dhīmā kavissaravhayo
Akā mayūra sandesaṃ-pajja kabbaṃ sabhāsato

21
Bhuvanekabhuje bhūpe-jayavaddhana ṭhāniyaṃ
Gate sālo tassa rañño-senālaṅkāra puttako

22
Dutiyo vīrabāhū'ti-suto gaṅgā sirī pure
Rajjaṃ patto'si so tassa-jeṭṭho sodariyo tadā

23
Vīrālakissaro nāma-kumāro sanujassa hi
Rajjaṃ gaṇhitu'māgamma-rayiggāmapure raṇe

24
Parājito'va so vīro-jambudīpa'magā tadā
Pañcame saraderājā-vīrabāhu diva'ṅgami

25
Asse'va rājino'sāna-kālamhi devarakkhito
Jayabāhu mahāthero-akā nikāya saṅgahaṃ

26
Jambudīpaṃ tadā yāto-so vīrādyalakissaro
Laṅka'māgamma vijaya-bāhunāmena vissuto

27
Chaṭṭho so bhūpatī hutvā-jayavaddhana ṭhāniye
Vasī tadā cīna senā-pati ciṃhō samavhayo

28
Pūjā dabbe samādāya-siddhaṭṭhānāni vandituṃ
Laṅkādīpaṃ samāyāto-dhajiniṃ ta'ñca gaṇhituṃ

29
Rājo'ssahittha senānī-kathañci sabalo tato
Muñcitvā nāma'māruyhi-'parasmiṃ samaye'ttano
[SL Page 126] [\x 126/]

30
Kataṃ khepaṃ saraṃ yuddha-sena'mādāya cīnato
Koḷambatittha'māgamma-etha gaṇhatha suṅkake

31
Dūtaṃ pāhesi rājassa-tassa vañcaka senino
Saddahitvā giraṃ bhūpo-tacchato taraṇi'ṅgami

32
Pasayhaṃ taṃ gayha pabhuṃ-nesi nāvāya cīnakaṃ
Akā'lakissaro rajjaṃ-pabhurājā'tha hatthagaṃ

33
Lamba kaṇṇanvaya jaya-mālappiyā kaliṅgajā
Devī sunettā bālatte-ṭhitaṃ puttaṃ'ribhītiyā

34
Vidāgamavihārādhi-patino therasāmino
Nīyyādesi mahāthero-gopesi taṃ kumārakaṃ

35
Tasmiṃ soḷasavassaṃhi-patte vuttanta'mādito
Kumārassa mahāthero-mahāmacce'vadittha so

36
Sacivā taṃ paṭiggayha-pabhurājaṃ'lakissaraṃ
Hantvā rajjaṃ kumārassa-samappesuṃsamādarā

37
Rayiggāme vasaṃ tīni-vassāni jayavaddhanaṃ
Pura'ñca rājavesma'ñca-kāretvā cetiyādayo

38
Sogatasmiṃ sahassasmiṃ-vasse navasatepuna
Aṭṭhapaññāsame chaṭṭho-parakkamabhujavhayo

39
Jayavaddhanapure ramme-rajjābhiseka'muttamaṃ
Patvā lokaṃ sāsana'ñca-kātuṃ'rabhi savuddhikaṃ

40
Muninda rada dhātussa-narindo mandiraṃ tahaṃ
Kārāpesi tibhūmaṃ so-dassaneyyaṃ manoramaṃ

41
Maṇikkhacita sovaṇṇa-samuggesu catusva'pi
Dāṭhādhātubhadantaṃ hi-saṃvaḍḍhesi yathākkamaṃ

42
Niccaṃ pūjussavaṃ dhātu-sāmindassa pavattayī
Bhikkhūnaṃ tīsu raṭṭhesu-saṅgaha'ṅkāsi sabbadā

43
Samātatthāya tannāmaṃ-pappaṭabbipine subhaṃ
Sunettapariveṇa'ñca-saṅghārāma'ñcasundaraṃ

44
Kāretvā'dāsi saṅghassa-gāmakkhetta samaññutaṃ
Tepiṭakaṃ sāṭṭhakathā-ṭīkaṃ sādhu likhāpiya

[SL Page 127] [\x 127/]

45
Sāsanappaggaha'ṅkāsi-mahiyaṅgaṇacetiye
Khaṇḍaphullaṃ pākatikaṃ-gaṇḍalādoṇiyādisu

46
Kāresi'nekavāresu-upasampattimaṅgalaṃ
Pūjāvidhiṃ pavattento-kāresi samahaṃ bhusaṃ

47
Tadā rañño'trajaṭṭhāne-vaḍḍhito campakavhayo
Kumāro seṭṭhasenānī-yāpāpaṭṭana dhīpatiṃ

48
Mahābalaṃ'riyacakka-vattiṃ damiḷanāyakaṃ
Parājetvā ta'ñca desaṃ-gaṇhi so sīhavikkamo

49
Tuṭṭho rājā tena tassa-taddesādhipatittanaṃ
Adā tato'parasmi'mpi-samayasmiṃ narissaro

50
Pūretvā nāvaṃ vāṇijja-bhaṇḍānaṃ yāpapaṭṭanaṃ
Pesesa'tha vīra rāma-mālarāyara vissuto

51
Coḷādhipatiko yāpā-paṭṭanantikasāgare
Sabhaṇḍaṃ taraṇiṃ gaṇhi-kuddho taṃ sutva bhūmipo

52
Satasaṅkhā'pi nāvāyo-sasenā pesayī tahaṃ
Sīhalā pabalā yodhā-māretvā coḷadhissaraṃ

53
Coḷaraṭṭhe katipaye-pure gaṇhiṃsu pesale
Tatoppabhūti'dhā'nesu-karaṃ te paṭivaccharaṃ

54
Rājino'ssa'ddhani laṅkā-dīpo satthātapenaca
Pajjalittha bhusaṃ satthā-gamadhārīhi viññuhi

55
Sunetta pariveṇādhi-patimaṅgala savhayo
Mahāsāmī suvidito-dhamma sattha visārado

56
Paññāto padumavati-pariveṇādhipo sato
Kavīso vanaratana-samañño saṅghabhūpati

57
Tittha gāmamhi vijaya-bāhu saññā suvissute
Pariveṇe'dhibhū dhīmā-nimuggo sattha sāgare

58
Rāhulo saṅgharājāca-chabbhāsā paramissaro
Kavayo'ccādayo loka-sāsanaṃ jotayuṃ tadā

59
Tesaṃ kavī nāma seso-vattamāne'pi rāhulo
Demaṭāna byāta gāme-khandhāvāra nvaya bbhavo

[SL Page 128] [\x 128/]

60
Vikkamabbāhu saññassa-maṇḍalesassa atrajo
Parakkama bhujindassa-sutaṭṭhāne pavaḍḍhito
61
Mahāvīdāgamatthera-varasissosuvissuto
Saṃvuttho tittha gāmasmiṃ-kavi ketū 'sikittimā

62
So pañcikāpadīpa'ñca-kabbasekhara'muttamaṃ
Sārikā nāma sandesaṃ-pada sādhana ṭīkakaṃ

63
Pārāpatavhasandesaṃ-jana sota rasāyanaṃ
Bhāsāsatthantaravuddhi-siddhi'miccha'makā bhusaṃ

64
Lokopakāra kattāca-raṇasgallētivissuto
Yatissaro santhavidū-sataṃ majjhe virājito

65
Vā̆ttā̆vē sāmipādo ca-guttilakkabbakārako
Buddhasataka'ñca vutti-ratanākarapañcikaṃ

66
Tathāyovuttamālākhyaṃ-'kā sirīrāmacandako
Kavibhāratī ca tittha-ggāmasāmissa sissakā

67
Dhammakittinvayā yāto-vimalakitti vissuto
Mahāthero viracittha-saddhammaratanākaraṃ

68
Parakkantibhujindagga-dhītūlakuḍayappiyo
Nannūrutunayārmantī-nāmāvali'makā tadā

69
Nareso ratanamālā-nighaṇḍuṃ vyaracittha so
Kokilassuvahaṃsā di-sandesā'pya'bhavuṃ tadā

70
Parakkamabhujo rājā-katvā 'nekavidhaṃ subhaṃ
Dvipaññāsatime vasse-kittimā tidiva'ṅgami

71
Paputto tassa dutiyo-jayabāhu tadaccaye
Patvā laṅkādhipacca'ṅkā-rājā rajjaṃ dvihāyanaṃ

72
Atho campaka paññāto-yāpā paṭṭana dhissaro
Sabalo'gamma rājānaṃ-jayabāhuṃ nighātiya

73
Bhuvanekabhujavhena-chaṭṭhamena suvissuto
Rājā hutvā sattavassaṃ-rajja'ṅkāsi yathāmati

74
Tade'va dutiyo vīdā-gamo mettiya savhayo
Mahāthero buddhaguṇā-laṅkāraṃ racayī varaṃ

[SL Page 129] [\x 129/]

75
Vaḍḍhito'pi tassa suta-ṭṭhāne pabhu tadaccaye
Kavittā sattamo vidvā-parakkantibhujavhayo

76
Khattorajjaṃ pāpuṇitvā-jayaddhanaṭhāniye
Vasaṃ rajjaṃ'nusāsittha-dasa saṃvaccharaṃ sato

77
Vara mati karuṇādī sagguṇassampayātā
Nicita kusala kammā sāsanaṃ jotayitvā
Avanipati samattā rañjayitvāna lokaṃ
Surapura'mupagañchuṃbho bhajavho sivaggaṃ

Bhāṇavāramekūnatāḷīsatimaṃ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse dasarāja dīpano
Nāmekūna tāḷīsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 130] [\x 130/]

Cattālīsatimo paricchedo.
------------------
1 Dvisahassattiṃsatime-sogate vīra vissuto
Parakkantibhujo khatto-aṭṭhamo paṇḍita ssutaṃ

2 Parakkantibhujaṃ hantvā-jayavaddhanaṭhāniye
Rajjaṃ sīhāsanāsīno-bāvīsatisama'ṅkari

3 Asse'ca rājine'kūna-vīsatimamhi hāyane
Jambudīpe'kadesamhi-govadesādhipo tadā

4 Don [f]prunsiskō da almēdā-patikāl jātiko'ttajaṃ
Don lōransu da almēdā-samaññaṃ taraṇipatiṃ

5 Māhammadika nāvāyo-gaṇhituṃ pesayi'ssa'tha
Aṇṇavo tiṇṇa nāvāyo-salila bbhama peritā

6 Anapekkhamānā gālu-pura tittha'mupāgamuṃ
Tadā laṅkāya vāṇijje-payutā caturā bhusaṃ

7 Muslimjanā'bhavuṃ tasmiṃ-ṭhitā te bhaya tajjitā
Māyāvino sīhalinda-rañño'ggapuṭa bhedanaṃ

8 Gālūpura'nti vatvāna-almēdā nāvikā dhibhuṃ
Mahīpo'tya'paraṃ tasmiṃ-dassetvā vañcayuṃ tadā

9 Patikāl desiko rāja-patirūpa'ñca koṭṭhakaṃ
Yāci bandhitu'mokāsaṃ-laddhā taṃ modamānaso

10
Idhā'do tassa sampatta-dīpako pala thambhakaṃ
Patiṭṭhapetvā kañca 'ddhaṃ vasitvā'gā sadesakaṃ

11
Atho vīraparakkanta-bāhurañño'trajo varo
Dhammassūto parakkanti-bhujo hi navamo dayo

12
Jayavaddhana pure bhūpo-āsi sodariye nijo
Devappure vasaṃ desaṃ-rakkhittha vijayabbhujo

13
Lōransu da almēda vha-patikāljātikassi'to
Purāgamanato bhāvaṃ-laṅkāyā'naggha vatthunaṃ

14
Aññāsuṃ patikāljantū-tato laṅkaṃ sahatthagaṃ
Kattukāmā'bhavuṃ buddhe-dvisahassekasaṭṭhime

[SL Page 131] [\x 131/]

15
Lōpōsōrasda albargē-riya vho patikālvaro
Nāvādhipatiko satta-rasa nāvā samaññuto

16
Bandhituṃ koṭṭhakaṃ satta-satasenāhi nibbhayo
Koḷamba tittha'māgamma-māndhituṃ'rabhi koṭṭhakaṃ

17
Sīhalā tattha vuttantaṃ-sabba'ntaṃ nijarājino
Nivedayiṃsu bhūpo'pi-sāmacce yuva patthive

18
Samāhūya pavattiṃ taṃ-vatvā sampati ki'mpana
Kattabba'nti amātehi-mantayī sa'narādhipo

19
Tato cakkāyudhavhe'ko-pavīṇo pabhuko tahiṃ
Ṭhito tesaṃ bhāva'mupa-parikkhissaṃ samabruvi

20
Taṅkhaṇaññe'va rājena-āṇatto tuvaṭaṃ pabhu
Aññātakena kappena-koḷambapura'muttamaṃ

21
Patvā tesaṃ nisagga'ñca-samparikkhiya sabbaso
Vāḷattaṃ patikālnāma-janānaṃ raṇa sūrataṃ

22
Ñatvā laṅkinda nikaṭa-'māgammā'mhehi yujjhituṃ
No sakkā tehi'mā jātu-vāso sāmaggiyā varo

23
Iccā'rocayi so rājā-sāmacco tassa maññanaṃ
Paṭigaṇhi tato tehi-saddhiṃ sāmaggi'tu'ttarā

24
Vāṇijjāya tu koḷamba-pure koṭṭha'ñca khuddakaṃ
Bandhituṃ bhaṇḍavāsa'ñca-tesaṃ dātuṃ'vakāsakaṃ

25
Laṅkāyā'rāti sampatti-vāretabbā'ti tehi tu
Itī'disā paṭiññā'pi-ubhinna'mabhavī tahiṃ

26
Bhaṇḍāgāra'ñca koṭṭha'ñca-bandhitvālahu'matthiraṃ
Vāṇijjāya payojetvā-sajātijanataṃ bhusaṃ

27
Atha albargēriyādhi-vacano patikālpabhū
Sabhāgineyyassa juvan-silvērā nāmikassa tu

28
Nīyyādetvā sahakoṭṭhaṃ-senaṃ romānupūjakaṃ
Nivattāpiya senānī-gocaraṭṭha'magā puna

29
Tato paṭṭhāya laṅkāya-purā romapurā gatā
Romānu laddhi vallī'si-janayantī dale tatā

[SL Page 132] [\x 132/]

30
Tato parasmiṃ tatiye-vasse biraṭōbhidhānake
Patikāl yuddha senādhi-patismiṃ 'gamma koṭṭhakaṃ

31
Sutthiraṃ bandhituṃ'raddhe-māhammadika jantunaṃ
Vañca vācā nisāmetvā-vāretuṃ koṭṭha bandhanaṃ

32
Rājā dhammaparakkanti-bhujo saṃyuga vāhiniṃ
Pesesi tatra tuvaṭaṃ-tathā'pi pakikāl janā

33
Sīhalaṃ yuddha senaṅgaṃ-palāpesu'manussahaṃ
Tato paṭṭhāyu'bho sāmaṃ-vattayuṃ aciraṃ'ca te

34
Kāle'smiṃ tambapaṇṇimhi-badulla pubhdaiane
Gaṅgāsiripure perā-doṇi devapuresu ca

35
Narādhipā maṇḍalikā-sādhipacca'mapekkhakā
Asamaggā tattha tattha-ruciṃ vāsa'makappayuṃ

36
Tato'rātibalaṃ vuddhi-'magā sabbattha sabbaso
Sīhalā abalā kiṃ hi-parādhīnaṃ vinā siyā

37
Bāvīsatisamaṃ rajjaṃ-'nusāsitva yathābalaṃ
Accaya'ṅgā'vanipati-dhammaparakkamabbhujo

38
Tato devapure vuttho-vijayabāhu sattamo
Jayavaddhanavhe seta-cchatta'mussāpayī pure

39
Pubbarañño samayasmiṃ-vattitaṃ bala'mappakaṃ
Vaḍḍhayanto'dāni sindhu-nikaṭasmiṃ navaṃ navaṃ

40
Desaṃ pasayha'māyatta-'makaruṃ pakikāl janā
Patiṭṭhapesuṃ vāṇijja-sālāyo ca tahaṃ tahaṃ

41
Ghātesuṃ sīhale bhūrī-dhanasāraṃ vilumpayuṃ
Sīhalā dhīnataṃ lesa-matha'mpi namamaññare

42
Tato ruṭṭhā tesu bhusaṃ-palāpete'mito lahuṃ
Daddallamānā kopena-rayena daḷha mānasā

43
Aṇṇavantikadesamhi-sīhalīyā samosaṭā
Visasahassa ppamāṇā-bhaṭā nānāyudha'ndharā

44
Gantvā koḷamba koṭṭhaṃ taṃ-parikkhepuṃ samantato
Sarāsanehi vijjhantā-hanantā sallakehi ca

[SL Page 133] [\x 133/]

45
Paharantā laguḷehi-kaṭṭhinaṃ dussahaṃ raṇaṃ
Pavattayuṃ pañcamāsaṃ-pīḷayuṃ patikāl jane

46
Accanta byasanā pannāva-kocin nagarato puna
Taraṇīyā'gatāyā'suṃ-laṅkiketepalāpayuṃ

47
Vijayabāhu rājassa-paṭhamāya mahesiyā
Bhuvanekabāhu rayi-ggāmabaṇḍāra nāmako

48
Māyādhanū'ti tanayā-bhaviṃsu bhāgadheyyakā
Mahesiyā matāya'ssā-'nayī deviṃ paraṃ piyaṃ

49
Jīvantesu sattajesu-sacivehi sa'mantiya
Attaccaye mahesīyā-dutiyāya sagabbhakaṃ

50
Devarājavhayaṃ rajje-sāmika'ṅkāsi dummano
Taṃ ñatvāna kumārā te-jayavaddhana ṭhāniyā

51
Palāyitvāna seṅkhaṇḍa-sela puṅgava ṭhāniye
Vikkamabbāhu rājamhā-laddhopakārato bhusaṃ

52
Tato'gamma puraṃ hattha-gataṃ katvāna rattiyaṃ
Solaman nāma dheyyona-māhammadanarenabhi

53
Ghātāpayiṃsu'vanipa-'mevaṃ sa'catuhāyanā
Puraṃ jayavaddhanavhaṃ-hitvā maccupura'ṅgami

54
Bhuvanekabhujo jeṭṭho-kumāro sattamo tahiṃ
Laṅkā sīhāsanā sīno-pite'vā'sa'tidubbalo

55
Rayiggāmādibaṇḍāra-kumāro rayigāmake
Māyādhanavhayo khatto-kārite attanaṃ subhe

56
Sītāvakapure cā'suṃ-patthivā sahajā ubho
Bhuvanekabhujo bhūpo-'napekkhiyā'nuje pabhū

57
Patikālikehi'mā mettiṃ-vattetvā rajja'muttamaṃ
Pasāsitu'mārabhittha-accanta kupito tahiṃ

58
Māyādhanavho'vanipo-bhūpaṃ'panetu'rajjato
Yonakādhipatismā'pi-laddhopakārako balo

59
Sarayiggāmabaṇḍāra-rājo'va jayavaddhanaṃ
Puraṃ rodhetva kalahaṃ-tikkhattu'ṅkāsi rājinā

[SL Page 134] [\x 134/]

60
Nāhosi saphalo tassa-kathañcana parakkamo
Bhuvanekabhujo rājā-asuto dhītaraṃ sakaṃ

61
Samuddādeviṃ vedheya-baṇḍāra khattiyassa tu
Piya'ṅkari piyo tassā-dhammapālavhayo suto

62
Rājā nattu sakaṃ rajja-'māyattaṃ kattumānaso
Dhammapālappamāṇena-rūpaṃ kaṭṭhamayaṃ subhaṃ

63
Mahaggha ratanubbhāsaṃ-sovaṇṇamakuṭaṃ varaṃ
Kāretvā sellappu nāma-āraccila mahāsayaṃ

64
Dhura'ṅkatvāna patikāl-dese lisban puruttamaṃ
Pesetvā te tatra raññā-jōn samaññena dhīmatā

65
Pañcāsītyadhikasmiṃ dvi-sahasse munivacchare
Piḷandhāpayi makuṭaṃ-dhammapālassa bimbake

66
Donjuvan ityabhidhānaṃ-paraṃ'dāsi tadussave
Patikālindass rajja-'mida'māya ttakaṃ'disi

67
Visuddha buddha saddhamma-suddha laṅka'mpi sabbaso
Micchāladdhi kālaṅkehi-lakkhituṃ romapūjake

68
Tena sellappu nāmena-samaṃ mahāsayenaca
Pesesi patikālrājā-sādhirajja balatthiko

69
Bhuvaneka bhujo kāsā-samuddanikaṭe sute padese pūjakā tattha-tattha te samayaṃ sakaṃ

70
Gāhāpayuṃ daḷhabhatyā-desetvā laṅkike jane
Bandhetvā palliyo tesaṃ-thiraṃ vāsa'ṅkaruṃ tadā

71
Romānupūjako[f]prunsis-kṣāviyarnāma vissuto
Mannāramappadesamhi-siva bhatti jane bahū

72
Saladdhi'mpāpayī daḷha-parakkamena nūtanaṃ
Tadā yāpāpaṭṭanasmiṃ-'dhipo sankiḷināmiko

73
Siva bhatti paro bhūpo-sajāti janataṃ bhūsaṃ
Laddhiyā tāya vāretu-'mussahī'pya'phalo'bhavi

74
Romānupūjakānaṃ hi-paskoli'ti samavhayo
Dvisahassekanavuti-mattamhi munihāyane

[SL Page 135] [\x 135/]

75
Pūjakehi dvīhi samaṃ-uddharaṭṭha'maghaṃ bhusaṃ
Gantvā sirivaddhanavha-purasmiṃ jayavīrakaṃ

76
Rājaṃ samupasaṅkamma-sādhetuṃ devamandiraṃ
Laddhāvakāsorājasso-'pakārā'yatanaṃ thiraṃ

77
Bandhāpiya tahaṃ vāsī-saladdhiyā samappituṃ
Yatayī rājinī tasmiṃ-sogatā kupitā bhusaṃ

78
Athi'pi māyādhanuko-bhūpo saṃkuddhamānaso
Bhuvanekabhujindassa-bhāgaṃ yujjhiya rajjato

79
Katvā'yattaṃ sakaṃ rundhi-jayavaddhana ṭhāniyaṃ
Govādhipatinā nītaṃ-dakäsṭrō nāma seninaṃ

80
Laddhāna sājisenaṅgaṃ-bhuvanekabhujissaro
Māyādhanuṃ palāpetvā-yāvasitāvakāparaṃ

81
Ahāsi dhanasāra'ñca-sañcitaṃ rājamandire sītāvakapuraṃ rammaṃ-nāsesi cittitaṃ bhusaṃ

82
Bhuvenakabhujaṃ rājaṃ-sattarasasamaṃ sakaṃ
Rajjaṃ bhuttaṃ sevakenava-māresa'tha kumantanā

83
Itthaṃ mahīpā saka rajja lakkhiṃ
Nubhottu'magga'mpi yathābhilāsaṃ
Asakkuṇantā'va suladdhi'māyuṃ
Jahiṃsu bho mājahatha'ggadiṭṭhiṃ

Bhāṇavāraṃ cattāḷīsatimaṃ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janeka dīpavaṃse paraṅgiyāgamanādi dīpanonāma
Cattāḷīsatimo paricchedo

[SL Page 136] [\x 136/]

Ekacattāḷīsatimo paricchedo
-------------------1
Pañcāsītyadhike vasse-'pagate dvisahassake
Saṅghabodhitvaye jāto-vīravikkama vissuto
2 Seṅkhaṇḍa sela nagare-patthivo'si mahābalo
Jane saṅgayha vatthūhi-puñña'ñcinitu'mārabhi

3 Rāja mandira sāmante-dhātu vaḍḍhetva cetiyaṃ
Kāretvāna tadāsanne-dvibhūma'natimanoramaṃ

4 So'posatha mālaka'ñca-bhūrī saṅghaniketane
Kāretvā yatinaṃ'dāsi-potthake ca likhāpayi

5 Sambuddhapaṭimāyo ca-kāresi dhātusampuṭe
Samantakūṭaṃ gantvāna-vanditvā padalañchanaṃ

6 Varamaggaṃ sādhayituṃ-duggamaggaṃ visodhiya
Sātatthaṃ gacchataṃ tasmiṃ-parattha sukhakāmato

7 Kāresa'smehi sopāne-kāretu'mupasampadaṃ
Tīsu raṭṭhesu yatayo-nimantetvā mahāmahaṃ

8 Pavattento dhammakitti-mahātheraṃ dhuraṃ varaṃ
Katvāna nadiyaṃ bhikkhu-saṅgha'ñca pañcatiṃsatiṃ

9 Dāpesu'pasampada'ñca-niccaṃ puññaparāyano
Dasavassamattaṃ puññaṃ-katvā para'magā ito

10
Tadaccaye tassa suto-jayavīra iti ssuto
Rājā abhavi seṅkhaṇḍa-selavha pura puṅgave

11
Bhuvanekabhujindassa-sattamassa'ccayena taṃ
Don juvan dhammapālavhaṃ-kumāraṃ patikāl janā

12
Pañcanavutime vasse-dvisahasse mahesino
Jayavaddhanavhayasmiṃ-pure rajje'bhisiñcayuṃ

13
Sabhāturājino maccu-payāna'ñca pavattitaṃ
Sutvāna sabbaṃ vuttantaṃ-māyādhanavhayo pabhū

14
Bhaṭasenaṅga'mādāya-rajjaṃ gaṇhitu mānaso
Purantika'magā tasmiṃ-dhammapālapitā tadā

[SL Page 137] [\x 137/]

15
Vedheyabaṇḍārabhidho-māyādhanudharāpatiṃ
Palāpesa'tha yujjhitvā-tato'cirena mantiya

16
Dulladdhitāye'dha rañño-jayavaddhana ṭhāniye
Muninda radadhātvaggaṃ-rājarājūhi gopitaṃ

17
Rahasse'va samādāya-yatayo sabaravhaye
Gāmappadese labuja-gāme vihārapuṅgave

18
Kārite dvijadhātussa-mandirasmiṃ manorame
Vaḍḍhetvā'pacitiṃ sammā-vattayiṃsu yathābalaṃ

19
Atho rañño'ccayaṃ dūta-mukhā nisamma vegavā
Govādhipati nōrōñño-samañño sena'mādiya

20
Toḷambapura'māgamma-pathe rakkhāya vāhiniṃ
Nivattāpiya sabhaṭo-jayavaddhanaṭhāniyaṃ

21
Patvā tahiṃ ṭhite mukhye-bandhāpetvāna sīhale
Pavisitvā rājagehaṃ-cirassaṃ sañcitaṃ dhanaṃ

22
Pasayhaṃ paharī sabbaṃ-vimbhitā janatā tahiṃ
Bhītā palātā tasitā-māyādhanu'mupāgamuṃ

23
Māyāvī sa'hi nōrōñño-sakhya'māvediyā'paraṃ
Dhammapālaṃ pavāretvā-yuddhasenaṅga'mādiya

24
Sītāvakapuraṃ pacca-'gañchi 'ṅa kalahaṅkaro
Māyādhanū vanipatī-taṃ sutvo'paparikkhiya

25
Tahaṃ jaya'mapassanto-puraṃhitvā'pagā tadā
Puraṃ pāvekkhi patikāl-pati assāmikaṃ subhaṃ

26
Rājagehe'mupāvissa-mahagghaṃ dhanasañcayaṃ
Nippabhīto samādāya-koḷambapura'māgato

27
Vedheyo pakikāljāti-janānaṃ'nucitakirayā
Saṅkuddho'dikkhamāno so-gālūpura padesakaṃ

28
Gacchanto sammukhībhūte-palliyo vā'pi bhattike
Vināsetvā sadevīyā-pañcayojanaraṭṭhake

29
Pälanda iti vikhyātaṃ-patvā saṃvasathaṃ subhaṃ
Thiraṃ puraṃ karitvā taṃ-tatthā'vasi yathāruci

[SL Page 138] [\x 138/]

30
Tadā koḷambanagare-'dhipo so patikālvaro maddituṃ vedheyabalaṃ-māyādhanavharājinā

31
Paṭissava'ṅkāsi lahuṃ-tato māyādhanavhayo
Saputta rājasīhena-sahe'va patikālbalaṃ

32
Gahetvā vedheyarāja-'manubandhi mahabbalo
Hitvā niyaṃ puraṃ rammaṃ-vedheyo rakkhaṇaṃ sakaṃ

33
Gavesayaṃ devamajjha-desa'ṅgami tahaṃ'dhipaṃ
Edirīmanusūravhaṃ-rājaṃ ghātetva kenaci

34
Samussahi tahiṃ bhūpo-bhavituṃ mūḷhamānaso
Tasmiṃ mārāpane rājaṃ-saṅkuddhā janatā tadā

35
Māyādhanavharāja'ñca-patikāl jātike'pica
Samāyācu'mupakāraṃ-sarantyā'guṃ sudussahaṃ

36
Vedheyabhūpo ta'ññatvā-tato 'gā yāpapaṭṭanaṃ
Tahiṃ damiḷarājena-mettiṃ vaḍḍhetva so vasī

37
Tato kenaci ṭhānena-kupito vedhayavhaye
Ghātāpayī taṃ damiḷa-rājā'tisaya kakkhalo

38
Vedheyassa yathā gattaṃ-'yattaṃ damiḷa rājino
Saya'ñcitaṃ dhanadāraṃ-tathā tassā'bhavī tadā

39
Vedheyamaraṇaṃ sutvā-māyādhanu narādhipo
Patikālpabhunā saddhiṃ-kataṃ paṭissavaṃ jahi

40
Palāpetuṃ sa'laṅkāya-patikāljanataṃ lahuṃ
Thiraṃ katvā sakaṃ rajjaṃ-rājasīhassutena'mā

41
Asakiṃ patikālavha-janaṭṭhānesu yujjhiya
Asampattajaye'kasmiṃ-kāle māyādhanutrajaṃ

42
Rājasīhakumāraṃ taṃ-sasenaṃ tehi āhavaṃ
Kattuṃ peseyi koḷamba-puraṃ pati pathantare

43
Mullēriyavhagāmasmi-'mubhinnaṃ kharasaṃyugaṃ
Bhavī tasmiṃ rājasīha-kumārassa bhaṭā balā

44
Ghātesuṃ patikālpāṇī-bhūrī tatra sara'mpi ca
Tesaṃ rattena lulitaṃ-soṇava ṇṇā'si sabbaso

[SL Page 139] [\x 139/]

45
Punā'pi rājasīhavho-kumāro thiravikkamo
Mahāsenaṅga'mādāya-jayavaddhanapaṭṭanaṃ

46
Koḷambanagara'ñcā'pi-rodhetvāna samantato
Vāretvā pana panthesu-gamanāgamana'mpica

47
Vattesi tumulaṃ yuddhaṃ-'rātīhi catumāsakaṃ
Tahaṃ parājayaṃ passaṃ-pakikālanikādhipo

48
Seṅkhaṇḍasela nagare-jayavirassa rājino
Dūte pāhesi turitaṃ-senaṃ netuṃ raṇāya so

49
Pañca sahassa ppamāṇaṃ-pesesi paṭuvāhiniṃ
Rājasīhakumāro taṃ-sutvā dūta mukhā padaṃ

50
Sīghaṃ sītāvakapuraṃ-'gamāsi sahavāhinī
Donjuvandhammapālavho-patthivo jayavaddhanaṃ

51
Puraṃ pahāya pāvekkhi-koḷambanagaraṃ bhayā
Kārite'ttāna'muddissa-tahaṃ patissave vasaṃ

52
Yathākāma'masakkonto-rajjaṃ bhottuṃ sa'dukkhito
Parādhīno'va sarade-dasame accaya'ṅgami

53
Saya'ṅkate saṃyugasmiṃ-patikāljanatāya'mā
Parājayo jayavīraṃ-nissāyā'sī'ti cintiya

54
Saṅkuddhamānaso yuddha-sena'mādāya bhiṃsanaṃ
Jayavīrapatthiva'nnu-bandhitvā sirivaddhanaṃ

55
Puraṃ patvā rājasīho-kumāro tena yujjhiya
Bhūbhujaṃ taṃ parājesi-jayavīro palātavā

56
Sadhītuyā sayaṃ patvā-mannārama padesakaṃ
Romaladdhiṃ samādāya-donpilip iti vissuto

57
Dhītā dōnakatirīnā-iti nāmā piyaṃ vadā
Tesaṃ vase vasī tasmiṃ-yathāniyati dukkhito

58
Samaraticaturo so rājasīho kumāro
Gamiya sapituraññā tatra tatrā'jiyā'suṃ
Satatavijayagāhī sakkarenā'tidaḷho
Nijapituvararājaṃ hantva rajjaṃ gahittha

Bhāṇavāramekatāḷīsatimaṃ
---------------
Iti sajjanānandasaṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse sīhalaparaṅgi
Saṅgāma dīpano nāmeka tāḷīsatimo paricchedo

[SL Page 140] [\x 140/]
Dvicattāḷīsatimoparicchedo
-------------------
1 Pañcavīsatime vasse-satasmiṃ dvisahassake
Atho'tra rājasīhavho-chatta'mussāpayī sitaṃ

2 Ye keci rajjassā'yattaṃ-vadanti te 'khile nije
Sagabbha pamukhe sabba-paṭhamaṃ mārayī tadā

3 Sītāvakapure cāsaṃ-kurāmāno pane'kadā
Datvā dānaṃ mahāthere-pitu ghātaka kibbisaṃ

4 Nāsemi'ti kathaṃ pucchi-desetvā dhamma'muttamaṃ
No sakkuṇiṃsu'rādhetu-duṭṭhacittaṃ visāradā

5 Kataṃ saya'maghaṃ sakkā-no'ti nāsetu 'mīritaṃ
Daṇḍappahaṭa sappo'va-suṇantokupitobhusaṃ

6 Pucchitvā sivabhatte'pi-nāsetuṃ sakkuṇoti taṃ
Iti sutvā'mata'miva-sivabhatti'magaṇhi so

7 Ghātento bhikkhavo dhamma-potthake cā'pi jhāpayaṃ
Bhedāpento subhe'rāme-uppannaṃ sumanācale

8 Yojesi lābha'mādātuṃ-sivatāpasake tadā
Micchidiṭṭhi samādānā-nāsesi muni sāsanaṃ

9 Patthivassa kharattasmiṃ-dulladdhigahaṇe tathā
Ahesu'mappiyā bhūrī-ratā sugata sāsane

10
Athā'pi sakalaṃ laṅkaṃ-nirātikaṇṭakaṃ thiraṃ
Kattukāmo mahāsenaṃ-nānāyudhe ca pācure

11
Samādāya 'gato sīghaṃ-koḷamba pura puṅgavaṃ
Samantato rodhayitvā-'rātīhi bhiṃsanaṃ raṇaṃ

12
Vattesi samare vatta-mānasmi'muddharaṭṭhiyā
Janayuṃ kalahaṃ taṃ hi-sutvā koḷamba saṃyugaṃ

13
Pahāya pāvekkhi sena-'mādiyitvo'ddha raṭṭhakaṃ
Sametvā taṃ kalakalaṃ-tasmiṃ mukhya'nti saṅkayā

14
Perādeṇi rāja vaṃse-sambhutaṃ vīrasundaraṃ
Baṇḍāraṃ sacivaṃ yuddha-sūra'māhūya vañcato

[SL Page 141] [\x 141/]

15
Māresi niddayo tasmi-'māgusmi'ñca tadattajo
Koṇappubaṇḍāra nāmo-koḷambanagaraṃ varaṃ

16
Āgamma kittu samayaṃ-samādāya'ttano pitu
Kata'māguṃ saraṃ donjōn-saññāya vidito vasī

17
Rājasīhavhayaṃ rājaṃ-paccuddharaṭṭhapāṇinaṃ
Viditvāna'ppasādattaṃ-patikāljanatādhipo

18
Donjōn koṇappubaṇḍāra-kumāraṃ raṇasūrinaṃ
Donpilip iti nāmena-jayavīrassa rājino

19
Bhāgineyya kumārena-saddhiṃ mänḍōsa nāmikaṃ
Senāpatiṃ dhuraṃ katvā-datvā sena'ntivikkamaṃ

20
Sirivaddhana ṭhānīyaṃ-nayī vela'mudikkhayaṃ sampattesu puraṃ tesu-ṭhitā sīhalikā tahiṃ

21
No virodha'madassesu-tahaṃ tesaṃ kathañcana
Tasmiṃ pilipkumārassa-rājattaṃ patikāljanā

22
Jōn samañña kumārassa-senāpati dhuraṃ tathā
Parināmiya'tho'gañchuṃ-sītāvakapuraṃ pati

23
Don jōn koṇappu baṇḍāra-senānī patthivaṃ sakaṃ
Don pilip iti vikhyātaṃ-ghātetvā'bhavi bhūbhujo

24
Tato so patikāljantu-sattū ri'va vicintiya
Hantuṃ taṃ janataṃ tasmiṃ-cinteyā'dhika vikkamo

25
Patikāljanatā tasmiṃ-ṭhānaṃ ñatvā lahuṃ lahuṃ
Palātā koḷambapura-'māsuṃ sabhītikā tato

26
Rājasīho dharaṇipo-sabba'ntaṃ'vecca tacchato
Varime vaye ṭhito ce'pi-samara kkara kaṇḍuniṃ

27
Vinodetuṃ'va nibbhīto-'citasīha parakkamo
Koṇappubaṇḍāra sañña-pabhusattiṃ pamaddituṃ

28
Senāparivuto gacchaṃ-mahānagara desakaṃ
Pathantare balanavha-ṭhānantike mahābhavaṃ

29
Koṇappubaṇḍārakassa-camūhi saha vattayī
Rājasīho sīhabalo-parājito raṇā'tigo

[SL Page 142] [\x 142/]

30
Petaṃgoḍa vhayuyāne-pādābādhena pīḷito
Ruvanvälla iti byāta-gāmasāmantake kharā

31
Vedanā vediyamāno-ekavīsati vaccare
Kittisesattanaṃ'gañchi-samare maccuno tathā

32
Atho donjōna bhiññāto-vimaladhammasūriyo
Iti seṅkhaṇḍaselasmiṃ-setacchattaṃ pure tahaṃ

33
Dvisahasse sate yāte-pañcatiṃsati vacchare
Samussāpiya kittussa-samayaṃ navakābhidhaṃ

34
Jahāsi seṭṭhanagaraṃ-parikkhippa samantato
Kāretvā pana pākāraṃ-mahantaṃ sahakoṭṭhakā

35
Nivesetvā rakkhabhaṭe-bale tahiṃ tahiṃ thiraṃ
Lokasāsana saṅgāhaṃ-kattuṃ'rabhi jane suto

36
Dāṭhādhātuṃ munindassa-vicāretvā kuhiñci'ti
Vihāre labujaggāme-iti sutvāna patthivo

37
Amatenā'bhisitto'va-pīto samandirantike
Dvibhumaṃ dhātusadanaṃ-kāretvā'timanoramaṃ

38
Gāhāpetvā tato dhātu-bhadantaṃ sambhamaṃ pure
Vaḍḍhetvā dhātupāsādaṃ-pūjāvidhiṃ pavattiya

39
Namassitvā patidinaṃ-cāritta'ñca yathāpurā
Pavattetuṃ niyojesi-saddhābhatti purassaro

40
Virodhī'riva maññanto-patikāljanatāyatu
No jahī paṭighaṃ bhūpo-cirabaddhaṃ kathañcana

41
Athā'parasmiṃ samaye-koḷamba patikālpati
So '[f]prunsisku da silvākhyo-govādhipatino lahuṃ

42
Sattiṃ vimaladhammassa-rājino madditummano
Ñāpesi bhaṭasenaṅgaṃ-pesetuṃ nipuṇaṃ raṇe

43
Govādhibhū'ticaturaṃ-lopassōsā samavhayaṃ senāniṃ pamukhaṃ katvā-datvāna mahatiṃ camuṃ
44
Sace laṅka'ṅkareyyāsi-sāhatthika'manūnakaṃ
Bhāgineyyassa te dōna-katarīnābhidhaṃ piyaṃ

[SL Page 143] [\x 143/]

45
Jayavīrāvanipati-dhītaraṃ bhariyattane
Samappiya piyaṃ laṅkā-rajjaṃ dassa'nti pāvadi

46
Tabbācā daḷhaceto so-sōsā camupatī tato
Sabalo bhāgineyyena-saddhiṃ nānāvidhāyudhe

47
Samādāyā'vatiṇṇo'va-mannāramappadesakaṃ
Kumāriṃ katirīnavha-'mānetvā sirivaddhanaṃ

48
Puraṃ pati gamissanto-madhuggāmassa santike
Vīsasahassappamāṇa-senāya parivārito

49
Jayavīrādi baṇḍāra-vissute'ko pabhūvaro
Samāgamma sōsa yuddha-camuyā'gā purammukho

50
Vuttantaṃ taṃ'khilaṃ sutvā-vimaladhammasūriyo
Jayavīramhi senindaṃ-bhedesisamupāyato

51
Sōsavhayo cakkapati-jayavīrassutaṃ pabhuṃ
Ghātesa'sipahārena-tato sīhalikā bhaṭā

52
Bhītā palātā sōsavhaṃ-hitvā āsuṃ tahaṃ tahaṃ
Kupite'ke balā yodhā-rājāna'mupasaṅkamuṃ

53
Balanavhaṃ sampahāra-dharaṇiṃ pakikālbale
Sampattasmiṃ sasenāniṃ-senaṃ haniṃsu sīhalā

54
Sajīvagāhaṃ subhagaṃ-kumāriṃ dōnakatiranaṃ
Gahetvāna mahesitte-ṭhapesuṃ maharājino

55
Athe'kadā gocaraṭṭha-desādhīso purā'gataṃ
Samuccinitvā senāniṃ-balaṃ datve'ha pesayī

56
Donjeraṇīmōdaasa-vēdū'ti viditaṃ tahaṃ
Samuccinitvā senāniṃ-balaṃ datve'ha pesayī

57
Tambapaṇṇiṃ samotiṇṇo-karāṇo ninditakirayaṃ
Sīhala bbijaya bbhūmiṃ-balanavhaya duggamaṃ

58
Bahukkhattuṃ'gammatatra-janānaṃ sakajātinaṃ
Bahunnaṃ māraṇaṃ sutvā-daḷhatāya'ttano'nisaṃ

59
Jayo vā maraṇaṃ hotu-hanissaṃ sīhale'khile
Yuddhasajjo sasenāya-sayaṃ'si parivārito

[SL Page 144] [\x 144/]

60
Pavattayuṃ sīhalehi-tahaṃ bhiṃsanakaṃ raṇaṃ parājitā palāyiṃsu-asavēda vha vāhinī

61
Senāpatī asavēdū-nāmiko'dhika kakkhalo
Vimaladhammasūrassa-bhūpassa bala'makkhamo

62
Bhūpaṃ rahasi māretuṃ-yojesi caraporise
Kumantanaṃ khara'meko-mudalī rājabhattiko

63
Viññāpesī rājino'tha-te'pi mānusaghātake
Balanavhaya duggamhi-ghātesuṃ rājaporisā

64
Jahāsa'thu'ddharaṭṭhāsaṃ-patikāljanatā ito
Samuddanikaṭe dese-vāsaṃ sutthiraka'ṅkari

65
Purā yati vihiṃsāya-sopasampada bhikkhunaṃ
Vihīnattā'va vimala-dhammasūriya bhūbhujo

66
Rakkhaṅga desaṃ pesetvā-'macce saddhe pavīṇake
Nandicakkādayo'netvā-bhikkhavo sīlabhūsane

67
Gaṇṭhamba sañña titthasmiṃ-mahāvāluka sindhuyaṃ
Kāretvānu'dakukkhepa-sīmāmālaka'muttamaṃ

68
Dvikasahassassatato-'paritāḷisavacchare
Kulaputtu'pasampanne-kāretvā bahayo sato

69
Pabbājetvā guṇī bhūrī-tathe'va kulaputtake
Saddho dhammarato sammā-rakkhi sugatasāsanaṃ

70
Chatāḷīsatime vasse-satasmiṃ dvisahassake
ōlandanāma paññātā-patīvidisikā janā

71
Sattattarīhi sampattā-laṅka'motaru'muttamaṃ
Nāvikādhipatī jōris-cänspīlbarjan itissuto

72
Patvā puraṅga sampannaṃ-sirivaddhanaṭhāniyaṃ
Vimaladhamma sūravha-'mupasaṅkami patthivaṃ

73
Paṭiggahetvā taṃ sammā-tabbijitesu vattanaṃ
Rajjakkama'ñca talladdhiṃ-raṇavutti'ñca pucchi taṃ

74
Kathāya sampayogena-rañño bhāva'ñca vediya
Palāpetu'ñca laṅkāya-patikāljanataṃ lahuṃ

[SL Page 145] [\x 145/]

75
Sāhāyya'mattano rañño-nekatiko nivediya
Bandhituṃ koṭṭhakaṃ laṅkā-janehi saha nibbharaṃ

76
Payojetuṃ vaṇijjaṃ co-'kāsaṃ yāci narissaraṃ
Rājā pamudito tasmiṃ-dadi tassā'vakāsakaṃ

77
Sammadātisayo väns pil-barjan nāvikanāyako
Saya'mpi patikālīya-janānaṃ paṭipakkhataṃ

78
Ñāpetuṃ rājino tesaṃ-tisso taraṇiyo'ṇṇave
Pasayhaṃ paggahetvāna-'vanipaggassa tā dadi

79
Padassetvāna sambhatta-ta'mitthaṃ nāvikādhipo na cirena sakaṃ desa-'magamāsi hite rato

80
Taññatte hāyane tesa-'meko sī bōldavāḍi'ti
Vissuto taraṇidhīso-laṅka'māgamma laddhake

81
Seṅkhaṇḍasela ṭhānīye-rājāna'mupasaṅkami
Saṅgaha'ṅkāsi mahipo-ta'magghaṃ paṭigaṇhiya

82
Tato so nāvikādhīso-paṭhamaṃ gahitā tarī
Anārociya bhūpassa-vossajī sakakāmato

83
Ta'mavecca'situṃ bhūpo-pācidesa'mupāgami
Tadantare da vāḍnāmo-samupāgamma patthivaṃ

84
Taraṇīyo no sandaṭṭhu-'mayācitthe 'tu bhūbhujo
Taṃ paṭikkhipi bhūpālo-'vatthocitavacīhi ca

85
Tahaṃ taripatī majja-matto'sabbhagiraṃ vadi
Ta'ṅkhaṇa ññe'va kupito-tasmiṃ dubbaca jātike
86
Bhūpo taṭataṭāyanto-daḍḍho khāṇu'va tinduko
Bandhathi'maṃ sārameyya-'miccu'vāca pabhāvacā

87
Ta'ṅkhaṇaṃ'vanipasse'ko-bhaṭo ghātesi dubbacaṃ
Yoggaṃ kiraya'mimaṃ'voca-pīṭars upatarīpati

88
Bhūpo puna puraṃ gantvā-cinitvā kusalaṃ bahuṃ
Nijaṃ'nujaṃ pabbajita-'muppabbājesi taṃ paṭuṃ

89
Niyojiya nije rajja-bhāre yuttiyuto budho
Vasse dvādasame bhūpo-yathākamma'magā paraṃ
[SL Page 146] [\x 146/]

90
Itthaṃ bhūpatayo visiṭṭhamatiyā yu ttā'pi laddhiṃ sivaṃ
Hitve'ke siriyāmadena muditā'nīghaṃ'nubhutvāni'ha
Ekacce balino samādiya varaṃ laddhiṃ satā'smiṃ sukhaṃ
Vinditvāna para'ṅgamiṃsu satimā medho kare diṭṭhijuṃ

Bhāṇavāraṃ dvitāḷisatimaṃ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse ōlandāgamanādi dīpanonāma
Dvicattāḷīsatimoparicchedo

[SL Page 147] [\x 147/]

Ticattāḷīsatimo paricchedo
-------------------
1 Tadaccaye tassa suto-māyādhanū'pabhūpati
Ūvadesādhipo rañño-kaṇiṭṭho cā'tivikkamo

2 Senāratanavikhyāto-rajje sāmitta 'mabravuṃ
Siyā yadi raṇaṃ tesaṃ-patikāljanatāya tu

3 Parihāni pathā patti-bhaveyyā'ti vicintiya
Viditā katirīnā'ti-lokanāthā mahesikā

4 Rajjaṃ sayaṃ'nusāsanti-sacive 'pi samāniya
Rajjassa patirūpattaṃ-sassa sassa pakāsituṃ

5 Nivedayī kila tesa-'mubhinnaṃ'dhika sattinaṃ
Sabhaṃ samupasaṅkante-hanitvā sāyakena taṃ
6 Ghātesi māyādhanukaṃ-senāratana khattiyo
Rajja'maggahi so rañño-deviṃ katirinavhayaṃ

7 Mahesitte'bhisiñcitvā-hāyane dvisahassake
Sogatasmiṃ sate satta-tāḷīsame'si bhūpati
8 Pattābhiseko so rājā-puññakammaparo dayo saṅgaṇhi janataṃ niccaṃ-saṅgahehi catūhi'pi

9 Dāṭhā dhātu bhadantassa-cāritta'mavilaṅghiya
Pūjāvidhiṃ pavattesi-siva magga rato sudhī

10
Rajjato pañcama vassa-ppamāṇe rājino sakaṃ
Puraṃ patya'savēdavho-patikālpati kakkhalo

11
Mahāsamara senāya-gamittha parivārito
Taṃ suṇitvā'risenāya-thāmattaṃ ca'ttanobalaṃ

12
Dubbalatta'mavekkhitvā-patthivānaṃ siraṃ viya
Dāṭhādhātuṃ pañcasata-raṭṭhaṃ vaḍḍhetva duggamaṃ

13
Khemaṭṭhāne sugopetvā-'paciti'ṅkāsi gāravā
Rañño jeṭṭhasutaṃ hattha-sāra'ñca gabbhiniṃ nijaṃ

14
Mahesi'ñcā'diyitvāna-tato'gā mahiyaṅgaṇaṃ
Saseno patikālindo-asavēdavhayo atho

[SL Page 148] [\x 148/]
15
Mahāpura'mupāvissa-'nagghikaṃ rājamandiraṃ
Jhāpetvā balanaṭṭhāne-balakoṭṭha'ñca bandhayī

16
Lokanāthā rājadevī-mahiyaṅgaṇakuñjare
Subhasūcakanakkhatte-rājasīhavhayaṃ varaṃ

17
Rajjakkhamaṃ mahātejaṃ-pasūtā tanayaṃ piyaṃ
Verijeṭṭho tadā rattiṃ-supinaṃ passi bheravaṃ

18
Paṭipakkhajanā sabbe-supinā bhayatajjitā
Palāyiṃsu puraṃ hitvā-jāta teja ggi dayhitā

19
Tato'parasmiṃ samaye-lokanāthā mahesiyā
Jeṭṭho suto mato rāja-suriyo pubbarājino

20
Tena sokāturā devī-katirīnavhayā matā
Atho sampattasamayaṃ-viññāya'khila'mādiya

21
Sirivaḍḍhana ṭhānīyaṃ-patvā sabbaṃ yathāpurā
Kattu'mārabhi sambuddha-dvijadhātuṃ samāniya

22
Vaḍḍhetvā dhātugehasmiṃ-pūjāvidhiṃ pavattayī
Patthivassa'ṭṭhamavasse-daboskōvarsamavhayo

23
ōlandanāvikādhīso-ṭhānīyaṃ sirivaddhanaṃ
Patvā laṅkissarenā'tha-paṭiñña'ṅkāsi sāsayā

24
Vattetuṃ patikālpāṇi-gaṇehi saha saṃyugaṃ
Patthivassu'pakārassa-karaṇāya paṭissavaṃ

25
Dadi so'landasenānī-tasmiṃ tuṭṭho mahīpati
Koṭṭiyāravhaṭhānasmiṃ-bandhituṃ koṭṭhakaṃ thiraṃ

26
Sāmaggiyā'va laṅkīya-janehi saha santataṃ
Vāṇijja'ñca payojetu-'mokāsaṃ dadi'nuddayo

27
Accantasammado bhūpo-tasmi'molandadhissaraṃ
Rañño'nusāsakanibhaṃ-nivattāpayi sappure

28
Patikāljātikā tasmiṃ-kāle catusahassakaṃ
Senaṅga'mpi datvāna-simankorasa nāmikaṃ

29
Senāni'mappasiddhena-maggena koṭṭiyārakaṃ
Pesayuṃ te tahaṃ patvo-'landakoṭṭha'ñca rakkhake

[SL Page 149] [\x 149/]

30
Nāsayiṃsu bhaṭe tasmā-saṅkuddho mahipo tadā
Pañcasahassappamāṇā-senāyo ca'nayī tahiṃ

31
Palāyuṃ patikālavhā-ṭhānaṃ taṃ hitva vegino
Tesaṃ bahūni vatthūni-bhaṭe cā'diya pācure

32
Seṅkhaṇḍasela'māyātā-pura'māsuṃ sadesikā
Atho'pu'bho saṃyugāya-sañciniṃsu mahabbalaṃ

33
Mahesiccayato sassa-sokasallena sallito
Senāratana rājindo-gelaññenā'si pīḷito

34
Gelaññaṃ rājino sutvā-pakikāljātikā janā
Disādhipatinā hērat-nāmena saha rājino

35
Kumantayitvā bhūpassa-tanaye cū'varaṭṭhake
Yuvarāja'ñca ghātetuṃ-yatayiṃsva'tha kakkhalā

36
Taññatā mahipo itthaṃ-kumantanakare'pare
Tāsetuṃ taṃ disādhīsaṃ-hēratsaññaṃ hanāpayī

37
Taddesikā tato ruṭṭhā-'rātī hutvā'va rājino
Janayuṃ kalahaṃ bhīmaṃ-patikāljātikā api

38
Samāgatā tesa'māsu-'motāra'mpi gavesakā
Pesetvā mahipo senaṃ-samesi kalahaṃ lahuṃ

39
Bhūpasse'kādasamasmiṃ-vacchare patikāljane
Palāpetu'mito maññaṃ-daboskōvar mahāsayaṃ

40
Taddesaṃ raṇasenaṅga-'mānetuṃ pesayī sato
Landesikā tena saddhiṃ-kattuṃ ne'cchuṃ paṭissavaṃ

41
Tato so nāvikādhīso-ḍenmākavhayaraṭṭhakaṃ
Patvāna tasmiṃ'dhipati-catutthaṃ kirasṭiyan sutaṃ

42
Rājaṃ samupasaṅkamma-sappayāna'mavoca'tha paṭiggahetvāna tassa-yācanaṃ guligäḍ iti

43
Senāniṃ vissutaṃ pañca-raṇanāvā padāpiya
Boskōvarnāmikenā'smiṃ-pesesi sara'māyatiṃ

44
So phuṭṭharogo boskōvar-suvissuta mahāsayo
Tariyaṃ mato'dhā'gacchaṃ-guliguḍ iti seniyo

[SL Page 150] [\x 150/]

45
Samotiṇṇo piyaṃ laṅkaṃ-rañño sorasavacchare
Passi bhūmipatiṃ seṭṭha-purasmiṃ taṃ samādaraṃ

46
Paṭigayha saṅgaha'ṅkāsi-sammā tathā'pi buddhimā
No icchi mahipo tassa-paṭiññaṃ paṭigaṇhituṃ

47
Tato senāni boskōvar-mahāsayatarisva'pi
Paharitvā vatthujātaṃ-sakaraṭṭha'magā tadā

48
Samantato vattamāne-patikālkoṭṭhake thire
Udikkhamāno landesi-sāhāyya'mpi apassayaṃ

49
Samaraṃ saṅakulaṃ kattu-maññamāno disampati
Sīghasīghaṃ mahāsenaṃ-sajjesī'dhikavikkamo

50
Tadā'dho raṭṭhiyā dve'pi-mudalindā mahāsayā
Bhūpālapakkhā rahasi-'bhaviṃsu thiramānasā

51
Ittha'mbhūtaṃ mahussāhaṃ-bhūpatissa cirantanaṃ
Ñātā konstantīnudasā-patikāladhipo tva'raṃ

52
Yuddhasenaṅga'mādāya-mahantaṃ balavikkamo
Rañño catubbīsatime-majjhadesaṃ gamitva so

53
Nāsesi taṃ disaṃ gāma-vilopako'va takkaro
Dubbalattā'vanipassa-bhaṭehi tehi yujjhituṃ

54
Ūvaraṭṭhaṃ palāto'si-saseno mahipo lahuṃ
Patikāladhipo rājaṃ-nānubandhiya paccuhaṃ

55
Passaṃ nivattittha tasmiṃ-kāle govādhipo'tra tu
Patikālpatino'yattaṃ-kātuṃ laṅkaṃ'vilambitaṃ

56
Pesesyā'ṇa pamādasmiṃ-dosa'ñcā'ropayī bhusaṃ
Rañño chabbīsatimasmiṃ-patikālpatiko lahuṃ

57
Bāvīsatisahassassa-ppamāṇe sikkhite raṇe
Bhaṭe samādiyitvāna-badullanagara'ṅgato

58
Puraṃ taṃ paharitvāna-sīhalehi bhayānakaṃ
Vattesi saṃyugaṃ daḷhaṃ-'raññadoṇivhabhūmiyaṃ

59
Paraṅgikā tamhi rattiṃ-pāpuccāraṇakammunā
Devasaṃyācanenā'pi-vītikkamuṃ bhayadditā

[SL Page 151] [\x 151/]

60
Disampatibhaṭā tasmiṃ-vijayo no bhave iti
Maññamānā jayugghosa-'mugghosayiṃsu sammadā

61
Pabhāte samare vatta-māne katipayā satā
Paraṅgijanataṃ hitvā-mudalindāmahāsayā

62
Bhūpabbalaṃ samāyātā-raṇachekā'tivikkamā
Tesaṃ donkosmovjaya-sekharākhyo suvissuto

63
Mudaḷindo paraṅgīya-bhaṭassa sahasā siraṃ
Chedāpetvā saṅkunā taṃ-dassesu'kvippa nibbhayo

64
So rājapakkhapātatta-'mitthaṃ viññāpayī tadā
Sajātikajanā sabbe-ta'ṅkhaṇaṃ rājapakkhikā

65
Bhavuṃ paraṅgikā tesa-'manapekkhiya jīvitaṃ
Pavattayuṃ raṇaṃ rāja-senāya bhiṃsanaṃ kharaṃ

66
Mahipassa'ttajo rāja-sīho sūro kumārako
Raṇabhūmiya'mattānaṃ-dassento pabale bhaṭe

67
Yathāyoggaṃ niyojesi-sosattarasavassiko
Dutiyo divase yuddhe-bherave samupaṭṭhite

68
Konstantīnudasānāma-patikālpatinā samaṃ
Tassā'khila'mpi senaṅgaṃ-vināsayiṃsu sīhalā

69
Tato paṭṭhāya tu laṅka-'māyattaṃ kattukāmatā
Nā'bhavittha paraṅginaṃ-vighātā satti sabbaso

70
Sīhaparakkamo rāja-sīho kumāravissuto
Sighaṃ senaṅga'mādāya-karakaṇḍuṃ'vanodituṃ

71
Patto mahāvaṇṇunajjā-nikaṭasmiṃ paraṅginaṃva
Balakoṭṭhe'pi paggaṇhi-tato koḷambakoṭṭhakaṃ

72
Samantato'va rundhitvā-sabalo yujjhituṃ'rabhi
Patikālpatino maccuṃ-ñatvā govidhipo tato

73
Kocinnagarato cā'tra-mahatiṃ yuddhavāhiniṃva
Sattavīsatime vasse-rājino pesayī lahuṃ

74
Patte tasmiṃ yuddhabale-palātā sīhalā'bhavu
Ninayiṃsu ubho kiñci-kālaṃ sāmaggiye'kadā

[SL Page 152] [\x 152/]

75
Saṃsayaṃ maraṇe mañña-māno mantetva'maccake
Sasantake pabbatādi-parikkhitte ca raṭṭhake

76
Vibhajja tīsu pattesu-likhāpiya'visesato
Sabhāturājino putte-tanayaṃ ca'ttano'rasaṃ

77
Samānetvā tāni patte-dāṭhaggadhātusantike
Ṭhapetvā te bhāgadheyyo-gāhāpesi yathāpihaṃ

78
Kumārasīhavhayassa-tadu'caraṭṭhakaṃ tathā
Vijayapālasavhassa-mātulaṃ raṭṭhakaṃ subhaṃ

79
Pañcuddharaṭṭhakaṃ rāja-sīhassa sakasūnuno
Sampatte'vaṃ viloketvā-mudito'si mahīpati

80
Ta taṃ raṭṭhaṃ samāyātaṃ-kumārānaṃ yathāvidhi
Accantakaruṇo tesaṃ-'dāsi bhūpo tadatthiko

81
Iti dharaṇiya'massaṃ'rātikaṇṭe pahūte
Atisaya'mapanetvā sodhayitva'ggarajjaṃ
Anubhaviya yathāsaṃ tiṃsavassaṃ hi senā-
Ratana jagati pālo dibbaloka'ṅgamittha

Bhāṇavāraṃ titāḷīsatimaṃ.
---------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse senāratana
Rājadīpano nāma titālīsatimo paricchedo

[SL Page 153] [\x 153/]

Catucattāḷīsatimo paricchedo
--------------------
1 Tadaccayasmiṃ dutiyo'trajo'ssa
Raṇe pavīno sutarājasīho
Seṅkhaṇḍaselavhapure varasmiṃ
Rājā'si rañjesi jane sa'dānā

2 Te bhāgiyā rājasutā mahīpā
Yathāvidhippattadisāsu tāsu
Payambutulyā satataṃ samaggā
Tebhātikā vāsa'makappayiṃsu

3 Sāmaggi'missaṃ bhavi ce pavattā'
Paraṃ paraṅgī manujo'nukampo
Seṅkhaṇḍaselavhapure naresaṃ
Taṃ rājasīhaṃ samupāgamitvā

4 Sugandhi nīra'mpi ca gandhasāra
Sāraṃ haya'ñcā'dadi bhūpatissa
Pīto mahīpo'pi pavecchi dantiṃ
Sa'taṃ gahetvā'ga kadambatitthaṃ

5 Bhūpā suladdhaṃ dviradaṃ digūda
Mēlō paraṅgī dhipatī pahāsi
So vāṇijo sassi'bha gaṇhitatta'
Mācikkhi rañño'bhimukhamhi ṭhitvā

6 Sa'vimbhito taṃ sutavā narindo
Pavuddharoso dviradaṃ para'mpi
Datvā'ssarakkheni'tarena saddhiṃ
Dayodasampūtamano nayittha

7 Tato'parasmiṃ samaye diguda-
Mēlōpabhū vikkiṇituṃ haye dve
Mahāpuraṃ nesi purā kata'mpi
Sara'mpahārī turage sa'bhūpo

[SL Page 154] [\x 154/]

8 Dvipe vare teni'dha pesite no
Dassa'nti vāhe vadathā'didesa
Te vāṇijā sappabhuno varassa
Viññāpayuṃ taṃ nikhilaṃ pavattiṃ

9 Pavattijāta'ñca suṇitva sādhuṃ
Digudamēlō patikāl patindo
Padittaghāto'rabhi rājinā'tho
Jayatthiko so tumulaṃ hi yuddhaṃ

10
Sadesadesantarikaṭṭhavīsa
Sahassamattaṃ bala'mādiyitvā
Seṅkhaṇḍasela ppura sannikaṭṭhaṃ
Payāsa'bhīto'va dhatāyudho so

11
Tadā pavīro vijayādipāla-
Khatto'dhipo mātularaṭṭhakamhi
Samādiyitvā mahati'ñca sena'
Mupāgamī patthivapakkhiko'va

12
Patte patīkālanike videsī
Bhayāvahantaṃ balanavhaduggaṃ
Paṭicca lesaṃ paṭighaṃ visāla
Senāvināsāya raṇaṃ rabheyya

13
Ta'mīrayitvāna na yuttaka'nti
Parakkamo bhūpati rājasīho
Tappūjakaṃ nesi digudamēla-
Pabhussa ñattaṃ paṭiyātu'metto

14
Lava'mpa'sallakkhiya taṃ digūda
Mēlavhayo'pāharituṃ narindaṃ
Kharāya senāya samaṃ puraggaṃ
Pāvekkhi nāddakkhi puramhi kañci

15
Disampati so tadahe'rināsa
Kirayāvidhānaṃ'virataṃ karāṇo
Nīlambuṭhānamhi vasī'va sīho
Tadā paraṅgī jana sañcayasmiṃ

[SL Page 155] [\x 155/]

16
Pura'mpi jhāpetva parikkamante
Gannōruvavhe'ribale samantā
Bhūpabbhaṭā rundhiya sampahāraṃ
Dātuṃ'rabhiṃsū satataṃ ripūnaṃ

17
Samuddhato so patikālpatindo
Vinibbidho pakkhahato'va pakkhi
Kharaṃ raṇaṃ tatra 'sahaṃ mahīpaṃ
Yācittha sāmaṃ pamukhaṃ panetvā

18
Duṭṭhassa mānammanaso kathañci
Giraṃ'gaṇetvāna'nivattayitvā
Yoddhuṃ nivedesi savāhinīnaṃ
Pavattayuṃ bhiṃsanaka'mpi yuddhaṃ

19
Sāyambhave'smiṃ dvisahassake'he
Satekasītīsarade pabhāte
Sanetarā'mā patikālpajāyo
Haniṃsu tettiṃsajane vihāya

20
Sajīvagāhaṃ gahite paraṅgi
Jane samatte vijayādipāle
Bhūpe nivattāpayi guttiyā te
Tato paraṃ mocayi maṇḍaleso

21
So rājasīho kupito tato taṃ
Khatta'ṅgahetuṃ vijayādipālaṃ
Senaṃ niyojesa'tha taṃ viditvā
Paraṅgiñatta'ṅgami so'tivegova

22
Tadā paraṅgīhi'pi vītachando
Govavhayaṃ maṇḍaliko saraṭṭhaṃ
Nīto'pi kittussamaya'mpi gayha
Mato tahaṃ maccadhipo'sa'kāmā

23
Gannōru saṅgāma purā kumāra-
Sīho sa'ūvādhipatī mato'si
Tato'ddharaṭṭhe kasine'kasāmī'
Bhavī virājī sirirājasīho
[SL Page 156] [\x 156/]

24
Paraṅgipāṇīna'bhave'ha vāso
Sāmaggi no hehiti tāva sādhuṃ
Tīretva ittha'mpi saritva etto
Palāpituṃ te sari rājasīho

25
Manorathaṃ pūrayitu'mpi kāmaṃ
Sute betāvivhapuramhi'dhīsaṃ
Sohajja'molandajanāna'maggaṃ
Yācitva dūte'nayi rājasīho

26
Atho betāvīpuradhissaro so
Pāhesi senādhipatiṃ idhe'saṃ
Taṃ seniyo gammi'ha passi tena
Paṭissava'ñcā'kari rājasīho

27
Laṅkāya te nīharituṃ paraṅgi
Jane'tra rañño gahite ca koṭṭhe
Dātuṃ mahīpo samaramhi vitha
Bbaya'ñca kattuṃ sirirājasīhova

28
Landesikānaṃ satataṃ vaṇijjaṃ
Laṅkāya sabbattha payojitu'ñca
Ubbāhituṃ romanupūjake'tā
Bhavuṃ paṭiññā ca thirā dvipakkhe

29
Yathāpaṭiññaṃ dhajinīhi väsṭar-
Volḍsavhayo cakkapatī raṇasmiṃ
Supesale'so dvisahassakamhi
Sate dvyasītimmitahāyanasmiṃ

30
Laṅkāvatiṇṇo sabalo'va pācī
Disāya koṭṭhe patikāl pajānaṃ
Yujjhitva sabbe'ggahi'to parasmiṃ
Tathe'va vasse madhugāmakoṭṭhaṃ

31
Paraṅgi landesi videsikānaṃ
Sāmaggi mattaṃ ci'dha kiñcikālaṃ
Pavatta'māsī dvisahassakamhi
Satasmi'mekūnasatamhi vasse

[SL Page 157] [\x 157/]

32
Sasīhalo landa sakhā ji senā
Vīsaṃ sahassaṃ thala nīrato'pi
Parikkhipitvā'va kadamba koṭṭhaṃ
Paraṅginaṃ'daṃsu pahāra'māsuṃ

33
Verī bha dappa ssira piṇḍa bhedī
Miginda tulyo siri rājasīho
Gāme vasaṃ raggahavattanāme
Bhaṭe payojesi raṇe'tisūro

34
Vattetva yuddhaṃ tumulaṃ bala'mpiva
Hanitva sesa'ñca palāpayitvā
Koḷambakoṭṭhaṃ suthiraṃ visālaṃ
Haṭhaṃ mahehāya sudaṃ'gahesuṃ

35
Saṃvacchare'to dutiye paraṅgi
Janehu'dagga puthulaṃ kata'mpi
Koṭṭhaṃ'gahuṃ yāpanika'ntimaṃ hi
Vāsāvasānaṃ'bhavi'tro'tra tesaṃ

36
Atho raṇe paggahite'ggakoṭṭhe
Landesikā bhūpatino padāye
Yathāpaṭiññaṃ nikatā na dajjuṃ
Tato'bhavuṃ te ripavo'ññamaññaṃ

37
Aṅgīrasasmiṃ dvisahassake dvi-
Satamhi vasse tatiye robaṭnōks
Nāmiṅgirīsinvayiko satāto
Sakattariṃ pākatikaṃ pabhaggaṃ

38
Kattu'mpi laṅkāyi'dha koṭṭiyāra
Titthāvatiṇṇo bhami'to ci'toca
Purāvidesīna'mihā'gatānaṃ
Sasaṃsayo nekatikehi bhūpo

39
Paggaṇhituṃ te tuvaṭaṃ niyogaṃ
Nayī tato nōks pamukhe gahetvā
Disāpatī majjhadisaṃ pavesī
Nivattayī sorasa'kekagāme

[SL Page 158] [\x 158/]

40
Yuvassa nōksnāmavarassa tāto
Tato mato'sī dutiyamhi vasse
Suto robaṭnōkssusu vīsavassaṃ
Vasitvi dhā'gā niliye'ṅgalantaṃ

41
Mahāsayo nōks vidito tahiṃ so
Bhūpassa bhāvaṃ atha tassa rajje
Pakāsakaṃ gantha'makāsi tassa'
Nusāsako bhūpatino sira'nti

42
Tassu'ddhaṭaṃ māna'matikkama'nti
Tato bhuvī daḷhataro'pi koci
Disampatī no'ti siyā sa'gatthe
Nidassitā tena'vicārakena

43
Tathā'pi vutto sirirājasīho
Rājā kurūro na bhave kathañci
Kāṭhiñña jotī ca videsikānaṃ
Pajjālito cetasi bhūpatissa

44
Etto purāṇe dvisahassakasmiṃva
Satamhi tettiṃsatimamhi vasse
Räl[f]pic samañño paṭhamāgato'tra
Mahāsayo iṃgirisī'ti maññuṃ

45
Nekacca'molandapajāya tibbaṃ
Saraṃ'sahanto'vanipo sakīyaṃ
Janaccayaṃ daṭṭhu'makāmakāmo
Viyā'tidaḷha kiraya tapparo'si

46
So rājadhāniṃ pavaraṃ pahāya
Parissamaṃ vissamituṃ mahīpo
Nīlambuke saṃvasathe manuñño
Sātaṃ vasittho'hitabhārako'va

47
Tahaṃ vasaṃ so dvisahassake dvi
Sate'ṭṭhamasmiṃ munihāyanamhi
Pure'nuvassaṃ'va kata'mpi sāḷha
Mahussava'ṅkattu'nadajji bhūpo

[SL Page 159] [\x 159/]

48
Taṃ'rabbha jīvā mahipe tadāni
Purādhivāsī kupitā'timattaṃ
Bhūpaṃ nihantu'ñca kumantayitvā
Nīlambuke rājagahaṃ'varundhuṃ

49
Tato palāyato jagatīpatī so
Siluddhasaññaṃ balakoṭṭha'maggaṃ
Duggaṃ satāṇaṃ pihayaṃ rayena
Pāvekkhi dhīro tuvaṭaṃ nilīno

50
Rājaddubhī te kalahe pamokkhā
Sīghaṃ puraṃ'gamma mahīpasūnuṃ
Sukhedhitaṃ pūtayasaṃ kumāraṃ'
Bhisiñcituṃ taṃ yatayiṃsu rajje

51
Tathā'pi so rājasuto vidūra
Dassī paṭikkhippa mahipañattaṃ
Gato nilīyā'si tato'pi bhītā'
Tivimbhitā medhagikā palātā

52
Tasmiṃ vivāde samite narindo
Te rājadohī kalahe padhāne
Jane ca bhūrī yatayo ca keci
Gahetva ghātāpayi saṅkite te

53
Tato'paraṃ rājasuto cirassaṃ
Kuhiṃ gato'tī na ca koci macco
Aññāsi bhūpaṃ'va vinā pane'ke
Mārāpito'tī vanipena maññuṃ

54
Tato parasmiṃ sarade'ṭṭhamamhi
Pransanvaye'ko dhajinīpatindo
Laṅkāvatiṇṇo'bhavi monsīyarda
Lāhe'ti khyāto samare pavīṇo

55
Pāhesi rañño nikaṭaṃ'padāya
Samaṃ sadūte tuvaṭaṃ satīmā
ōlandiyānaṃ disata'mpi tesaṃ
Saritva sammāpaṭigaṇhi te tu

[SL Page 160] [\x 160/]

56
So seniyo seṭṭhakulaṃ lenōrōl
Mahāsayaṃ pesiya bhūpañattaṃ
Kirayāparo kicca'midha bbidhāya
Sīghaṃ pune'tu'ṅgamisindhudesaṃ

57
Mahīpatiṃ so'pagato'pi tassa
Tāruññamānuddhatamussitattā
Bhūpaṃ ca'nandiṃ nigaḷe sahatthe
Pāpesa'pubbaṃ'carimaṃ hate'hā

58
Kadāci laddhā mahipā mohoṭṭāl-
Padaṃ sadesiṃ parinīya kantaṃ
Duve labhī sūnuvare'parasmiṃ
Sagottikā'jjā'pi padissare'tra

59
Munindavasse dvisahassake dvi
Satamhi tevīsatime tato'pi
Virodha'molandajane pavattaṃ
Sametukāmo samupāya'maggaṃ

60
Vīmaṃsayitvā sutatappatī vänva-
Joyinsamañño pabhu bhūpatissa
Paheṇake pesayi'nagghike ca
Rājappacārehi pathe ṭhitehi

61
Tassū'padā tā paharitva dūtā
Palāpitā pāranadiṃ pasayha
Tenā'pi landesipatissa ceto
Ratho nahosī saphalo kathañci

62
Assa'ṅanī'landapatī vänādī
Joyinssamañño rayiklopvänādī
Joyinssuvikhyātabhidho loranspīl
Nāmo'ti'hā'suṃ viditā tayo'me

63
Tade'va bhūpassa nuti'ñca tanvaṃ
Sandesa'maggaṃ subhatambacūḷaṃ
So'laggiyabbaṇṇamukhādi vaṭṭi
Mahāsayo'kāsi sabhāsato'va

[SL Page 161] [\x 161/]

64
Bhūrī vihāre varacetiye ca
Vijjānikāye paṭisaṅkharitvā
So sāsanaṃ paggahakaṃ vidhāya
Lokatthasiddhi'ṅkari bhūmipālo

65
Sayaṃ kumāraṃ carime muhutte
Guttaṃ padassesi pajāpamodā
Savimhayā taṃ makuṭassa sāmiṃ
Kumāraseṭṭhaṃ paṭigaṇhi sammā

66
Thāmā rāti mahā mahīruha cayaṃ ummūlayanto bhusaṃ
Verabbo pavano'va vīrapavaro yuddhe'tisūro sadā
Bhutvā rajja'mimaṃ siriṃ sitayasopaññāsamedvādhike
Vasse savhayasesata'ṅgami suto so rājasīho dayo

Bhāṇavāraṃ catutāḷīsatimaṃ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse putugīsi vāsāvasānādi dīpano nāma
Catucattāḷīsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 162] [\x 162/]

Pañcacattāḷīsatimo paricchedo
---------------------
1 Vasse muninde dvisahassake dvi
Satamhi sattādhikavīsatīme
Tassa'trajo kho vimalādidhamma-
Sūro kumāro dutiyo'tha rañño

2 Rājā'si seṅkhaṇḍagirīpurasmiṃ
Nītāya pubbe madhurāpurasmā
Mahesiyā bhūpatino pitussa
Jāyattane paṭṭhapi dhītaraṃ so

3 Pattābhiseko jinasāsanasmiṃ
Pamodito so janacittakunde
Vikāsayanto'va dhuvaṃ dharāpo
Dhammena gopesi samena rajjaṃ

4 Giraṃ saranto carimaṃ pitussa
Rañño sarajja ssamayaṃ samattaṃ
Sāmaggiyā so ninayī ripūhi
Tadā pajāyo sukhitā vasiṃsu

5 Saddho sa' bhattosamayamhisatthū
Tibhūmakaṃ dhātugharaṃ manuññaṃ
Kāretva pañcādhikavīsatīyā
Sahassarūpīhi varaṃ samuggaṃ

6 Limpetva soṇṇena mahagghikāni
Khacāpayitvā ratanāni tamhi
Vaḍḍhetva dāṭhāpavaraṃ bhadantaṃ
Mahāmaha'ṅkāsi samānanaṃ'va

7 Tadā'dhisīlihi manuññalaṅkā
Rittā'si taṃ'vekkhiya sopadagge
Sandesa'magga'ñca daditva'macce
Rakkhaṅgadesaṃ pahiṇittha rājā

[SL Page 163] [\x 163/]

8 Santānatherādiyatī'dha'netvā
Tettiṃsake terasame'ssa rañño
Gaṇṭhambatitthamhi mahāpurasmiṃ
Najjaṃ'dakukkhepaka sīmagehe

9 Dāpetva sikkhaṃ kula puttakānaṃ
Pure'va vuddhiṃ munisāsanassa
Kubbaṃ sanāmiṃ paṭhamaṃ mahīpaṃ
Nidassayī sakakirayayā satānaṃ

10
Itthaṃ tadā so vimalādidhamma-
Sūro nareso vividha'mpi puññaṃ
Cinitva bāvīsatimamhi vasse
Kammaṃyathā'gañchi phala'nnubhottuṃ

11
Tadaccaye vīraparakkamādi-
Narindasīho mahipassa sūnu
Mahāpurasmiṃ sitachatta'magga'
Mussāpayī pāṇihitaṃ'vahanto

12
Nītā vinītā madhurāpuramhā
Kumārikā tassa mahesikā'sī
Purantike'rūru savantitīre
Uyyānavāmamhi sanālikere

13
So kuṇḍasālādhivacaṃ hi sākhā
Puraṃ samiddhaṃ pavidhāya tamhi
Vasī tato tassa hi kuṇḍasāla-
Rāje'ti bhatyā puna vohariṃsu

14
Pure tahaṃ saṅghaghare vareca
Kāretva vāsāpiya samāṇere
Dānādipuññaṃ satataṃ'va kubbaṃ
Saddhamma ganthe ca likhāpayī so

15
Purā kataṃ dhātugharaṃ satāta
Raññā'si jiṇṇaṃ navakaṃ dvibhumaṃ
Kāretva citraṃ radadhātugehaṃ
Pūjāvidhiṃ vattayi'nekadhā so

[SL Page 164] [\x 164/]

16
Saṅgayha bhikkhū kulaputtake ca
Pabbājayitvā kusalaṃ cinanto
Samantakūṭādivisuddhasiddha-
Ṭṭhānāni gantvā padasā'bhivandi

17
Athe'kadā bhūparipūpadhāne'
Kacce nihantvā mahipaṃ sarajje
Paṭṭīyabaṇḍārabhidhaṃ ṭhapetuṃ
Kumantayuṃ duṭṭhamanā kurūrā

18
Tathā'pi rājaddubhinaṃ mahehā
Nāhosi tesaṃ saphalā kathañci
Paṭṭīyabaṇḍārabhidhaṃ gahetvā
Ghātesi tuṇṇaṃ'si hatā tato'sā

19
Narindasīho'pi pite'va'landa
Janehi sāmaggiparo vasittha
Mahesiyā tassa matāya'yīsāk-
Ogastiramp'landapatī'si sokī

20
Tade'va gannōru varaṃdhi vāsī
Thero'vanīpācariyo sasatthe
Dhamme pavīṇo saniruttiyā'va
Samuggakabbaṃ viracittha citraṃ

21
Tato garuttaṃ gatavā'ssa rañño
So sāmaṇero saraṇaṅkarākhyo
Sammāvayātāgamasaddasattho
Sāratthasaṅgāhabhidha'ñca ganthaṃ

22
Purā parakkantibhujassa jambū-
Doṇippurādhippatino'ddhanī yaṃ
Thero sa'pañcappariveṇasāmī
Bhesajjamañjūsa'makāsi ganthaṃ

23
Tadattha byākhyānavaraṃ'rubodhi-
Vaṃse madhūratthapakāsinī'ti
Katvā tayo'me sakabhāsato'va
Jotesi sammā munisāsana'mpi

[SL Page 165] [\x 165/]

24
Narindasīho pana sīhalīyā
Nvayabbhavo so carimo narindo
Tettiṃsavassamhi silokasesa
Ttana'ṅgamī puññacayaṃ cinitvā

25
Tadaccaye tassa mahīpatissa
Mahesiyā sodariyo sabhāgo
Sirippatītabbijayādirāja-
Sīhābhidheno'rupure'si rājā

26
Rañño mahesī madhurāya nāyak-
Dāranvaye sambhavikā'si kantā
Purā sivo ce'pi sa'gayha buddha
Laddhiṃ mahīpo thirabhatti saddho

27
Tathe'va devī pajahitva micchā-
Diṭṭhiṃ samādāya sudassanaṃ hi
Dhuvānuyātā'vanipassa sādhu
Kirayāya sambuddhamamādhikā'sī

28
Saṅgayha jīve satataṃ saputte
Pite ca pālesi bhusaṃ'va dātā
Vihāracetyupavanāni buddha-
Bimbe ca kāresi'mataṅgavesī

29
Sakkassa dāṭhaṃ'viratādarena
Pūjesi'nekabbidhinā mahipo
Disampatismiṃ sitasakkirayāya
Janā manāpā pacurā bhaviṃsu

30
Dhātvālayasmiṃ'bhinavamhi dhātu
Vaḍḍhāpanenā'pi bhaveyya deso
Itī'ritaṃ so vitathā gahetvā
Kāretu'maññaṃ nagaraṃ tato'gā

31
Tade'kadā vattakarā samecca
Mahabbalā dhātusamugga'maggaṃ
Pavāyamuṃ'vāpurituṃ'ca rattiṃ
Tesaṃ pane'hā'pagatā'phalā'sī
[SL Page 166] [\x 166/]

32
Gamitva maccā tuvaṭaṃ pavattiṃ
Nivedayuṃ bhūpatino mukhamhi
Vegena patvā mahipo mahesī
Guṇaṃ bhaṇanto mahati'ñca pūjaṃ

33
Pavattayaṃ gayha samuddikaṃ hi
Tasmiṃ khaṇasmiṃ vicarī samuggaṃ
Udikkhamāno dvijadhātu'maggaṃ
Pamodavācaṃ samudāharittha

34
Janādhipo pubbikabhūbhujo'va
Supesalaṃ taṃ saraṇaṅkarākhyaṃ
Saṅgayha sammā catubhāṇavāre
Byākhyaṃ likhāpesi sabhāsato so

35
Cirādhivāsū'parimamhi raṭhe
Janā paraṅgī'ti sutā saladdhiṃ
Asse'va rañño'ddhani sīhalehi
Mūlappadānā ca samādapetuṃ

36
Parakkamuṃ guyha'manārataṃ taṃ
Ñatvā narindo nikhilaṃ pavattiṃ
Vāse ca tesaṃ sakapotthake ca
Nāsetva te cā'pi palāpayī so

37
Tade'pasampannayatīhi laṅkā
Suññā'ti sutvā saha pābhatehi
Datvāna sandesavaraṃ sajīve
Jinatraje netu'mayojjhadesaṃva

38
Pesesi bhūpo dasanaggadhātuṃ
Vaḍḍhetu 'māsuṃ'va diyaḍḍhahatthaṃ
Harīmayaṃ sampūṭakaṃ manuññaṃ
Kāresi muttāmaṇibhāsura'mpi

39
Visuddhi'maggaṃ jinasāsanassa
Samesayaṃ so'mita puññalakkhi
Rajjaṃ pabhutvā'ṭṭhasamaṃ narindo
Pahāyi'maṃ maccupura'ṅgamittha

[SL Page 167] [\x 167/]

40
Tadaccayasmiṃ dvisahassake dvi
Satamhi vasse navutimmitamhi
Sālo'ssa kintissirirājasīha
Saññāya khyāto'si'ha bhūmipālo

41
Tassā'si devī madhurāya nāyak-
Kāranvaye sambhavikā surūpā
Pattābhiseko'hitabuddhabhatto
Kattuṃ'rabhī sāsanavuddhikicce

42
Rajjā mahīpo saradamhi chaṭṭhe
Syāmāvanīpassa tu dhammikassa
Sapābhate'maccavare sa'sīghaṃ
Pese tvu'pālīthavirādibhikkhu

43
Samānayitvā ruciramhi pupphā-
Rāme nivāsetva supīṭṭhahitvā
Uposathāgāravaramhi kante
Narissaro sambhamapubbikena

44
Sammāvinītassaraṇaṅkarādi
Tapassinaṃ suṭṭhu'pasampada'mpi
Dāpesi pīto mahatā mahena
Pabbājayī bhūrikulatraje so

45
Atho pavīṇe vinaye ca dhamme
Satthantarasmiṃ saraṇaṅkarākhyo
Bhikkhumhi vyatte varasaṅgharāja-
Padaṃ padāsī satimā mahīpo

46
Puññatthiko bhūpati bhūrirāme
Sajjhuvihārādivare sujiṇṇe
Dhanabbayā nekavidhabbidhānā
Manoharaṃ so paṭisaṅkharittha

47
Pahūta vittabbayato'pi gaṅgā
Rāmaṃ manuññaṃ vipula'ṅkaritvā
Mānetva niccaṃ varadantadhātuṃ
Pavattayī'sāḷahimahaṃ'nuvassaṃ

[SL Page 168] [\x 168/]

48 Purā sivānaṃ datta'mpi bhāraṃ yatinaṃ mahantaṃ
Datvā mahīpo taha'mañjasa'mpi sātagga'micchaṃ svayana'ṅkarittha

49
Tadā parakkantibhujaddutīya-
Raññā'ssa bhūpassa hi yāvakālaṃ
Laṅkaggavaṃsakkathanaṃ samecca
Saṃlikhya'sesaṃ mahatīhayā'va

50
Samubbhavo tibboṭuvāva gāme
Siddhatthanāmo thaviro visiṭṭho
Kavī mahāvaṃsa samañña ñāte
Tihāsika'ntogadhaka'ṅkarittha

51
Sumaṅgalo theravaro'ssa saṅgha
Rājassa sisso'gatadhammasattho
Milindapañhaṃ madhuratthavādiṃ
Sabhāsato so parivattayittha

52
Baṇḍāranāmo'ttaragāma jāto
Sa'mañjariṃ kārakapupphakānaṃ
Racittha pattāyamalekhako'pi
Kabbammaṇikuṇḍalakaṃ manuññaṃ

53
Kaḷiṅgasaññaṃ baraṇaggaṇītā
Cero sa'sandesa'makā kavīso
Tathe'va dhīrā pacurā hi dhamme
Ganthe ca kabbe racayiṃsu'neke

54
Ciraṃ samaggā vasitā'pi landa
Jano'dadhibhyāsikapāṇina'mpi
Dhana'ñca dhaññaṃ paharitva tehi
Pavaḍḍhayiṃsū kalaha'nti mattaṃ

55
Rājā'pi kittissirirājasīho
Taddesa'māgamma padaṃ gavesaṃ
Saṅkuddhaceto pana'landiyehi
Paviggaha'ṅkāsa'sahaṃ takicce

[SL Page 169] [\x 169/]

56
Saṃvacchare sorasamamhi rañño
Landesisenā'ṭṭhasahassamattā
Mahāpuraṃ gamma puraṃ gahetvā
Vināsayuṃ yakkhacamū'va verī

57
Kālasmi'masmiṃ madhurāsidese
Iṃgirasidhīso'tra mahīpañattaṃ
ōlandiyehī samare pavatta
Mānamhi sāhāyya'mavedayanto

58
Senāpatindaṃ payibas samaññaṃ
Pesesi so'pāgami medinīpaṃ
Tenā'pi saddhiṃ'vanipo paṭiññaṃ
Kāsī sa'taṃ'tikkami kenacī'va

59
Athā'gato'landapatī'pi vänäk-
Samaññavā sīhalikehi saddhiṃ
Paccatthiko bhūya'pi majjhadesaṃ
Vināsayī pesiya bhūrisenā

60
Tato'pi pacchā'gatavā dayo pläk-
Landesidhīso'vanipena tassa
Ekūnavīsa ssarade paṭiññaṃ
Vidhāya sāmaggivasā vasittha

61
Asse'va rañño carimamhi kāle
Siyāmupālinvayikā yatīsā
Sīmāvivādaṃ'vagamitva nānā
Bhaviṃsva'the'ke yatayo vipassī

62
Saññāpayiṃsū kusumādirāmā
Bhidhānato sādhu nijaṃ nikāyaṃ
Tathā'pare vyattayatī hayaddī-
Nāmā nikāyaṃ pana vohariṃsu

63
Tato'pyu pālinvayato pabhinno
Kaḷyāṇisāmaggisabhāti'añño
Seṭṭho nikāyo'bhavi te samattā
Rājantu'pālinvayikā hitāya

[SL Page 170] [\x 170/]

64
Sambhatto'mitasattamatthanikaraṃ vissajjiyā'saṃ jahaṃ
Sambuddhāgamasuddhivuddhipabhavaṃ kiccaṃ karitvā'nisaṃ
So kittissirirājasīhamahipo tettiṃsavasse'ccayaṃ
Yāto bho kusalaṃ cinitva vividhaṃ niccaṃ bhajavho sivaṃ
Bhāṇavāraṃ pañcatāḷīsatimaṃ
-----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse caturājadīpano nāma
Pañcacattāḷīsatimo paricchedo

[SL Page 171] [\x 171/]

Chacattāḷīsatimo paricchedo.
-------------------
1
Tato'nujo tassa mahīpatissa
Suvissuto rājadhirājasīho
Vināyakasmiṃ dvisahassake ti-
Satamhi tevīsatimamhi vasse

2 Seṅkhaṇḍaselappurapuṅgasmi'
Mussāpayī seṭṭhasitātapattaṃ
Sayaṃ kavittā janatāya niccaṃ
Mane gahetuṃ yatayī pavutyā

3 Cārittamagga'ntipurāgata'mpi
Anakkamanto varadantadhātuṃ
Pūjesi saṅghaṃ satatādarena
Santappayī so catupaccayehi

4 Asse'va rañño dutiyamhi vasse
Desamhi'dhīso madhurāsisañño
Mäkārṭnisāmiṅgirisinvaye'ko
Laṅkāya'molandapajāya'yatte

5 Dese gahetuṃ satariṃ manuññe
Hiyussamaññaṃ taraṇīpati'ñca
Savāhiniṃ seniya'māsu häkṭar-
Manrōbhidhāna'ñci'dha pesayittha

6 Te'gammi'dha'ṅgīrasijanā tikoṇa-
Mālavhakoṭṭhaṃ'gahu'māsu'masmiṃ purāmahīpaddhani rājinā'mā
Kataṃ paṭiññaṃ payibas sutena

7 Kathañci vītikkamitāya raññe
Sañjāta'mappīti'maraṃ nudetuṃ
Tathe'va bhūpārihi'raddhayuddhaṃ
Nivedayaṃ tassa ca saṅkhya'maggaṃ

[SL Page 172] [\x 172/]

8 Sampekkhayaṃ so hi mākārṭnisāmi
Seṅkhaṇḍaselappurapuṅgavasmiṃ
Mantīsabhaṃ dūtavaraṃ pavīṇaṃ
Boyiḍsamavhaṃ tuvaṭaṃ nayittha

9 So'pāgamitvā mahipa'mpi passi
Tathāpi pubbe vihataṃ saranto
Paṭissavaṃkattu'ma nicchi kañci
Boyiḍsamaññāgamanaṃ'si tucchaṃ

10
Hiyussamaññe nacirena sindhu
Desaṃ payāte puna'retu'masmiṃ
Sa[f]prēnsamañño pana pransagotto
Nāvādhipo'gamma haṭhaṃ karitvā

11
Palāpayitve'ṅgarisīpajāyo
Tikoṇamālaṃ paharitva koṭṭhaṃ
Ussāpayī pransadhajaṃ tato'hā
Iṃgirasinaṃ sā saphalā nahosi

12
Tadā patīcibbisayesu yuddhe
Pavattitasmiṃ samathaṃ payāte
Tikoṇamālaṃ udakoṭṭhaka'mpi
Landesikāyatta'mahosa'nīhaṃ

13
Bhūpassa'tho pañcarasassa māya'
Miṅgīrasivaṃsappabhavo raṇeso
Hōbarṭsamañño madhurāsidhīso
Nayi sṭuvarṭseniya'matrasīghaṃ

14
Senāpatī'gammi'dha sājiseno
Yujjhitva so tīni ca sattahāni
Tikoṇamālaṃ'gahi'landinaṃ
Tato'paraṃyāpanapaṭṭana'mpi

15
Tathe'va koṭṭhaṃ madhugāmakamhi
Paggaṇhi koṭṭha'ñca kadambatitthe
Landesidhīso apavīṇa jōvān-
Engalbäkavho puna kāḷatītthaṃ

[SL Page 173] [\x 173/]

16
Gālūpura'ñcā'pi mahādititthaṃ
Nīyātayī'yujjhiya sassa kāmā
Ciraṃ pavattā pana'landasatti
Ito para'ṅgā parihānikoṭiṃ

17
Pattā'pa'nāthatta'mapetatejo'
Landajjanā keci betāvidesaṃ
Gamiṃsu etto'ddhaṭa mānasā'suṃ'
Pare dhurī cā'pi cirādhivāsī

18
Sātaṃ pihentā pamukhe'ha engal-
Bäkādayo bhūri sapūjakāca
Accantapāguññavaṇijjajīvā
Vasiṃsu sakhyā'bhinavādhipena

19
Yāvajja tesaṃ 'nvayikā samudda sakāsadesesu padissare'tra
Kālasmi'mesaṃ vividhāni dhañña
Vaggā'bhavuṃ bhūri tadaggupāyā

20
Te kho vaṇijjaṃ'ca tadāgama'mpi
Samphātikattuṃ yatayiṃsu bhīyo
Koḷambanāme nagaramhi repra-
Mādū janā drappavi'tipalli āsī

21
Purā puramhā jayavaddhanavhā
Mahehayā puttalama ppasiddhā
Tehā'yate'kā parikhā nikhātā
Yāvajja sādissati sātthikā'va

22
Iṃgīrasihatthaggata bhūmibhāga
Rakkhābalaṃ pubbadisāya tāya
Vattittha vāṇijjasabhā ya'yattaṃ
Saṃvacchare sorasamamhi rañño

23
Laṅkāya sāyattapadesalesaṃ'
Rabhitva pātuṃ madhurāsidhīso
Änḍrūssamaññaṃ sutanītivediṃ
Pesesi'dhā'suṃ cinituṃ kara'mpi

[SL Page 174] [\x 174/]

24
Mahāsayo'gammi'dha bhāva'mappa'
Mamaññamāno'va purāgata'mpi
Kamaṃ vivajjetva kara'ṅgahetuṃ'
Rabhī yathe'vaṃ madhurāsi dese

25
Tathe'va so saṃcinane karassa
Yutte purā sīhalike pahāya
Ṭhapesi tasmiṃ damiḷe dhuramhi
Tato'timattaṃ kupitā sadesī

26
Janā tadāni'ṅgi risīhi saddhiṃ
Karuṃ mahantaṃ kalahaṃ kurūraṃ
Parakkamā taṃ mahatā sametvā
Nayaṃ purāṇaṃ puna saṇṭhapittha

27
Jōrj savharañño tatiyassa byāto
Pāpiṭ samañño sacivo padhāno
Laṅkāpavattiṃ nikhilaṃ samecca
Pācīnavāṇijja sabhāya'yattā

28
Laṅkā'panetve'ṅgarisīkirīṭā
Dhīna'ṅkarī dūravidū sajīvo
Laṅkaṇṇavā sanna padesa bhūrī
Bhāga'mpi gopete'muda ppavīṇaṃ

29
Disampatiṭṭhārasamamhi pēdrik=
Nōrt nāmavaṃsādhipatiṃ'nayi'dha
Patvā pabhuttaṃ paṭhamāgato si
Iṃgīrasidhīso paṭu pālanasmiṃ

30
Tade'va jāto karatitthagāme
Dhammādirāmatthaviro yatīso
Sudukkaraṃ bārasakabba'maggaṃ
Viracca rañño parināmi modā

31
Dhammādinando kiramavhagāmu
Bbhavo vipassī ca sabhāsamālyaṃ
Maṇimaṇivho yati sāliällē
Muttāvaliṃ kabba'makāsi dhīro

[SL Page 175] [\x 175/]

32
Satthantarasmiṃ caturo surūpo
Visārado rājadhirājasīho
Kārāpitasmiṃ sakabhāturaññā
Savantirāme varacetiya'ñca

33
Pure manuññe sirivaddhanasmiṃ
Manoramaṃ sampati dissamānaṃ
Kārāpayī maṅgalamaṇḍapa'ñca
So jātaka'ṅkā'sadisa'ñca kabbaṃ

34
Vidita vividha sattha saṃvinīto
Muni samayā hita bhatti yutti yutto
Vitata sita siloka saṃhati'ṭṭhā
Rasasaradaṃ'nubhavitva rajja sātaṃ

35
Sa kata siva phala'nnubhottu'metto
Kavisiri rājadhirājasīharājā
Diva'magami sukhābhilāsino bho
Cinutha'nisaṃ kusalaṃ matappada'mpi

Bhāṇavāraṃ chatāḷīsatimaṃ
---------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse iṃgīrasi landesi saṅgāmadīpano nāma
Chavattāḷīsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 176] [\x 176/]

Sattacattāḷīsatimo paricchedo.
---------------------
1 Tassa'ccaye'vanipatissa sutassa'bhāvā
Tabbhāgineyya'makhilaggasajīvamatyā
Maññaṃ'yati'mpi piḷimāditalavvamacco
Rajje'bhisiñci sukumāra susuṃ kumāraṃ

2 Aṅgīrase dvikasahassatikassateka
Tāḷīsamamhi sarade upapajja rajjaṃ
Savhaṃ pahāya paṭhamaṃ iti kannasāmī
Byāto'si so'ti sirivikkamarājasīho

3 So sogato'va munino dasanaggadhātuṃ
Muttāmaṇīhi vividhehima hagghikehi
Mānetva sādhu yatayo catupaccayehi
Saṅgaṇhi pāṇinivaha'ñca yathāmanāpaṃ

4 So'rūdhikārapiḷimāditalavvamacco
Rañño'ggabhāra'makhilaṃ vahi nūtanattā
Bhūpassa bandhubabhavo makuṭassa sāmi-
Bhāvappavādaka jane nayi kāragāraṃ

5 Tesaṃ hitatthi'manisaṃ dutiyādhikāraṃ'
Rävvāvalavhaya'maghātayi so rahassaṃ
Rajja'nnupekkhamanaso dharaṇīsasālo
So muttusāmi gami iṅgirisīsakāsaṃ

6 Āsī tadā pulinatitthamanuññagāme
Rāme'mba rukkhavidite pavare patīto
Saddhādhano'mitaguṇo caturo sasatthe
Dhammamhi ñāṇavimalavhayasāmaṇero

7 Tasmiṃ vihārarucire vasato upāḷī-
Vaṃsamhi pabbajita cullapitussa ñatte
So akkharādisamayaṃ puthuko samāno
Uggaṇhi sādhu nacirena savattajātaṃ

[SL Page 177] [\x 177/]

8 Kālasmi'mamhi suta bōvala gāmajāto
Dhammādinanda yatiso'gata dhammasattho
Gacchaṃ puraṃ puravaraṃ sirivaḍḍhanākhyaṃ
Pāvekkhi'maṃ kavivaro karuṇo vihāraṃ

9 Nevāsikena katasaṅgahako yatīso
Matto pasannamanaso'va tadantikaṭṭhaṃ
Tabbhātujaṃ dayitavutti'mavekkhiyā'suṃ
Pabbājituṃ ta'mabhiyāci sabhāgadheyyaṃ

10
Taṃ tassa'dāsi sukhitaṃ yatino tapassa
Mātāpitunna'manujānanato pamodo
Tene'va so saha yatī paṭipajja dīgha'
Maddhāna'māga sirivaḍḍhanaṭhāniyaggaṃ

11
Tasmiṃ tadāni nagare kusumādirāme'
Dhīsassa seṭṭhasaraṇaṅkara saṅgharañño
Sikkhāpayitva tuvaṭaṃ varasekhiyādiṃ
Pabbājituṃ ta'maddi subhagaṃ kumāraṃ

12
Pabbājayitva ta'masesa visesasaṅgha-
Rājā dayo matimataṃ pavaro paratthi
Taṃ gopayaṃ thiraguṇaṃ vinaye ca dhamme
Sikkhāpayī vividhasatthacayamhi sammā

13
So kho vasaṃ taha'masaṅkhata magga'mesī
Sattassamaṃ vinayanītiyuto vinīto
Cheko tato gamiya sassa varaṃ vihāraṃ
Kālaṃ'nayī sugatatantigiraṃ vadanto

14
Sikkhāpayaṃ labhiya sissagaṇetapassī
Sampūrayaṃ saya'manārata'maggasīlaṃ
Seṭṭhopasampada'mahaṃ visadaṃ'timattaṃ
Lacchaṃ kathaṃ matimato'ssa'bhavī vitakko

15
Itthaṃ gatamhi samaye sa'bhisāmaṇero
Battiṃsavassavayako upasampadaggaṃ
Kālo'ti'dāni pariyesitumaññamāno
Assa'ddhanī'vanipatissa sadāyakena

[SL Page 178] [\x 178/]

16
Santena tena sahabandhu sajīvakena
Tassodarena vijayassirivaddhanena
Paññātamaccapavarena'ca saddhikena
Aññehi sabbhi katasaṅgahako vipassī

17
Dhammissare dvikasahassatikassatadvi
Tāḷīsamamhi sarade varasāmaṇere
Pañcā'pi'dāya matimo'da tayo gahaṭṭhe
Āruyha nāva'mupasampada'mesayāno

18
Sindhuṃ taraṃ sapariso'va vajaṃ maramma
Rammaṃ puraṃ samupagañchi tahaṃtadāni
Setebhasāmigarudhammajanādhipādhī-
Rājavhayo'vanipatī kari sādhu rajjaṃ

19
Tassa'ggabhūmipatino'pya'nusāsako hi
Ñāṇābhivaṃsadhikadhammacamūpatī'ti
Khyāto sato'bhayavibhaṅgadharo'ggasaṅgha
Rājāvasaṃ ratanabhummiyaso vihāre

20
Samphassitaṃ munivarena saritva laṅkaṃ
Siddhatthasāsanariyaṃ supatiṭṭhita'mpi
Kātuṃ kadā katha'mahaṃ puna ce labheyyaṃ'
Bhiṇhaṃ vihāsi matimā manasīkaronto

21
Etto gate'pi sagihī cha ca sāmaṇere
Disvāna pucchiya'khila'mpi pavattijātaṃ
Sutvā pasannamanaso sucirāgate hi
Ñātī piye'va sajano paṭigayha sammā

22
Setībhasāmimahipassu'da'rocayitvā
Sakkāritamhi mahipena subhe vihāre
Vāsetva te dharaṇī pā pana saṅgahesi
Pabbajayī puna'pi chassu gaṇāvanīpo

23
Māsattayaṃ sva'vavaditvu'pasampadagga-
Pekkhekaritva samayo mahipe'ti'dāni
Dātu'mpi tesa'mupasampada'māha rañño
Rājā tu te garumahena mahīpagehā

[SL Page 179] [\x 179/]

24
Magga'mpi laṅkariya bhūpati samhamena
Nesī suvaṇṇaguhasavhayabaddhasīmaṃ
Ñāṇābhivaṃsagaṇabhūpapamokkha bhikkhu
Paṇṇāsa sādhikagaṇā hi vipattimuttaṃ

25

Sampattiyutta'mariyaṃ guhakambusīmaṃ
Saṃsuddha sīlakiraṇā'va samosariṃsu
Laṅkāgatesu pamukhaṃ pada'mesayantaṃ
Saṅgho sa'ñāṇavimalavhayasāmaṇeraṃ

26
Ñāṇābhivaṃsadhivacena hi saṅgharañño'
Pajjhāyakena upasampada'massu'kāsī
Tacchaṃ'va pañcaitare'pyu'pasampadāya
Sampaṭṭhapesi visado tadahe'va saṅgho

27
Itthaṃ tadā garuvihārakulāgata'mpi
Laddhā susuddha'mupasampada'magga'mamhe
Pāmokkhajīvitaphalaṃ'ti labhimha pīti
Pāmojja'matra yatayo guṇino pavinduṃ

28
Te kho tadā tipiṭakaṃ munivutti'maggaṃ
Sammuggahetva nikaṭe varasaṅgharañño
Tassā'pi bhūmipatino ca sadīpayāne
Dīpetu'satthusamayaṃ samayo idāni

29
Patto nivediya'bhiyacu'mudā'vakāsaṃ
Thero ca bhūpati ca saṅgahakārake'saṃva
Kālo'ti vediya mudā'khiladhammapotthe
Sandesa'magga'mupasampadadipaka'ñca

30
Tasse'va ñāṇavimalavhayatissa seṭṭha
Netuppada'ñca atha rājagaruddhura'ñca
Muddāya lañchiya mahīpatino tadāni
Datvaggasārapamukhehi marammikehi

31
Vyattehi tīhi pabalehi yatīhi seyya
Sikkhāratehi nipuṇehi visāradehi
Laṅkāya sāsanavarassa munissarassa
Ditti'ñcagutti'maparaṃ vihituṃ'nayiṃsu

[SL Page 180] [\x 180/]

32
Aṅgīrase dvikasahassakatesate cha
Tāḷīsamamhi sarade tari'māruhitvā
Sikkhāratā nayayutā nirupaddavāte
Koḷambatittha'managhā'va samotariṃsu

33
Patvā'mbarukkhaviditaṃ pavaraṃ vihāraṃ
Byātorudīpa nadiyā sukataṭṭakasmiṃ
Datvo,pasampada'matho kulaputtakānaṃ
Sampaṭṭhapī'marapuravhanikāyaseṭṭhaṃ

34
Khīṇāsaveni'dhapurā hi mahāmahinda-
Therena sādhu nihito'ru vihāravaṃso
Thero purā'marapure'ha mahādisāmī
Tabbaṃsa'mādiyatahi'ṅgami'gamma laṅkaṃ

35
Tassa'nvayamhi dasamo pariyatticheko
Thero'si yo guṇasi'rīti abhinnavaṃso
Tasse'va sissapamukho sa'hi saṅgharājā
Ñāṇābhivaṃsadhivaco'si visārado hi

36
Sisso'ssa ñāṇavimalo garunetupādo
Heṭṭhuddharaṭṭhavisayesavi'ha suddhavaṃsaṃ
Sampaṭṭhapittha paṭhamaṃ'va tato hi mūla
Vaṃso nikāya'miti ajja'pi voharanti

37
Taṃ dvissahassatisataṭṭhakasaṭṭhimasmiṃ
Vasse jinassa garunetudhuraṃ para'mpi
Pāpetva ñāṇavimalaṃ thaviraṃ'sa äḍvarḍ
Bāns savhalaṅkadhipatī dadi rājalekhaṃ

38
So kho tadāni piḷimāditalavvamacco
Rajjā'panetva sirivikkamarājasīhaṃ
Iṃgīrasiyadhīnamahipo'va mahāpurasmiṃ
Rajjaṃ'nusāsitu'matho pacūrūpakāraṃ

39
Icchaṃ sahe'ṅgīrasidhipena ca pēdirik nōrt
Nāmena lekhakavarena boyiḍ sutena
Vāraṃ sakiṃ rahasi'kāsi susaṅkathā'pi
Nāhosi tassa saphalā hi kathā kathañci

[SL Page 181] [\x 181/]
40
Pacchā'pi rājanikaṭe karituṃ paṭiññaṃ seṅkhaṇḍaselanagaraṃ varadūta'mekaṃ
Sampesitu'ñca niyamo abhavī dvipakkhe
Bhūmissarassa dutiye sarade payāte

41
Nōrtnāmiko pabhuvaro'tra savāhiniṃ mäk
Ḍōvalsutaṃ balapatiṃ mahipopakaṭṭhaṃ
Pesesi taṃ patipuraṃ pavaraṃ cajantaṃ
Vāresu'māsu bhaṭakā ratanorudese

42
Rañño mahāsacivako paṭigayha seniṃ
Dassesi bhūmipatino puna saṅkathā'sī
Bhūpo'pya'jāniya rahassakathaṃ kathañci
Thāmaṃ sakaṃ thiratara'nti sa'maññamāno

43
Tassa'tthanā tu paṭiyādiyituṃ asakku
Ṇeyyatha'māha matimā sacivānumatyā
Senāpatī sagamane kira kiñciattha-
Sāra'mpa'disva paṭiyāha kadambatitthaṃ

44
Kopetva iṃgīrasijane mahipena saddhiṃ
Saṅgāmayeyya samare taha'māsu bhūpaṃ
Hantvā yathābhimata'maggabalaṃ vidhāya
Sakkoti kātu'mucita'nti paṭissava'mpi

45
Cintetva bālisamano sa'mahādhikāro
Iṃgīrasidhīnamanujāna'gatāna'muddhaṃ
Raṭṭhaṃ mahammadikavāṇijakāna'matthiṃ
Bhūpabbhaṭehi kamukādi'mahāpayittha

46
Ñāpesi ce vasumatīdhipatissa'yuttaṃ
Lesa'mpi nābhavi payojana'matra kiñci
Ruṭṭho'va iṃgīrasidhīpo asaki'mpi vāraṃ
Vajjāni sīhalajanehi kate nisamma

47
Bhūpassa pañcamasamāya'rabhitva yuddhaṃ
Mäkḍōvalavha dhajinīpati mukhyasenaṃ
Bārbuṭ camūpatipadhānaraṇānika'ñca
Pesesi'yāsu sirivaddhanaṭhāniyaggaṃ

[SL Page 182] [\x 182/]

48
Daḷho'bhaye balagaṇā nagaraṃ surammaṃ
Sīghaṃ samosaru'matho nagaraṃ vihāya
Bhupappadhānajanatāgamanaṃ samecca
Nōrtnāmaiṃgīrasidhipo tuvaṭaṃ vidhiññū

49
Sāmitta'mīrita'mito'pi pure'ha rajje
Taṃ muttusāmi'midha netva'bhisicca rajje
Iṃgīrasidhīsabhimata'mpi yathāpaṭiññaṃ
Saddhiṃ'va tena kari sutthiraka'nti maññaṃ

50
Ñatvāna ta'ñcapiḷimāditalavva macco
Kuddho'pi iṃgīrasijanappabalaṃ tihantuṃ
Maññaṃ tadāni samupāya'mavecca mīgas
Tännēbhidhānasacivaṃ dutiyādhikāraṃ

51
Mäkḍōvalavhadhajinīdhibhunā samaṃ yaṃ
Kattu kathaṃ kira niyojayi tesu'bhosu
Āsī kathe'ha mahipaṃ lahu'miṃgirasīnaṃ
Nīyāditu'ñca piḷimāditalavvamaccaṃ

52
Sammā tathu'ttamakumārasamavhayena
Rajje'bhisiñcitu'matho suta muttusāmiṃ
Taṃ yāpapaṭṭana'mito nayitu'ñca mūlya'
Miṃgrīsinaṃ patisamaṃ dadituṃ tathe'va

53
Mäkḍōvalavhayakusūla'muda ttikoṇa
Mālañja sa'ñca paṭipādayitu'ñca tuṇṇaṃ
Yuddhaṃ nivattayitu'mādiniyoga yuttaṃ
Te kho ubho'thira'makaṃsu paṭiñña'mevaṃ

54
Cintetvi'ma'mpi suthira'nti samandasenaṃ
Bārbuṭsamaññadhajinīpatikaṃ purasmiṃ
Tāva nnivattiya kadambapuraṃvaraṃ mäk
Ḍōvalmahācamupatī gami so asaṅko

55
Nōrtnāmiko pabhuvaro'piyathāhaṭaṃ'va
So jambudoṇinagare sacivādhipassa
Samma'ca tassa'bhimukho kari taṃ paṭiññaṃ
Tasmi'mpi nāsi saphalā garumantino'sā

[SL Page 183] [\x 183/]

56
Bārbuṭcamūpativaramhi matamhi mējar
Ḍēvissuto'ssa padaviṃ pavaraṃ'si yāto
Koṭṭhe ripūna,muparīvijitamhi bhūrī
Yujjhitva sīhalabhaṭā pahariṃsu sīghaṃ

57
Rājassa pañcamasamāyahi sattamasmiṃ
Māse mahāpuravaraṃ parirodhayitvā
Verīhi yujjhiya lahuṃ'dhikadubbalattaṃ
Pāpesu'miṃgīrasibhaṭe sakadesikāte

58
Tasmi'ṅkhaṇe camupatī kira ḍēvināmo
Sāmaṃ pavedaya'maraṃ dhavaladdhaja'ñca
Ussāpayī kharataraṃ samaraṃ taha'mpi
Tuṇṇaṃ nivattiya'khilā'va'bhavuṃ samaggā

59
Yuddhe tadāni samite puna muttusāmiṃ
Senaṃ raṇopakaraṇe ca samādiyitvā
Koḷambanāmanagaraṃ kira ḍēvsaññe
Senādhipe vajati sindhutaṭantikasmiṃ

60
Bhūpālasevakagaṇā bhimukhappayātaṃ
Ḍevī ca mūpati'mayācu'da muttusāmiṃ
Taṃ no dade yadi jano naca koci muñce
Iccā'ha bhūpabhaṭatā'tihaṭṭhaṃ karāṇā

61
Ullaṅghituṃ pana niyoga'masakkuṇanto
Nīyātayī'vanipatissa janāna'māsuṃ
Taṃ te'pibhūmipatino nikaṭaṃ nayiṃsu
Ghātāpayī narapatī atha muttusāmiṃ

62
Sese'pi iṃgīrasijane puna ānayitvā
Ḍēvivhaya'ñca sutaramliraṇādhipa'ñca
Hampirascamūpativara'ñca vinā samatte
Pātetva te pana haniṃsva'dayā papātā

63
Muñcitva tesva'pagato bhaṭakohi bānsli
Nāmo'ti mattathiramäkḍovalavhakoṭṭhaṃ
Gantvā tahaṃ'dhipatimäjtaraṇīpatindaṃ
Sabbaṃ pavatti'mavadittha tato rasena

[SL Page 184] [\x 184/]

64
Nikkhamma mäjtaripatī sabalo tikoṇa
Māla'ṅgamittha puna grānṭ samarādhipo va
So jambudoṇibaladuggama koṭṭhaka'mpi
Hitvā'su'māga suthiraṃ hi kadambakoṭṭhaṃ

65
Itthaṃva iṃgirasibale'pagatu'ddharaṭṭhā
Te'to palāpayitu'māsu'midāni kālo
Cintetva sīhalabhaṭā hi parakkamattā
Iṃgīrasidhīna visayesu samosariṃsu

66
Koḷambakoṭṭha'mapi gaṇhitu'māgatāya
Senāya saddhi'mavanīpati rājasīho
Gañchi patīci visayaṃ raṇasajjito'va
Haṃvälla nāma balakoṭṭhasakāsakamhi

67
Bhīmaṃ raṇaṃ bhavi tahaṃ hi parājito so
Levkēdisādhipatikaṃ palipāṇasaññaṃ
Taṃ lekhaka'ñca dhajinīpatayo raṇamhi
Kammaññiyā na abhaviṃsvi'ti mārayittha

68
Bhītyā palāyati mahīpatirājasīhe
Maggamhi molligoḍanāmayuvā'ssarañño
So sammukhībhaviya sādhu'mupaṭṭhahittha
Rājā tatoppabhuti tamhi bhusaṃ dayo'si

69
Rājassa chaṭṭhasarade'vanipassa'dhīna
Desesu yaddha'manisa'ṅkarituṃ niyogaṃ
Iṃgīrasisenadhipatīna'makā sadhīso
Sāṇaṃ paṭikkhipi punā'su vidhānavedī

70
Jōnsṭan samaññataraṇīdhipatī tadāṇaṃ
Ñatvā virodhiya raṇaccaturaṃ bala'ñca
Gayhā'gamittha sirivaddhanaṭhāniya ggaṃ
Rittaṃ tadāni nagaraṃ janatāya'vekkhi

71
Kiñcā'pi iṃgirasibalaṃ tidaha'mpa'dissa
Māno'va sīhalabhaṭehica rujjhamānaṃ
Disvā puraṃ sahabhaṭehi lahuṃ palāto
Sāphalya'matra gamane na ca kiñci tassa

[SL Page 185] [\x 185/]

72
Dosaṃ vinicchiya taha'ṅgamane tadātaṃ
Mocesi bhūmipatino pana sattamasmiṃ
Vassu'ddharaṭṭhiyajano'da raṇa'ṅkariṃsu
Laṅkā vasantatilake'va sama'ṅgamittha

73
Icce'te dhanalolupā vasumatīdhīsā ca aññe pabhū
Heṭhentā janataṃ bhusaṃ kharataraṃ saṅgāma'motiṇṇakā
Attattha'mpi parattha jāta'makhilaṃ hāpenti mūḷhā viya
Kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ vimuttimatadaṃ dantindriyehī'nisaṃ

Bhaṇāvāraṃ sattatāḷīsatimaṃ
-----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse sirivikkamarājasīha rajjappavatti
Dīpanonāma sattacattāḷīsatimo paricchedo
[SL Page 186] [\x 186/]

Aṭṭhacattāḷīsatimo paricchedo.
---------------------
1 Idha'ṇṇavantike dese-'dhīse nōrtnāmike gate
Dvisahasse tisatasmi-'maṭṭhatāḷīsa sammite

2 Sambuddhavacchare tōmas-mēṭlanḍkhyāto varo pabhū
Ihā'dhipaccaṃ patvā'ga-so dhīmā romaladdhinaṃ

3 Yā'landiyehi paññattā-purā paññattiyo'bhavuṃ
Viruddhaṃ taṃ'khilaṃ taddhaṃ-paṭikkhipittha sabbaso

4 Tasse'va'ṅgīrasidhīsassa-sīhalehi tadā kira
Nāhosi paṭipakkhattaṃ-sāhāyyaṃ vā kathañcana

5 Samaye rājasīhassa-kappāsīgāma sambhavo
Dhammakkhandho'ti paññāto-buddhimā yatipuṅgavo

6 Laddhā syāmanikāyasmiṃ-pabbajja'ñco'pasampadaṃ
Tasmiṃ nikāye netutta-'mupāgami yathāvidhi

7 Daḍallanāmagāmasmiṃ-vālukārāma vissute
Vasantasmiṃ vihārasmiṃ-yatinderāmaṇeyyake

8 Marammavisayaṃ gantvā-laddhuṃsuddhopasampadaṃ
Tassā'sā manaso āsi-sāsanaṭṭhiti'micchato

9 ēdriyan da ābēravrāja-pakkhena dhīmatā satā
Mudalindena cā'pya'ñña-janehi katasaṅgaho

10
Samaṃ catūhi bhikkhūhi-sāmaṇerehi dvīhi'pi
Tathā tīhi gahaṭṭhehi-gālutitthā yatissaro

11
Dvisahasse tisatasmi-'mekapaññāsasammite
Sogate hāyane nāva-'māruyha tuvaṭaṃ subhaṃ

12
Patvā'marapuraṃ rāja-sambhamena sadāsayo
Maṅgalavhaṃ baddhasīmaṃ-parivārena'gā mudā

13
Tahaṃsaṅgho saṅgharāja-padhāno upasampadaṃ
Punasikkha'ñca'dā tesaṃ-raññā ca saṅgharājinā

14
Sakkato'nekavidhinā-dhammakkhandho yatissaro
Laṅka'māgamma sahasā-akā sāsanasaṅgahaṃ

[SL Page 187] [\x 187/]

15
Yasassī puna netādi-padāni paṭipajja so
Dhīmā vyatto sakaṃ bhāraṃ-sakasisse nivesayī

16
Tadantevāsiko bodhi-pādatthalavhagāmajo
Sumano nāma vikhyāto-yati dhīmā supesalo

17
Ādo'pasampadānīta-mūlavaṃsika bhikkhuhi
Samaggībhūya sammoda-māno vasi dayāparo

18
Athā'parasmiṃ samaye-iṃgīrasyadhipatī yatiṃ
Taṃ mahānetupadaviṃ-pāpayittha yathāvidhi

19
Tasmiṃ mahānetu pāde-pālente jinasāsanaṃ
Sīmāvivāda'māpannā-nānatta'magamuṃ yatī

20
Tatopaṭṭhāya ekacce-yatayo thiramānasā
Sirisaddhammavaṃso'ti-nikāyaṃ ñāpayuṃ sayaṃ

21
Kārente rājini rajjaṃ-rājasīhe parantape
Syāmopālinikāyasmiṃ-laddhā pabbajja'muttamaṃ

22
Attuḍāvaitikhyāta-gāmasañjātako sudhī
Sīlādiguṇasampanno-sade'va sādhumānito

23
Dhammarakkhitatissākhyo-sāmaṇero susikkhito
Gantvo'pasampadaṃ suddhaṃ-rammaṃ'marapuraṃ varaṃ

24
Laddhukāmo mokkhamaggaṃ-gavesaṃthiramānaso
Katopakāro saddhehi-sāmaṇerehi dvīhi'pi

25
Dvisahassattisateka-paññāsatimavacchare
Tuvaṭaṃ nāva'māruyha-taritvāna'ṇṇavaṃ varaṃ

26
Marammanagaraṃ'gañchi-setībhasāmirājino
Gāravena subhaṃ suddhaṃ-suvaṇṇaguhasaññakaṃ

27
Baddhasīmaṃ samānetvā-te kho sivagavesino
Saṅgho ñāṇābhivaṃsavha-saṅgharāja padhānako

28
Suddhopasampadaṃ tesaṃ-dadittha mahatā'darā
Ciraṃ tahaṃ samuggayha-saddhammavinayaṃ vasaṃ

29
Kālaṃ'vekkhiya so dhīro-laṅka'māgamma phāsukaṃ
Pabbājetvo'cite saddhe-upasampādayī bahū

[SL Page 188] [\x 188/]

30
Dhammarakkhitatissākhya-sambhūto'bhijano'jja'pi
Tannāmena nikāyo'tra-vattate hitasiddhiyā

31
Tadāsyāmanikāyasmiṃ-pabbajja'ñcu'pasampadaṃ
Laddhāna katalūgāma-sañjāto suddhamānaso

32
Guṇaratanavikhyāto-yati suddhopasampadaṃ
Laddhukāmo vasaṃ mramma-visayāgata bhikkhunaṃ

33
Nisāmetvā vuttijātaṃ-taha'mpi gamane thiraṃ
Mānasaṃ bandhi saṃsuddhā-bhisandhi satimā dayo

34
Virāgasatto so satta-sāmaṇere samādiya
Dvisahasse tisate'ka-paññāsamamhi sogate

35
Samāruyha taraṃ sindhuṃ-tiṇṇo rāmaññadesake
Rammaṃ puravaraṃ haṃsā-vatiṃ'gamittha saddhayā

36
Rañño'numatiyā suddhaṃ-kaḷyāṇināmavissutaṃ
Sīmaṃ netvā sīhalīya-yatayo rājasambhamā

37
Medhānandavhapaññāta-mahānetupadhānako
Saṅgho tesaṃ suvisadaṃ-pādāsi upasampadaṃ

38
Vyatto sudhī atho laṅka-'māgamma kulaputtake
Pabbājetvā bahunna'ñca-dadi suddhopasampadaṃva

39
Itthaṃ yatindo kaḷyāṇi-vaṃsaṃ paṭṭhapi buddhimā
So'yaṃ nikāyo dīpe'smi-hitatthaṃ vattate'jja'pi

40
Mate mīgastännanāme-dutiyasmiṃ'dhikārini
Taddhurasmiṃ piḷimādi-talavvēadhikārino

41
Bhāgineyyaṃ suviditaṃ-ähäḷēpoḷasaññakaṃ
Patiṭṭhāpiya khyātassa-molligoḍasamaññayā

42
Mantissa ciramittassa-sattayojanaraṭṭhakaṃ
Vibhajitvā pālanatthaṃ-pādāsi dharaṇissaro

43
Tapputhakkaraṇe ruṭṭhā-janakāyā tadā tahiṃ
Kalahaṃ vaḍḍhayuṃ tattha-piḷimāditalavvako

44
Mahāmatto sakabhāgi-neyyassa ca satīmato
Ratvattaitivikhyāta-disāpatissa sassa ca

[SL Page 189] [\x 189/]
45
Taddesaṃ paṭipādetuṃ-pāṭibhogaṃ narissaraṃ
Kārāpetvāna kalahaṃ-samathaṃ turitaṃ nayī

46
Janito so kalakalo-tenā'ti saṅkayā tahaṃ
Sandeho cā'ppasādo ca-rañño dvittiguṇā'bhavuṃ

47
Mēṭlanḍnāmādhipe yāte-yo'hā'dhipatita'ṅgami
So mējar janaral vilsan-vikhyāto satimā pabhū

48
Dvisahasse tisatasmiṃ-catupaññāsame jine
Sarade laṅka'māgamma-manuññaṃ sapariggahaṃ

49
Desaṃ pālesi majjhatta-tāyarañño dayāparo
Bhūpo tadāni seṅkhaṇḍa-siluccayapure vare

50
Mahādahaṃ manuñña'ñca-pattirippū'tivissutaṃ
Vicittaṭṭhaṃsakaṃ vāsaṃ-kārāpayi dhanabbayā

51
Tato'parasmiṃ samaye-piḷimāditalavvako
Mahāmacco iha rajje-'dhīnataṃ'pekkhayaṃ'nisaṃ

52
Kittissirīrājasīha-rañño ñātiṃ paputtikaṃ
Satrajassa piyattena-parinetuṃ disampatiṃ

53
Samāyācittha'vakāsaṃ-tenā'pi bhūpatī bhusaṃ
Saṅka'māgamma sahasā-āhūya mantimaṇḍalaṃ

54
Bahūni tassa vajjāni-padassetvāna mantinaṃ
Dosā dosaṃ vinicchetuṃ-pavāresi sajīvake

55
Vinicchaye tahaṃ desa-dūsitattaṃ'timattakaṃ
Ñāpayuṃ taṃ 'maccagaṇā-buddhimantā sarājino

56
Tato'pya'tisayaṃ kuddho-mahipo dūṭṭhamānasaṃ
Mahāmattaṃ tassa dhurā-'panesi tuvaṭaṃ tadā

57
So'pi kovapasaṃ yāto-nibbhayo vīravikkamo
Mārāpituṃ'vanipatiṃ-kumantayi bhaṭehi'pi

58
Muhandiraṃ dhuraṃ dhāriṃ-jāvamānavakaṃ tathā
Jāvikabbhaṭasaṭṭhi'ñca-tosetvā lañcadānato

59
Ratti'mekasmi'mahani-rājamārāpane thiraṃ
Niyojayī te tadahe-rājā jāgariko'bhavī

[SL Page 190] [\x 190/]

60
Dhurandharo jāviko so-bhayato sampalātavā
Koḷambanagaraṃ gañchi-jātajīvitasaṃsayo

61
Ñatvā kumantanaṃ bhūpo-tappadhāne'khile jane
Gāhāpayitvā piḷima-talavvapamukhe lahuṃ

62
Chedāpayī tesa'mutta-maṅgāni rājadohinaṃ
Mahāmattasuto tasmiṃ-vadhattha'mpi niyāmito

63
Tampattavāro'posatha-divaso'bhavi so tato
Mutto'pi tassa sabbattha-jāta'ṅkā rajjasantakaṃ

64
Tatopaṭṭhāya mahipo-bhītiyā saṅkayā'nisaṃ
Samayaṃ vītināmesi-dukkhitu'mmattako viya

65
Mahāmattassa bhagini-sutattā sacivaṃ pati
Ähäḷēpola vikhyātaṃ-vimatiṃ janayī bhusaṃ

66
Tathā'pi pakkhapātitta-'mattano'pekkhayaṃ sayaṃ
Patiṭṭhāpayi taṃ'maccā-dhipaccasmiṃ'dhikārinaṃ

67
Unambuvedhikārismiṃ-mate molligoḍavhayaṃ
Dutiyādhikāri'ṅkāsi-hitamittaṃcirantanaṃ

68
Vilsanbyāte iṃgirīsi-dhipatismiṃ gate pūna
Dvisahasse tisatasmiṃ-pañcapaññāsame jine

69
Saṃyugasmiṃ sunipuṇo-bravunrīgnāmavissuto
Ihā'dhipaccaṃ patvā'ga-sādhīnaṃ paripālituṃ

70
Tasmiṃ pabhusmi'māyāte-raññosadesavāsihi
Vaḍḍhi veraṃ bhusa'missa-phandanānaṃ,va santataṃ

71
Ähäḷēpolavikhyāto-sacivādhipatī'nisaṃ
Rājaddubhikirayā kattuṃ-'rabhi mātulako yathā

72
Saṃvacchare cuddasame-rājasīhassa rājino
Kittissirīrājasīha-mahipāniyamo suto

73
Yuvā vāhalabaṇḍāra-nāmo mahādhikārinā
Ähäḷēpolavikhyāta-sacivena samaṃ'nisaṃ

74
Rājaddohikakiccāni-vidhātuṃ'ñca kumantayi
Mārāpayī patthivo taṃ-ñatvā kumantanaṃ lahuṃ

[SL Page 191] [\x 191/]

75
Paṇṇarasamavassamhi-rajjā'vanipatī sakaṃ
Nāyakkāranvayāyātaṃ-cāritta'manugopiyā

76
Akāsu'payamaṃ sassa-duvebhaginiyo tato
Tadavissambhite'macce-ähäḷēpolamukhyake
77
Visayesu sakīyesu-sassa sampatti'muttaraṃ
Kātuṃ yātuṃ niyojesi-niyogacaturo pabhū

78
Āhäḷēpolamantīso-sadesaṃ sabaravhayaṃ
Gato saṃvasathā tattha-vasi rājaṃ pakopayaṃ

79
Raññā nivedito ce'pi-marāliyakarassa ca
Taha'mappesane kuddho-'vanipo taṃ saraṃ vasī

80
Tappadesajanā tassa-dose bhūrī'nisaṃ'nisaṃ
Nivedayuṃ bhūpatino-patipuṭṭhuṃ'khilaṃ tahaṃ

81
Niyogaṃ tassa pesesi-sīgha'metū'ti bhūpati
Samātulaṃ panā'hūya-kataṃ tassā'khilaṃ saraṃ

82
Sakhyato rājinā saddhiṃ-paṭipakkhatta'muttamaṃ
Iti cintiya'maccādhi-patirājāṇa'makkami

83
Patiṭṭha'manapekkhanto-bravunrīgpabhunā samaṃ
Samatthatta'ṅkāsi tadā-sacivādhipatī thiraṃ

84
Taddesaṃ pāpayaṃ sabbaṃ-riputtaṃ rājinā bhusaṃ
Janayaṃ kalahaṃ niccaṃ-balaṃ saṃhari sūrinaṃ

85
Itthaṃ virodhe bhūpassa-tassā'pi vidite sati
Mahāmattaṃ sakadhurā-'panetvā puttadārake

86
Kārāgāramhi tuvaṭaṃ-nivesāpiya bhūpati
Sacivādhipacce molli-goḍavhaṃ ṭhapayī puna

87
Maddituṃ veri pabalaṃ-mahāmaccaṃ savāhiniṃ
Nayittha sabaraggāmaṃ-so gantvā kalahaṃ tahiṃ

88
Saṃsametvā kalakala-'ṅkārino pacure jane
Paggaṇhi tuvaṭaṃ sattu-sattiṃ maddiya sabbaso

89
Gahite te kalahiye-paññāsapamite jane
Vinicchiyā'dhikaraṇaṃ-mārāpayittha niddayo

[SL Page 192] [\x 192/]
90
Ähäḷēpoḷamantīso-tāṇa'manvesayaṃ viya
Palātavā'si koḷamba-nagaraṃ nagaruttamaṃ

91
Purā jātaṃ kalakalaṃ-sattayojanaraṭṭhake
Vinicchinitve'ha lahuṃ-āhäḷēpolamantino

92
Bhāgineyyaṃ mātulākhya-disādhipatitaṃ gataṃ
Ähäḷēpolavikhyātaṃ-mānavaṃ sacivaṃ api

93
Pussälla iti paññātaṃ-disādhipatikaṃ tathā
Paraṇātalavikhyāta-'mupanetuttagaṃ yatiṃ

94
Rājaddubhī'ti saṅkāya-niddose te tayo jane
Mārāpayī'pasavyattā-pūretuṃ'va manorathaṃ
95
Rājā'nibbutaghātaggi-kārāgāre nivesite ähäḷēpolamantissa-āhuya puttadārake

96
Dosādosaṃ vinicchetuṃ-'rabhittha sabhatiṃ tahiṃ
Kumārihāmī'ti sutā-ähäḷēpolamantino

97
Piyā kannā paṭutarā-niddosattaṃ samabrūvī
Tathā'pi vibudhe cā'pi-vedhayanto sudāruṇo

98
Māretuṃ te niyojesi-vindituṃ viya sammadaṃ
Devasaṃhindavikhyātaṃ-ṭhānaṃnetvā saputtakaṃ

99
Nīyātayuṃ taṃ vanitaṃ-vadhakassa vadhāya ca
Rājā'pi māraṇaṃ tesaṃ-pattirippuddhabhūmiyaṃ

100
Mahecchayā ṭhito'dikkha-māno'si janatāmukhe
Tassā jeṭṭho suto nīto-vadhatthaṃ sakamātaraṃ

101
Dhāvitvā sahasā'liṅgi-ta'ṅkhaṇa'ññeva vegavā
Dutiyo tanayo tassā-jātiyā navavassiko

102
Sagabbha piya mābhāyi-marato pakatiṃ tava
Padassemī'ti vatvāna-laṅghitvā vadhakāmukhaṃ

103
Chinda ekappahārena-gaḷa'mukkhippa'bhīruko
Ekakhaggappahārena-vadhakassa'ssa gīvato

104
Siro mutto khaṇe tasmiṃ-bhūmiyaṃ pati taṃ'bhutaṃ
Passa sīhalachāpassa-rattassa rayagāmitaṃ

[SL Page 193] [\x 193/]

105
Paṭhamassa'ttajassā'pi-tatiyāya ca matthake
Chindi sute catutthasmiṃ-thaññaṃ pivati mātuyā

106
Ta'muddharitvā sahasā-chindisīsa'mudukkhale
Pakkhepiyo'da koṭṭetuṃ-niyoga'ṅkā'ssamātuyā

107
Kumārihāmi kantā taṃ-kātu'mpa'sahatī ṭhitā
Vītikkamasi ce ta'ñhi-rājāṇaṃ sapavassa taṃ

108
Dassa'ntya'voca bhūpālo-kulamānī kulabbadhū
Musalaṃ'dāya pātesi-so'dukkhalamhi kheditā

109
Visaññikā mediniyaṃ-pati bhūpatiko tato
Matto titto gato rāja-mandiraṃ'sa'tikakkhalo

110
Sutabbiyogabbhavadukkhasaṃhati'
Mavindamānaṃ'ticiraṃ'va sundariṃ
Kumārihāmiṃ āhäḷēpolappiyaṃ
Piya'ñca mantissa'nujassa tassa hi

111
Mantissa pussälladisāpatissa tu
Piya'ñca so sīhalanītiyā'nugo
Saramhi bōgambaranāma vissute
Timujjitā kāriya tā hanāpayī

112
Samosaṭā tatra janā bhayaṅkaraṃ
Kirayaṃ'tidukkhāvaha'mikkhamānakā
Sapiṃsu rañño vilapiṃsu rodakā
Bhavī tadā taṃ'va puraṃ matālayo

113
Mantissaro sa'ähäḷēpolanāmacheko
Sāpaccadārasaraṇamhi pavattijātaṃ
Sutvā'ssu mocaya'maghaṃ'va roborṭ bravunrīg
Desādhipantika'magā sakatāṇa pekkho

114
Gantvāna rakkhasanibhaṃ'vanipaṃ hi rajjā
Yācittha nīharitu'maggupakāra'māsuṃ
Cintetva so'bhimatasādhaka'mekadūta'
Massāsayittha samayocitabhāratīyā

[SL Page 194] [\x 194/]

115
Laṅkākāmini dhītunattuhanane sāmissa kuddhā bhusaṃ
Rodanti nayanodakaṃ'dhikadukā sampaggharanti dhavā
Pekkhanti paviyoga'māsi nacirenā'ssā pihe'ddhā'bhavī
Sādhu sabbhi samāgamitva hitadaṃ mettiṃ bhajavho'nisaṃ

Bhāṇavāra maṭṭhatāḷīsatimaṃ
----------------
Itisajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse sirivikkamarājasīha
Rājāmaccānaṃ vipakkhatādi dīpano nāmaṭṭhacattāḷīsatimo
Paricchedo

[SL Page 195] [\x 195/]

Ekūnapaññāsatimo paricchedo.
--------------------
1 Kāmitā'laṅkatā laṅkā-kāminī rājarājuhi
Sakanta'manapekkhanti-sampatī've'satī'paraṃ

2 Tassā'sayaṃ viditvā'va-bravunrīgvidito pabhu
Uddharaṭṭhaṃ samāyattaṃ-kattuṃ kālo'ti vediya

3 Yuddhopakaraṇaṃ sabbaṃ-sampādetuṃ'rabhī lahuṃ
Tasse'va'ṅgirasidhīsassa-yoddhu'muddhaṃ hi raṭṭhake

4 Yathocitaṃ padassetvā-āhälēpola vissuto
Mantiso'dāsi saṇṭhānaṃ-lañchetvāna'khilaṃ kamaṃ

5 Tade'va jōnḍoyilnāmo-kamanvesī mahāsayo
Molligoḍasajīvādhi-patino lekhane'nisaṃ

6 Pesetvā pakkhapātittaṃ-kattuṃ yatayi'nekadhā
Vaccharasmiṃ bhūpatino-pathe sorasame sati

7 Vāṇijjāyo'ddhavijitaṃ-gatānaṃ rājaporisā
Bhaṇḍake paharitvāna-heṭṭhāraṭṭhiyamānuse

8 Nesuṃ'vanipatīñatta-'miṅgirīsivarā iti
Rājā tesaṃ kaṇṇanāsā-chedāpetvāna pesayī

9 Panthe'kacce matā sesā-iṅgirīsyadhipantikaṃ
Patvā'vocuṃ kata'māguṃ-dāruṇaṃ dukkhitā bhusaṃ

10
So pabhū kupito tena-lajjito ciya cintayaṃ
Samaraṃ'pekkhitaṃ'raddhuṃ-tuvaṭaṃ taṃ padaṃ'bhavi

11
Samattaṃ yuddhasenaṅga-'maṭṭhadhā vibhajitva so
Mējarhukādisenānī-pamukhe'nīkasañcaye

12
Koḷamba gālu purato-tikoṇamālato tathā
Maḍakalapukoṭṭhamhā-madhugāmā mahāpuraṃ

13
Pesesi sīghaṃ ähäḷē-polamantissaraṃ api
Saddhiṃ koḷambasenāya-nayittha nayakocido

14
Koḷambapurato yāte-balesītāvakaṃ puraṃ
Patte rañño bhaṭā tehi-yujjhiṃsu raṇasūrino

15
Taha'miṃgīrasisenānī-rājinā saha yujjhituṃ
Dvisahasse tisatasmi-'maṭṭhapaññāsasammite
[SL Page 196] [\x 196/]

Hāyane sogate yuddhaṃ-pakāsesi yathāmati
Kurūratararājamhā-jane mocetukāmato

17
Yuddhaṃ'rabhimha no rajjaṃ-'dātuṃsīhalikaṃ subhaṃ
Dīpeti pākaṭaṃ paṇṇe-samarapparidīpake

18
Tatoppabhūtito sīha-liyāpāṇigaṇā tahiṃ
Tahiṃ majjhattataṃ'vekkha-yiṃsu tacchaṃ'va cintiya

19
Ganētänna itikhyāta-ṭhāne molligoḍavhayo
Mahāmacco iṅgirīsi-seniyena samaṃ sato

20
Saṅgamma'ññātavesena-saṅkatha'ñca pavattayī
Iṃgīrasipabalā senā-parikkhepuṃ mahāpuraṃ

21
Mollīgoḍavhayo seṭṭha-macco'pi iṅgirīsinaṃ
Adhīna'tta'magā rājā-kiṅkare sampatī iha

22
Mahipo taṃ'khilaṃ sutvā-mahāpuravara'mpi ca
Pahāya sañcitaṃ vatthu-jātaṃ palātavā kuhaṃ

23
Ta'ṅkhaṇa'ññeva iṃgīrasi-dhīso'pi caturo raṇe
Seṅkhaṇḍaselanagaraṃ-pāvekkhi sanikaṃ subhaṃ

24
Sādhīnatta'ṃgirasidhīso-sabaraggāmakādinaṃ
Abuvī'tho sīhalīyā-maccā'maññu'ñca sāpadaṃ

25
Dūraṃ dūraṃ palāyātuṃ-purā rāja'mpi gaṇhituṃ
Mahāsenaṃ pesayittha-kālavediṃ'girasidhipo

26
Senāyi'māya ähäḷē-polamantissaro tathā
Jōnḍōyilitivikhyāta-manti ce'ti duve'gamuṃ

27
Ähäḷēpolamaccena-pesito vīravikkamo
Eknäligoḍapaññāto-mohoṭṭāladhurandharo

28
Uddhapiṭṭhāraccigehe-gallähā̆vatthugāmake
Bhūpama'ggahi devīhi-dvīhi saddhiṃ nipīlayaṃ

29
Rattiṃ bhuñjati iṃgīrasi-dhīso sutvāna taṃ bhusaṃ
Paggharanto'vahāsassū-pītivāca'mudāhari

30
Pativīnāsu jātīsu-tīsu maccā'tivikkamā
Laṅkaṃ manuññaṃ gahituṃ-tisatassamato paraṃ

[SL Page 197] [\x 197/]

31
Vāyamitvā'pi nosakkā-dhiti vo saphalā'bhavī
Tato'modaṃ pavedemi-para'mpiti'mudāhari

32
Sirivikkamādirāja-sīhaṃ sīhalabhūpatiṃ
Sabandhuṃ gahitaṃ sāji-bhaṭena raṇasūrinā

33
Mējarhuknāmavikhyāta-senādhipatinā samaṃ
Koḷambakoṭṭhaṃ pesesi-iṃgīrasipabhūko lahuṃ

34
Aho manoramā laṅkā-laṅkike manujādhame
Tissāye'va yathākāmaṃ-yātā parakaraṃ'si'raṃ

35
Ittha'miṃgīrasyadhīnatta-'muddharaṭṭhe gate sati
Sīghaṃ sīgha'meṅgalanta-rajjabala'mito paraṃ

36
Thiraṃ kattuṃ'rabhitvāna-sirivaṭṭhanaṭhāniye
Maṅgalaṃ maṇḍapaṃ citra-'miṃgīrasijananāyakā

37
Sīhaliyā sajīvā ca-kāmato'ca samosaruṃ
Tahiṃ nisajja mantetvā-laṅkāya pālanakkamaṃ

38
Sampāditaṃ paṭiñña'ñca-paṇṇaṃ vācetva sabbaso
Taha'mbhāvaṃ kathāpesi-sīhalīyaniruttiyā

39
Samattā tā paṭiññāyo-sampaṭicchiya kāmato
Adhirajje'ṅgalantamhi-'dhīsassa tatiyassa tu

40
Jōrjmahārājino pakkhā-bravunrīgviditopabhū
Mantī ca jōnḍoyilkhyāto-jēmssadarlanḍ mahāsayo

41
Sīhalajanapakkhamhā-ähäḷēpolamanti ca
Molligoḍasamañño ca-duve'dhikārino tathā

42
Piḷimāditalavvākhyo-moṇarāvilasaññako
Ratvatttisemañño ca-tathā mollgoḍavhayo

43
Dūllā̆vabhidhānoca-mīllavādhivaco tathā
Galagamavhavikhyāto-galagoḍavhayo iti

44
Disāpatī ci'me sabbe-samattajanakāmato
Dvisahasse tisatasmi-maṭṭhapaññāsasammite

45
Sambuddhe hāyane patte-māse phagguṇanāmike
Patte paṭissave hattha-saññāyo paṭṭhapuṃ tahiṃ

[SL Page 198] [\x 198/]

46
Ta'ṅkhaṇa'ññeva seṅkhaṇḍa-selavhe purapuṅgave
Ussāpesi'ṃgirasidhajaṃ-vattamāne jayussave

47
Dvādasaha'matikkanta-'midaṃ rajja'marājikaṃ
Tatiya jōrj mahārañño-samappayiṃsu sabbaso

48
Tato paṭṭhāye'ṅgalanta-mahārājāṃ mahāvidhiṃ
Sarājavasato maññuṃ-sīhalā mahatā'darā

49
Salaṅkate dvādasahi-kāraṇehi paṭissave
Patte sace bhaveyyā'pi-dosādosaṃ kathaṃ kathaṃ

50
Tahaṃ sāmaññadhippāyo-bhavate'vaṃ yathāvidhi
Sirivikkamādirāja-sīharājo'si kakkhalo

51
So'panīto'tra rajjasmā-tassa kassaci ñātinaṃ
Sīhāsanādhīnatā'si-vāritā sā'pi sabbaso

52
Tassa rañño bandhavāna-'miho'pagamanaṃ paraṃ
Paṭikkhittaṃ vino'kāsaṃ-sabbathā'pekkhatā'yatiṃ

53
Ito paṭṭhāyu'ddharaṭṭha-rajja'meṅgalantasāmino
Jōrjmahārājino sammā-sabbathā'va pavāritaṃ

54
Sogatānaṃ yathāsīsaṃ-sade'ca gopitaṃ varaṃ
Sayambhūsāsanaṃ sammā-pāletabbaṃ yathāpurā

55
Rājarājamahāmaccā-dīhi pubbe supūjitā
Mānitā yatayo sabbe-gopetabbā hi sādhukaṃ

56
Rakkhitā vaḍḍhitā'rāma-cetiyāyatanāni ca
Cārittaṃ pubbikaṃ sammā-pāletabbaṃ yathā tathā

57
Yaṃ ya'maṭṭīyitabbaṃ'si-kaṇṇanāsādichedanaṃva
Samattaṃ tādisaṃ kammaṃ-kārene'va nivāritaṃ

58
Vinā laṅkesānumatiṃ-manujassa nijecchayā kenā'pi sasanaṃ sabbā-kārene'va nivāritaṃ
59
Purāpavattitaṃ nīti-'manugantvā tahiṃ tahiṃ
Niyogaṃ ṭhapayī tamhi-kātuṃ'dhikaraṇaṃ subhaṃ

60
Pālanatthaṃ sarajjassā-'viheṭhiya mahājanaṃ
Yathocitaṃ sañcinituṃ-karaṃ paṭṭhapayī nayaṃ

[SL Page 199] [\x 199/]

61
Kāraṇehe'vamādīhi-tadāni paṭipāditaṃ
Paṭissavaṃ patta'māsī-sundaraṃ vā asundaraṃ
62
Rajjaṃpati sīhalīya-dhissarāna'mpi yā pihā
Tā'sā'suṃ vihatātesa-'miha sampati kā kathā

63
Sirivikkamādirāja-sīhaṃ paravasa'ṅgataṃ
Dasamāsādhikaṃ kālaṃ-koḷambapurapuṅgave

64
Vāsetvā saha ñātīhi-vellōrnāmasuvissutaṃ
Pāpayittha mahāduggaṃ-tahiṃ so vyādhinā haṭo